diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'compat')
60 files changed, 16981 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/compat/basename.c b/compat/basename.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8f8a3c6dc --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/basename.c @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +/* Adapted from libiberty's basename.c. */ +char *gitbasename (char *path) +{ + const char *base; + /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */ + if (has_dos_drive_prefix(path)) + path += 2; + for (base = path; *path; path++) { + if (is_dir_sep(*path)) + base = path + 1; + } + return (char *)base; +} diff --git a/compat/bswap.h b/compat/bswap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f3b8c44181 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/bswap.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + * Let's make sure we always have a sane definition for ntohl()/htonl(). + * Some libraries define those as a function call, just to perform byte + * shifting, bringing significant overhead to what should be a simple + * operation. + */ + +/* + * Default version that the compiler ought to optimize properly with + * constant values. + */ +static inline uint32_t default_swab32(uint32_t val) +{ + return (((val & 0xff000000) >> 24) | + ((val & 0x00ff0000) >> 8) | + ((val & 0x0000ff00) << 8) | + ((val & 0x000000ff) << 24)); +} + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)) + +#define bswap32(x) ({ \ + uint32_t __res; \ + if (__builtin_constant_p(x)) { \ + __res = default_swab32(x); \ + } else { \ + __asm__("bswap %0" : "=r" (__res) : "0" ((uint32_t)(x))); \ + } \ + __res; }) + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_IX86) || defined(_M_X64)) + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#define bswap32(x) _byteswap_ulong(x) + +#endif + +#ifdef bswap32 + +#undef ntohl +#undef htonl +#define ntohl(x) bswap32(x) +#define htonl(x) bswap32(x) + +#endif diff --git a/compat/cygwin.c b/compat/cygwin.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b4a51b958c --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/cygwin.c @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#include "../git-compat-util.h" +#include "win32.h" +#include "../cache.h" /* to read configuration */ + +static inline void filetime_to_timespec(const FILETIME *ft, struct timespec *ts) +{ + long long winTime = ((long long)ft->dwHighDateTime << 32) + + ft->dwLowDateTime; + winTime -= 116444736000000000LL; /* Windows to Unix Epoch conversion */ + /* convert 100-nsecond interval to seconds and nanoseconds */ + ts->tv_sec = (time_t)(winTime/10000000); + ts->tv_nsec = (long)(winTime - ts->tv_sec*10000000LL) * 100; +} + +#define size_to_blocks(s) (((s)+511)/512) + +/* do_stat is a common implementation for cygwin_lstat and cygwin_stat. + * + * To simplify its logic, in the case of cygwin symlinks, this implementation + * falls back to the cygwin version of stat/lstat, which is provided as the + * last argument. + */ +static int do_stat(const char *file_name, struct stat *buf, stat_fn_t cygstat) +{ + WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA fdata; + + if (file_name[0] == '/') + return cygstat (file_name, buf); + + if (!(errno = get_file_attr(file_name, &fdata))) { + /* + * If the system attribute is set and it is not a directory then + * it could be a symbol link created in the nowinsymlinks mode. + * Normally, Cygwin works in the winsymlinks mode, so this situation + * is very unlikely. For the sake of simplicity of our code, let's + * Cygwin to handle it. + */ + if ((fdata.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SYSTEM) && + !(fdata.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)) + return cygstat(file_name, buf); + + /* fill out the stat structure */ + buf->st_dev = buf->st_rdev = 0; /* not used by Git */ + buf->st_ino = 0; + buf->st_mode = file_attr_to_st_mode(fdata.dwFileAttributes); + buf->st_nlink = 1; + buf->st_uid = buf->st_gid = 0; +#ifdef __CYGWIN_USE_BIG_TYPES__ + buf->st_size = ((_off64_t)fdata.nFileSizeHigh << 32) + + fdata.nFileSizeLow; +#else + buf->st_size = (off_t)fdata.nFileSizeLow; +#endif + buf->st_blocks = size_to_blocks(buf->st_size); + filetime_to_timespec(&fdata.ftLastAccessTime, &buf->st_atim); + filetime_to_timespec(&fdata.ftLastWriteTime, &buf->st_mtim); + filetime_to_timespec(&fdata.ftCreationTime, &buf->st_ctim); + return 0; + } else if (errno == ENOENT) { + /* + * In the winsymlinks mode (which is the default), Cygwin + * emulates symbol links using Windows shortcut files. These + * files are formed by adding .lnk extension. So, if we have + * not found the specified file name, it could be that it is + * a symbol link. Let's Cygwin to deal with that. + */ + return cygstat(file_name, buf); + } + return -1; +} + +/* We provide our own lstat/stat functions, since the provided Cygwin versions + * of these functions are too slow. These stat functions are tailored for Git's + * usage, and therefore they are not meant to be complete and correct emulation + * of lstat/stat functionality. + */ +static int cygwin_lstat(const char *path, struct stat *buf) +{ + return do_stat(path, buf, lstat); +} + +static int cygwin_stat(const char *path, struct stat *buf) +{ + return do_stat(path, buf, stat); +} + + +/* + * At start up, we are trying to determine whether Win32 API or cygwin stat + * functions should be used. The choice is determined by core.ignorecygwinfstricks. + * Reading this option is not always possible immediately as git_dir may + * not be set yet. So until it is set, use cygwin lstat/stat functions. + * However, if core.filemode is set, we must use the Cygwin posix + * stat/lstat as the Windows stat functions do not determine posix filemode. + * + * Note that git_cygwin_config() does NOT call git_default_config() and this + * is deliberate. Many commands read from config to establish initial + * values in variables and later tweak them from elsewhere (e.g. command line). + * init_stat() is called lazily on demand, typically much late in the program, + * and calling git_default_config() from here would break such variables. + */ +static int native_stat = 1; +static int core_filemode; + +static int git_cygwin_config(const char *var, const char *value, void *cb) +{ + if (!strcmp(var, "core.ignorecygwinfstricks")) + native_stat = git_config_bool(var, value); + else if (!strcmp(var, "core.filemode")) + core_filemode = git_config_bool(var, value); + return 0; +} + +static int init_stat(void) +{ + if (have_git_dir()) { + git_config(git_cygwin_config, NULL); + if (!core_filemode && native_stat) { + cygwin_stat_fn = cygwin_stat; + cygwin_lstat_fn = cygwin_lstat; + } else { + cygwin_stat_fn = stat; + cygwin_lstat_fn = lstat; + } + return 0; + } + return 1; +} + +static int cygwin_stat_stub(const char *file_name, struct stat *buf) +{ + return (init_stat() ? stat : *cygwin_stat_fn)(file_name, buf); +} + +static int cygwin_lstat_stub(const char *file_name, struct stat *buf) +{ + return (init_stat() ? lstat : *cygwin_lstat_fn)(file_name, buf); +} + +stat_fn_t cygwin_stat_fn = cygwin_stat_stub; +stat_fn_t cygwin_lstat_fn = cygwin_lstat_stub; + diff --git a/compat/cygwin.h b/compat/cygwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a3229f5b4f --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/cygwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +typedef int (*stat_fn_t)(const char*, struct stat*); +extern stat_fn_t cygwin_stat_fn; +extern stat_fn_t cygwin_lstat_fn; + +#define stat(path, buf) (*cygwin_stat_fn)(path, buf) +#define lstat(path, buf) (*cygwin_lstat_fn)(path, buf) diff --git a/compat/fnmatch/fnmatch.c b/compat/fnmatch/fnmatch.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..14feac7fe1 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/fnmatch/fnmatch.c @@ -0,0 +1,488 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the + License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, + write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, + Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#if HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#include <errno.h> +#include <fnmatch.h> +#include <ctype.h> + +#if HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC +# include <string.h> +#else +# include <strings.h> +#endif + +#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC +# include <stdlib.h> +#endif + +/* For platforms which support the ISO C amendment 1 functionality we + support user defined character classes. */ +#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H) +/* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>. */ +# include <wchar.h> +# include <wctype.h> +#endif + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C + Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, + it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ + +#if defined _LIBC || !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ + + +# if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii +# define ISASCII(c) 1 +# else +# define ISASCII(c) isascii(c) +# endif + +# ifdef isblank +# define ISBLANK(c) (ISASCII (c) && isblank (c)) +# else +# define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t') +# endif +# ifdef isgraph +# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c)) +# else +# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c)) +# endif + +# define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c)) +# define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isdigit (c)) +# define ISALNUM(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalnum (c)) +# define ISALPHA(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalpha (c)) +# define ISCNTRL(c) (ISASCII (c) && iscntrl (c)) +# define ISLOWER(c) (ISASCII (c) && islower (c)) +# define ISPUNCT(c) (ISASCII (c) && ispunct (c)) +# define ISSPACE(c) (ISASCII (c) && isspace (c)) +# define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c)) +# define ISXDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isxdigit (c)) + +# define STREQ(s1, s2) ((strcmp (s1, s2) == 0)) + +# if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H) +/* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes + and the functions from ISO C amendment 1. */ +# ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX +# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX +# else +/* This shouldn't happen but some implementation might still have this + problem. Use a reasonable default value. */ +# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 256 +# endif + +# ifdef _LIBC +# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) __wctype (string) +# else +# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) wctype (string) +# endif +# else +# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 6 /* Namely, `xdigit'. */ + +# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) \ + (STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper") \ + || STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit") \ + || STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit") \ + || STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print") \ + || STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph") \ + || STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank")) +# endif + +/* Avoid depending on library functions or files + whose names are inconsistent. */ + +# if !defined _LIBC && !defined getenv +extern char *getenv (); +# endif + +# ifndef errno +extern int errno; +# endif + +/* This function doesn't exist on most systems. */ + +# if !defined HAVE___STRCHRNUL && !defined _LIBC +static char * +__strchrnul (s, c) + const char *s; + int c; +{ + char *result = strchr (s, c); + if (result == NULL) + result = strchr (s, '\0'); + return result; +} +# endif + +# ifndef internal_function +/* Inside GNU libc we mark some function in a special way. In other + environments simply ignore the marking. */ +# define internal_function +# endif + +/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if + it matches, nonzero if not. */ +static int internal_fnmatch __P ((const char *pattern, const char *string, + int no_leading_period, int flags)) + internal_function; +static int +internal_function +internal_fnmatch (pattern, string, no_leading_period, flags) + const char *pattern; + const char *string; + int no_leading_period; + int flags; +{ + register const char *p = pattern, *n = string; + register unsigned char c; + +/* Note that this evaluates C many times. */ +# ifdef _LIBC +# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? tolower (c) : (c)) +# else +# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c)) +# endif + + while ((c = *p++) != '\0') + { + c = FOLD (c); + + switch (c) + { + case '?': + if (*n == '\0') + return FNM_NOMATCH; + else if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + else if (*n == '.' && no_leading_period + && (n == string + || (n[-1] == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + break; + + case '\\': + if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE)) + { + c = *p++; + if (c == '\0') + /* Trailing \ loses. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + c = FOLD (c); + } + if (FOLD ((unsigned char) *n) != c) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + break; + + case '*': + if (*n == '.' && no_leading_period + && (n == string + || (n[-1] == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++) + { + if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)) + /* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_FILE_NAME. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + else if (c == '?') + { + /* A ? needs to match one character. */ + if (*n == '\0') + /* There isn't another character; no match. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + else + /* One character of the string is consumed in matching + this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are + less than three characters. */ + ++n; + } + } + + if (c == '\0') + /* The wildcard(s) is/are the last element of the pattern. + If the name is a file name and contains another slash + this does mean it cannot match. */ + return ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && strchr (n, '/') != NULL + ? FNM_NOMATCH : 0); + else + { + const char *endp; + + endp = __strchrnul (n, (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) ? '/' : '\0'); + + if (c == '[') + { + int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) + ? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD)); + + for (--p; n < endp; ++n) + if (internal_fnmatch (p, n, + (no_leading_period + && (n == string + || (n[-1] == '/' + && (flags + & FNM_FILE_NAME)))), + flags2) + == 0) + return 0; + } + else if (c == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)) + { + while (*n != '\0' && *n != '/') + ++n; + if (*n == '/' + && (internal_fnmatch (p, n + 1, flags & FNM_PERIOD, + flags) == 0)) + return 0; + } + else + { + int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) + ? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD)); + + if (c == '\\' && !(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE)) + c = *p; + c = FOLD (c); + for (--p; n < endp; ++n) + if (FOLD ((unsigned char) *n) == c + && (internal_fnmatch (p, n, + (no_leading_period + && (n == string + || (n[-1] == '/' + && (flags + & FNM_FILE_NAME)))), + flags2) == 0)) + return 0; + } + } + + /* If we come here no match is possible with the wildcard. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + case '[': + { + /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted. */ + static int posixly_correct; + register int not; + char cold; + + if (posixly_correct == 0) + posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1; + + if (*n == '\0') + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + if (*n == '.' && no_leading_period && (n == string + || (n[-1] == '/' + && (flags + & FNM_FILE_NAME)))) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)) + /* `/' cannot be matched. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + not = (*p == '!' || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == '^')); + if (not) + ++p; + + c = *p++; + for (;;) + { + unsigned char fn = FOLD ((unsigned char) *n); + + if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') + { + if (*p == '\0') + return FNM_NOMATCH; + c = FOLD ((unsigned char) *p); + ++p; + + if (c == fn) + goto matched; + } + else if (c == '[' && *p == ':') + { + /* Leave room for the null. */ + char str[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1]; + size_t c1 = 0; +# if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H) + wctype_t wt; +# endif + const char *startp = p; + + for (;;) + { + if (c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH) + /* The name is too long and therefore the pattern + is ill-formed. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + c = *++p; + if (c == ':' && p[1] == ']') + { + p += 2; + break; + } + if (c < 'a' || c >= 'z') + { + /* This cannot possibly be a character class name. + Match it as a normal range. */ + p = startp; + c = '['; + goto normal_bracket; + } + str[c1++] = c; + } + str[c1] = '\0'; + +# if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H) + wt = IS_CHAR_CLASS (str); + if (wt == 0) + /* Invalid character class name. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + if (__iswctype (__btowc ((unsigned char) *n), wt)) + goto matched; +# else + if ((STREQ (str, "alnum") && ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, "alpha") && ISALPHA ((unsigned char) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, "blank") && ISBLANK ((unsigned char) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, "cntrl") && ISCNTRL ((unsigned char) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, "digit") && ISDIGIT ((unsigned char) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, "graph") && ISGRAPH ((unsigned char) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, "lower") && ISLOWER ((unsigned char) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, "print") && ISPRINT ((unsigned char) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, "punct") && ISPUNCT ((unsigned char) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, "space") && ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, "upper") && ISUPPER ((unsigned char) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, "xdigit") && ISXDIGIT ((unsigned char) *n))) + goto matched; +# endif + } + else if (c == '\0') + /* [ (unterminated) loses. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + else + { + normal_bracket: + if (FOLD (c) == fn) + goto matched; + + cold = c; + c = *p++; + + if (c == '-' && *p != ']') + { + /* It is a range. */ + unsigned char cend = *p++; + if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == '\\') + cend = *p++; + if (cend == '\0') + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + if (cold <= fn && fn <= FOLD (cend)) + goto matched; + + c = *p++; + } + } + + if (c == ']') + break; + } + + if (!not) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + break; + + matched: + /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched. */ + while (c != ']') + { + if (c == '\0') + /* [... (unterminated) loses. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + c = *p++; + if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') + { + if (*p == '\0') + return FNM_NOMATCH; + /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right. */ + ++p; + } + else if (c == '[' && *p == ':') + { + do + if (*++p == '\0') + return FNM_NOMATCH; + while (*p != ':' || p[1] == ']'); + p += 2; + c = *p; + } + } + if (not) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + } + break; + + default: + if (c != FOLD ((unsigned char) *n)) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + } + + ++n; + } + + if (*n == '\0') + return 0; + + if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == '/') + /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz". */ + return 0; + + return FNM_NOMATCH; + +# undef FOLD +} + + +int +fnmatch (pattern, string, flags) + const char *pattern; + const char *string; + int flags; +{ + return internal_fnmatch (pattern, string, flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags); +} + +#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ diff --git a/compat/fnmatch/fnmatch.h b/compat/fnmatch/fnmatch.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cc3ec37940 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/fnmatch/fnmatch.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the + License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, + write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, + Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#ifndef _FNMATCH_H +#define _FNMATCH_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined WINDOWS32 +# if !defined __GLIBC__ || !defined __P +# undef __P +# define __P(protos) protos +# endif +#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C. */ +# undef __P +# define __P(protos) () +/* We can get away without defining `const' here only because in this file + it is used only inside the prototype for `fnmatch', which is elided in + non-ANSI C where `const' is problematical. */ +#endif /* C++ or ANSI C. */ + +#ifndef const +# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus +# define __const const +# else +# define __const +# endif +#endif + +/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems + (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>. */ +#undef FNM_PATHNAME +#undef FNM_NOESCAPE +#undef FNM_PERIOD + +/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'. */ +#define FNM_PATHNAME (1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'. */ +#define FNM_NOESCAPE (1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars. */ +#define FNM_PERIOD (1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly. */ + +#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined _GNU_SOURCE +# define FNM_FILE_NAME FNM_PATHNAME /* Preferred GNU name. */ +# define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3) /* Ignore `/...' after a match. */ +# define FNM_CASEFOLD (1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case. */ +#endif + +/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN. */ +#define FNM_NOMATCH 1 + +/* This value is returned if the implementation does not support + `fnmatch'. Since this is not the case here it will never be + returned but the conformance test suites still require the symbol + to be defined. */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE +# define FNM_NOSYS (-1) +#endif + +/* Match NAME against the filename pattern PATTERN, + returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not. */ +extern int fnmatch __P ((__const char *__pattern, __const char *__name, + int __flags)); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* fnmatch.h */ diff --git a/compat/fopen.c b/compat/fopen.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b5ca142fed --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/fopen.c @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/* + * The order of the following two lines is important. + * + * FREAD_READS_DIRECTORIES is undefined before including git-compat-util.h + * to avoid the redefinition of fopen within git-compat-util.h. This is + * necessary since fopen is a macro on some platforms which may be set + * based on compiler options. For example, on AIX fopen is set to fopen64 + * when _LARGE_FILES is defined. The previous technique of merely undefining + * fopen after including git-compat-util.h is inadequate in this case. + */ +#undef FREAD_READS_DIRECTORIES +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +FILE *git_fopen(const char *path, const char *mode) +{ + FILE *fp; + struct stat st; + + if (mode[0] == 'w' || mode[0] == 'a') + return fopen(path, mode); + + if (!(fp = fopen(path, mode))) + return NULL; + + if (fstat(fileno(fp), &st)) { + fclose(fp); + return NULL; + } + + if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) { + fclose(fp); + errno = EISDIR; + return NULL; + } + + return fp; +} diff --git a/compat/hstrerror.c b/compat/hstrerror.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..069c555da4 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/hstrerror.c @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +#include <string.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <netdb.h> + +const char *githstrerror(int err) +{ + static char buffer[48]; + switch (err) + { + case HOST_NOT_FOUND: + return "Authoritative answer: host not found"; + case NO_DATA: + return "Valid name, no data record of requested type"; + case NO_RECOVERY: + return "Non recoverable errors, FORMERR, REFUSED, NOTIMP"; + case TRY_AGAIN: + return "Non-authoritative \"host not found\", or SERVERFAIL"; + } + sprintf(buffer, "Name resolution error %d", err); + return buffer; +} diff --git a/compat/inet_ntop.c b/compat/inet_ntop.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f44498258d --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/inet_ntop.c @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1996-1999 by Internet Software Consortium. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND INTERNET SOFTWARE CONSORTIUM DISCLAIMS + * ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES + * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTERNET SOFTWARE + * CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR + * PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS + * ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS + * SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <errno.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/socket.h> +#include <netinet/in.h> +#include <arpa/inet.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> + +#ifndef NS_INADDRSZ +#define NS_INADDRSZ 4 +#endif +#ifndef NS_IN6ADDRSZ +#define NS_IN6ADDRSZ 16 +#endif +#ifndef NS_INT16SZ +#define NS_INT16SZ 2 +#endif + +/* + * WARNING: Don't even consider trying to compile this on a system where + * sizeof(int) < 4. sizeof(int) > 4 is fine; all the world's not a VAX. + */ + +/* const char * + * inet_ntop4(src, dst, size) + * format an IPv4 address + * return: + * `dst' (as a const) + * notes: + * (1) uses no statics + * (2) takes a u_char* not an in_addr as input + * author: + * Paul Vixie, 1996. + */ +static const char * +inet_ntop4(src, dst, size) + const u_char *src; + char *dst; + size_t size; +{ + static const char fmt[] = "%u.%u.%u.%u"; + char tmp[sizeof "255.255.255.255"]; + int nprinted; + + nprinted = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), fmt, src[0], src[1], src[2], src[3]); + if (nprinted < 0) + return (NULL); /* we assume "errno" was set by "snprintf()" */ + if ((size_t)nprinted > size) { + errno = ENOSPC; + return (NULL); + } + strcpy(dst, tmp); + return (dst); +} + +#ifndef NO_IPV6 +/* const char * + * inet_ntop6(src, dst, size) + * convert IPv6 binary address into presentation (printable) format + * author: + * Paul Vixie, 1996. + */ +static const char * +inet_ntop6(src, dst, size) + const u_char *src; + char *dst; + size_t size; +{ + /* + * Note that int32_t and int16_t need only be "at least" large enough + * to contain a value of the specified size. On some systems, like + * Crays, there is no such thing as an integer variable with 16 bits. + * Keep this in mind if you think this function should have been coded + * to use pointer overlays. All the world's not a VAX. + */ + char tmp[sizeof "ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:255.255.255.255"], *tp; + struct { int base, len; } best, cur; + unsigned int words[NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ]; + int i; + + /* + * Preprocess: + * Copy the input (bytewise) array into a wordwise array. + * Find the longest run of 0x00's in src[] for :: shorthanding. + */ + memset(words, '\0', sizeof words); + for (i = 0; i < NS_IN6ADDRSZ; i++) + words[i / 2] |= (src[i] << ((1 - (i % 2)) << 3)); + best.base = -1; + cur.base = -1; + for (i = 0; i < (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ); i++) { + if (words[i] == 0) { + if (cur.base == -1) + cur.base = i, cur.len = 1; + else + cur.len++; + } else { + if (cur.base != -1) { + if (best.base == -1 || cur.len > best.len) + best = cur; + cur.base = -1; + } + } + } + if (cur.base != -1) { + if (best.base == -1 || cur.len > best.len) + best = cur; + } + if (best.base != -1 && best.len < 2) + best.base = -1; + + /* + * Format the result. + */ + tp = tmp; + for (i = 0; i < (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ); i++) { + /* Are we inside the best run of 0x00's? */ + if (best.base != -1 && i >= best.base && + i < (best.base + best.len)) { + if (i == best.base) + *tp++ = ':'; + continue; + } + /* Are we following an initial run of 0x00s or any real hex? */ + if (i != 0) + *tp++ = ':'; + /* Is this address an encapsulated IPv4? */ + if (i == 6 && best.base == 0 && + (best.len == 6 || (best.len == 5 && words[5] == 0xffff))) { + if (!inet_ntop4(src+12, tp, sizeof tmp - (tp - tmp))) + return (NULL); + tp += strlen(tp); + break; + } + tp += snprintf(tp, sizeof tmp - (tp - tmp), "%x", words[i]); + } + /* Was it a trailing run of 0x00's? */ + if (best.base != -1 && (best.base + best.len) == + (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ)) + *tp++ = ':'; + *tp++ = '\0'; + + /* + * Check for overflow, copy, and we're done. + */ + if ((size_t)(tp - tmp) > size) { + errno = ENOSPC; + return (NULL); + } + strcpy(dst, tmp); + return (dst); +} +#endif + +/* char * + * inet_ntop(af, src, dst, size) + * convert a network format address to presentation format. + * return: + * pointer to presentation format address (`dst'), or NULL (see errno). + * author: + * Paul Vixie, 1996. + */ +const char * +inet_ntop(af, src, dst, size) + int af; + const void *src; + char *dst; + size_t size; +{ + switch (af) { + case AF_INET: + return (inet_ntop4(src, dst, size)); +#ifndef NO_IPV6 + case AF_INET6: + return (inet_ntop6(src, dst, size)); +#endif + default: + errno = EAFNOSUPPORT; + return (NULL); + } + /* NOTREACHED */ +} diff --git a/compat/inet_pton.c b/compat/inet_pton.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4078fc0877 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/inet_pton.c @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 1996-2001 Internet Software Consortium. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND INTERNET SOFTWARE CONSORTIUM + * DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * INTERNET SOFTWARE CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING + * FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, + * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <errno.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/socket.h> +#include <netinet/in.h> +#include <arpa/inet.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> + +#ifndef NS_INT16SZ +#define NS_INT16SZ 2 +#endif + +#ifndef NS_INADDRSZ +#define NS_INADDRSZ 4 +#endif + +#ifndef NS_IN6ADDRSZ +#define NS_IN6ADDRSZ 16 +#endif + +/* + * WARNING: Don't even consider trying to compile this on a system where + * sizeof(int) < 4. sizeof(int) > 4 is fine; all the world's not a VAX. + */ + +static int inet_pton4(const char *src, unsigned char *dst); +static int inet_pton6(const char *src, unsigned char *dst); + +/* int + * inet_pton4(src, dst) + * like inet_aton() but without all the hexadecimal and shorthand. + * return: + * 1 if `src' is a valid dotted quad, else 0. + * notice: + * does not touch `dst' unless it's returning 1. + * author: + * Paul Vixie, 1996. + */ +static int +inet_pton4(const char *src, unsigned char *dst) +{ + static const char digits[] = "0123456789"; + int saw_digit, octets, ch; + unsigned char tmp[NS_INADDRSZ], *tp; + + saw_digit = 0; + octets = 0; + *(tp = tmp) = 0; + while ((ch = *src++) != '\0') { + const char *pch; + + if ((pch = strchr(digits, ch)) != NULL) { + unsigned int new = *tp * 10 + (pch - digits); + + if (new > 255) + return (0); + *tp = new; + if (! saw_digit) { + if (++octets > 4) + return (0); + saw_digit = 1; + } + } else if (ch == '.' && saw_digit) { + if (octets == 4) + return (0); + *++tp = 0; + saw_digit = 0; + } else + return (0); + } + if (octets < 4) + return (0); + memcpy(dst, tmp, NS_INADDRSZ); + return (1); +} + +/* int + * inet_pton6(src, dst) + * convert presentation level address to network order binary form. + * return: + * 1 if `src' is a valid [RFC1884 2.2] address, else 0. + * notice: + * (1) does not touch `dst' unless it's returning 1. + * (2) :: in a full address is silently ignored. + * credit: + * inspired by Mark Andrews. + * author: + * Paul Vixie, 1996. + */ + +#ifndef NO_IPV6 +static int +inet_pton6(const char *src, unsigned char *dst) +{ + static const char xdigits_l[] = "0123456789abcdef", + xdigits_u[] = "0123456789ABCDEF"; + unsigned char tmp[NS_IN6ADDRSZ], *tp, *endp, *colonp; + const char *xdigits, *curtok; + int ch, saw_xdigit; + unsigned int val; + + memset((tp = tmp), '\0', NS_IN6ADDRSZ); + endp = tp + NS_IN6ADDRSZ; + colonp = NULL; + /* Leading :: requires some special handling. */ + if (*src == ':') + if (*++src != ':') + return (0); + curtok = src; + saw_xdigit = 0; + val = 0; + while ((ch = *src++) != '\0') { + const char *pch; + + if ((pch = strchr((xdigits = xdigits_l), ch)) == NULL) + pch = strchr((xdigits = xdigits_u), ch); + if (pch != NULL) { + val <<= 4; + val |= (pch - xdigits); + if (val > 0xffff) + return (0); + saw_xdigit = 1; + continue; + } + if (ch == ':') { + curtok = src; + if (!saw_xdigit) { + if (colonp) + return (0); + colonp = tp; + continue; + } + if (tp + NS_INT16SZ > endp) + return (0); + *tp++ = (unsigned char) (val >> 8) & 0xff; + *tp++ = (unsigned char) val & 0xff; + saw_xdigit = 0; + val = 0; + continue; + } + if (ch == '.' && ((tp + NS_INADDRSZ) <= endp) && + inet_pton4(curtok, tp) > 0) { + tp += NS_INADDRSZ; + saw_xdigit = 0; + break; /* '\0' was seen by inet_pton4(). */ + } + return (0); + } + if (saw_xdigit) { + if (tp + NS_INT16SZ > endp) + return (0); + *tp++ = (unsigned char) (val >> 8) & 0xff; + *tp++ = (unsigned char) val & 0xff; + } + if (colonp != NULL) { + /* + * Since some memmove()'s erroneously fail to handle + * overlapping regions, we'll do the shift by hand. + */ + const int n = tp - colonp; + int i; + + for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) { + endp[- i] = colonp[n - i]; + colonp[n - i] = 0; + } + tp = endp; + } + if (tp != endp) + return (0); + memcpy(dst, tmp, NS_IN6ADDRSZ); + return (1); +} +#endif + +/* int + * isc_net_pton(af, src, dst) + * convert from presentation format (which usually means ASCII printable) + * to network format (which is usually some kind of binary format). + * return: + * 1 if the address was valid for the specified address family + * 0 if the address wasn't valid (`dst' is untouched in this case) + * -1 if some other error occurred (`dst' is untouched in this case, too) + * author: + * Paul Vixie, 1996. + */ +int +inet_pton(int af, const char *src, void *dst) +{ + switch (af) { + case AF_INET: + return (inet_pton4(src, dst)); +#ifndef NO_IPV6 + case AF_INET6: + return (inet_pton6(src, dst)); +#endif + default: + errno = EAFNOSUPPORT; + return (-1); + } + /* NOTREACHED */ +} diff --git a/compat/memmem.c b/compat/memmem.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..56bcb4277f --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/memmem.c @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +void *gitmemmem(const void *haystack, size_t haystack_len, + const void *needle, size_t needle_len) +{ + const char *begin = haystack; + const char *last_possible = begin + haystack_len - needle_len; + const char *tail = needle; + char point; + + /* + * The first occurrence of the empty string is deemed to occur at + * the beginning of the string. + */ + if (needle_len == 0) + return (void *)begin; + + /* + * Sanity check, otherwise the loop might search through the whole + * memory. + */ + if (haystack_len < needle_len) + return NULL; + + point = *tail++; + for (; begin <= last_possible; begin++) { + if (*begin == point && !memcmp(begin + 1, tail, needle_len - 1)) + return (void *)begin; + } + + return NULL; +} diff --git a/compat/mingw.c b/compat/mingw.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab65f77ab9 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/mingw.c @@ -0,0 +1,1441 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" +#include "win32.h" +#include <conio.h> +#include "../strbuf.h" + +int err_win_to_posix(DWORD winerr) +{ + int error = ENOSYS; + switch(winerr) { + case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED: error = EACCES; break; + case ERROR_ACCOUNT_DISABLED: error = EACCES; break; + case ERROR_ACCOUNT_RESTRICTION: error = EACCES; break; + case ERROR_ALREADY_ASSIGNED: error = EBUSY; break; + case ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS: error = EEXIST; break; + case ERROR_ARITHMETIC_OVERFLOW: error = ERANGE; break; + case ERROR_BAD_COMMAND: error = EIO; break; + case ERROR_BAD_DEVICE: error = ENODEV; break; + case ERROR_BAD_DRIVER_LEVEL: error = ENXIO; break; + case ERROR_BAD_EXE_FORMAT: error = ENOEXEC; break; + case ERROR_BAD_FORMAT: error = ENOEXEC; break; + case ERROR_BAD_LENGTH: error = EINVAL; break; + case ERROR_BAD_PATHNAME: error = ENOENT; break; + case ERROR_BAD_PIPE: error = EPIPE; break; + case ERROR_BAD_UNIT: error = ENODEV; break; + case ERROR_BAD_USERNAME: error = EINVAL; break; + case ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE: error = EPIPE; break; + case ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW: error = ENAMETOOLONG; break; + case ERROR_BUSY: error = EBUSY; break; + case ERROR_BUSY_DRIVE: error = EBUSY; break; + case ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED: error = ENOSYS; break; + case ERROR_CANNOT_MAKE: error = EACCES; break; + case ERROR_CANTOPEN: error = EIO; break; + case ERROR_CANTREAD: error = EIO; break; + case ERROR_CANTWRITE: error = EIO; break; + case ERROR_CRC: error = EIO; break; + case ERROR_CURRENT_DIRECTORY: error = EACCES; break; + case ERROR_DEVICE_IN_USE: error = EBUSY; break; + case ERROR_DEV_NOT_EXIST: error = ENODEV; break; + case ERROR_DIRECTORY: error = EINVAL; break; + case ERROR_DIR_NOT_EMPTY: error = ENOTEMPTY; break; + case ERROR_DISK_CHANGE: error = EIO; break; + case ERROR_DISK_FULL: error = ENOSPC; break; + case ERROR_DRIVE_LOCKED: error = EBUSY; break; + case ERROR_ENVVAR_NOT_FOUND: error = EINVAL; break; + case ERROR_EXE_MARKED_INVALID: error = ENOEXEC; break; + case ERROR_FILENAME_EXCED_RANGE: error = ENAMETOOLONG; break; + case ERROR_FILE_EXISTS: error = EEXIST; break; + case ERROR_FILE_INVALID: error = ENODEV; break; + case ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND: error = ENOENT; break; + case ERROR_GEN_FAILURE: error = EIO; break; + case ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL: error = ENOSPC; break; + case ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER: error = ENOMEM; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_ACCESS: error = EACCES; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_ADDRESS: error = EFAULT; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_BLOCK: error = EFAULT; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_DATA: error = EINVAL; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_DRIVE: error = ENODEV; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_EXE_SIGNATURE: error = ENOEXEC; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_FLAGS: error = EINVAL; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_FUNCTION: error = ENOSYS; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE: error = EBADF; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_LOGON_HOURS: error = EACCES; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_NAME: error = EINVAL; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_OWNER: error = EINVAL; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER: error = EINVAL; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_PASSWORD: error = EPERM; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_PRIMARY_GROUP: error = EINVAL; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_SIGNAL_NUMBER: error = EINVAL; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_TARGET_HANDLE: error = EIO; break; + case ERROR_INVALID_WORKSTATION: error = EACCES; break; + case ERROR_IO_DEVICE: error = EIO; break; + case ERROR_IO_INCOMPLETE: error = EINTR; break; + case ERROR_LOCKED: error = EBUSY; break; + case ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION: error = EACCES; break; + case ERROR_LOGON_FAILURE: error = EACCES; break; + case ERROR_MAPPED_ALIGNMENT: error = EINVAL; break; + case ERROR_META_EXPANSION_TOO_LONG: error = E2BIG; break; + case ERROR_MORE_DATA: error = EPIPE; break; + case ERROR_NEGATIVE_SEEK: error = ESPIPE; break; + case ERROR_NOACCESS: error = EFAULT; break; + case ERROR_NONE_MAPPED: error = EINVAL; break; + case ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY: error = ENOMEM; break; + case ERROR_NOT_READY: error = EAGAIN; break; + case ERROR_NOT_SAME_DEVICE: error = EXDEV; break; + case ERROR_NO_DATA: error = EPIPE; break; + case ERROR_NO_MORE_SEARCH_HANDLES: error = EIO; break; + case ERROR_NO_PROC_SLOTS: error = EAGAIN; break; + case ERROR_NO_SUCH_PRIVILEGE: error = EACCES; break; + case ERROR_OPEN_FAILED: error = EIO; break; + case ERROR_OPEN_FILES: error = EBUSY; break; + case ERROR_OPERATION_ABORTED: error = EINTR; break; + case ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY: error = ENOMEM; break; + case ERROR_PASSWORD_EXPIRED: error = EACCES; break; + case ERROR_PATH_BUSY: error = EBUSY; break; + case ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND: error = ENOENT; break; + case ERROR_PIPE_BUSY: error = EBUSY; break; + case ERROR_PIPE_CONNECTED: error = EPIPE; break; + case ERROR_PIPE_LISTENING: error = EPIPE; break; + case ERROR_PIPE_NOT_CONNECTED: error = EPIPE; break; + case ERROR_PRIVILEGE_NOT_HELD: error = EACCES; break; + case ERROR_READ_FAULT: error = EIO; break; + case ERROR_SEEK: error = EIO; break; + case ERROR_SEEK_ON_DEVICE: error = ESPIPE; break; + case ERROR_SHARING_BUFFER_EXCEEDED: error = ENFILE; break; + case ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION: error = EACCES; break; + case ERROR_STACK_OVERFLOW: error = ENOMEM; break; + case ERROR_SWAPERROR: error = ENOENT; break; + case ERROR_TOO_MANY_MODULES: error = EMFILE; break; + case ERROR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES: error = EMFILE; break; + case ERROR_UNRECOGNIZED_MEDIA: error = ENXIO; break; + case ERROR_UNRECOGNIZED_VOLUME: error = ENODEV; break; + case ERROR_WAIT_NO_CHILDREN: error = ECHILD; break; + case ERROR_WRITE_FAULT: error = EIO; break; + case ERROR_WRITE_PROTECT: error = EROFS; break; + } + return error; +} + +#undef open +int mingw_open (const char *filename, int oflags, ...) +{ + va_list args; + unsigned mode; + int fd; + + va_start(args, oflags); + mode = va_arg(args, int); + va_end(args); + + if (!strcmp(filename, "/dev/null")) + filename = "nul"; + + fd = open(filename, oflags, mode); + + if (fd < 0 && (oflags & O_CREAT) && errno == EACCES) { + DWORD attrs = GetFileAttributes(filename); + if (attrs != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES && (attrs & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)) + errno = EISDIR; + } + return fd; +} + +/* + * The unit of FILETIME is 100-nanoseconds since January 1, 1601, UTC. + * Returns the 100-nanoseconds ("hekto nanoseconds") since the epoch. + */ +static inline long long filetime_to_hnsec(const FILETIME *ft) +{ + long long winTime = ((long long)ft->dwHighDateTime << 32) + ft->dwLowDateTime; + /* Windows to Unix Epoch conversion */ + return winTime - 116444736000000000LL; +} + +static inline time_t filetime_to_time_t(const FILETIME *ft) +{ + return (time_t)(filetime_to_hnsec(ft) / 10000000); +} + +/* We keep the do_lstat code in a separate function to avoid recursion. + * When a path ends with a slash, the stat will fail with ENOENT. In + * this case, we strip the trailing slashes and stat again. + */ +static int do_lstat(const char *file_name, struct stat *buf) +{ + WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA fdata; + + if (!(errno = get_file_attr(file_name, &fdata))) { + buf->st_ino = 0; + buf->st_gid = 0; + buf->st_uid = 0; + buf->st_nlink = 1; + buf->st_mode = file_attr_to_st_mode(fdata.dwFileAttributes); + buf->st_size = fdata.nFileSizeLow | + (((off_t)fdata.nFileSizeHigh)<<32); + buf->st_dev = buf->st_rdev = 0; /* not used by Git */ + buf->st_atime = filetime_to_time_t(&(fdata.ftLastAccessTime)); + buf->st_mtime = filetime_to_time_t(&(fdata.ftLastWriteTime)); + buf->st_ctime = filetime_to_time_t(&(fdata.ftCreationTime)); + return 0; + } + return -1; +} + +/* We provide our own lstat/fstat functions, since the provided + * lstat/fstat functions are so slow. These stat functions are + * tailored for Git's usage (read: fast), and are not meant to be + * complete. Note that Git stat()s are redirected to mingw_lstat() + * too, since Windows doesn't really handle symlinks that well. + */ +int mingw_lstat(const char *file_name, struct stat *buf) +{ + int namelen; + static char alt_name[PATH_MAX]; + + if (!do_lstat(file_name, buf)) + return 0; + + /* if file_name ended in a '/', Windows returned ENOENT; + * try again without trailing slashes + */ + if (errno != ENOENT) + return -1; + + namelen = strlen(file_name); + if (namelen && file_name[namelen-1] != '/') + return -1; + while (namelen && file_name[namelen-1] == '/') + --namelen; + if (!namelen || namelen >= PATH_MAX) + return -1; + + memcpy(alt_name, file_name, namelen); + alt_name[namelen] = 0; + return do_lstat(alt_name, buf); +} + +#undef fstat +int mingw_fstat(int fd, struct stat *buf) +{ + HANDLE fh = (HANDLE)_get_osfhandle(fd); + BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION fdata; + + if (fh == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { + errno = EBADF; + return -1; + } + /* direct non-file handles to MS's fstat() */ + if (GetFileType(fh) != FILE_TYPE_DISK) + return _fstati64(fd, buf); + + if (GetFileInformationByHandle(fh, &fdata)) { + buf->st_ino = 0; + buf->st_gid = 0; + buf->st_uid = 0; + buf->st_nlink = 1; + buf->st_mode = file_attr_to_st_mode(fdata.dwFileAttributes); + buf->st_size = fdata.nFileSizeLow | + (((off_t)fdata.nFileSizeHigh)<<32); + buf->st_dev = buf->st_rdev = 0; /* not used by Git */ + buf->st_atime = filetime_to_time_t(&(fdata.ftLastAccessTime)); + buf->st_mtime = filetime_to_time_t(&(fdata.ftLastWriteTime)); + buf->st_ctime = filetime_to_time_t(&(fdata.ftCreationTime)); + return 0; + } + errno = EBADF; + return -1; +} + +static inline void time_t_to_filetime(time_t t, FILETIME *ft) +{ + long long winTime = t * 10000000LL + 116444736000000000LL; + ft->dwLowDateTime = winTime; + ft->dwHighDateTime = winTime >> 32; +} + +int mingw_utime (const char *file_name, const struct utimbuf *times) +{ + FILETIME mft, aft; + int fh, rc; + + /* must have write permission */ + if ((fh = open(file_name, O_RDWR | O_BINARY)) < 0) + return -1; + + time_t_to_filetime(times->modtime, &mft); + time_t_to_filetime(times->actime, &aft); + if (!SetFileTime((HANDLE)_get_osfhandle(fh), NULL, &aft, &mft)) { + errno = EINVAL; + rc = -1; + } else + rc = 0; + close(fh); + return rc; +} + +unsigned int sleep (unsigned int seconds) +{ + Sleep(seconds*1000); + return 0; +} + +int mkstemp(char *template) +{ + char *filename = mktemp(template); + if (filename == NULL) + return -1; + return open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT, 0600); +} + +int gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv, void *tz) +{ + FILETIME ft; + long long hnsec; + + GetSystemTimeAsFileTime(&ft); + hnsec = filetime_to_hnsec(&ft); + tv->tv_sec = hnsec / 10000000; + tv->tv_usec = (hnsec % 10000000) / 10; + return 0; +} + +int pipe(int filedes[2]) +{ + HANDLE h[2]; + + /* this creates non-inheritable handles */ + if (!CreatePipe(&h[0], &h[1], NULL, 8192)) { + errno = err_win_to_posix(GetLastError()); + return -1; + } + filedes[0] = _open_osfhandle((int)h[0], O_NOINHERIT); + if (filedes[0] < 0) { + CloseHandle(h[0]); + CloseHandle(h[1]); + return -1; + } + filedes[1] = _open_osfhandle((int)h[1], O_NOINHERIT); + if (filedes[0] < 0) { + close(filedes[0]); + CloseHandle(h[1]); + return -1; + } + return 0; +} + +int poll(struct pollfd *ufds, unsigned int nfds, int timeout) +{ + int i, pending; + + if (timeout >= 0) { + if (nfds == 0) { + Sleep(timeout); + return 0; + } + return errno = EINVAL, error("poll timeout not supported"); + } + + /* When there is only one fd to wait for, then we pretend that + * input is available and let the actual wait happen when the + * caller invokes read(). + */ + if (nfds == 1) { + if (!(ufds[0].events & POLLIN)) + return errno = EINVAL, error("POLLIN not set"); + ufds[0].revents = POLLIN; + return 0; + } + +repeat: + pending = 0; + for (i = 0; i < nfds; i++) { + DWORD avail = 0; + HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle(ufds[i].fd); + if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + return -1; /* errno was set */ + + if (!(ufds[i].events & POLLIN)) + return errno = EINVAL, error("POLLIN not set"); + + /* this emulation works only for pipes */ + if (!PeekNamedPipe(h, NULL, 0, NULL, &avail, NULL)) { + int err = GetLastError(); + if (err == ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE) { + ufds[i].revents = POLLHUP; + pending++; + } else { + errno = EINVAL; + return error("PeekNamedPipe failed," + " GetLastError: %u", err); + } + } else if (avail) { + ufds[i].revents = POLLIN; + pending++; + } else + ufds[i].revents = 0; + } + if (!pending) { + /* The only times that we spin here is when the process + * that is connected through the pipes is waiting for + * its own input data to become available. But since + * the process (pack-objects) is itself CPU intensive, + * it will happily pick up the time slice that we are + * relinquishing here. + */ + Sleep(0); + goto repeat; + } + return 0; +} + +struct tm *gmtime_r(const time_t *timep, struct tm *result) +{ + /* gmtime() in MSVCRT.DLL is thread-safe, but not reentrant */ + memcpy(result, gmtime(timep), sizeof(struct tm)); + return result; +} + +struct tm *localtime_r(const time_t *timep, struct tm *result) +{ + /* localtime() in MSVCRT.DLL is thread-safe, but not reentrant */ + memcpy(result, localtime(timep), sizeof(struct tm)); + return result; +} + +#undef getcwd +char *mingw_getcwd(char *pointer, int len) +{ + int i; + char *ret = getcwd(pointer, len); + if (!ret) + return ret; + for (i = 0; pointer[i]; i++) + if (pointer[i] == '\\') + pointer[i] = '/'; + return ret; +} + +#undef getenv +char *mingw_getenv(const char *name) +{ + char *result = getenv(name); + if (!result && !strcmp(name, "TMPDIR")) { + /* on Windows it is TMP and TEMP */ + result = getenv("TMP"); + if (!result) + result = getenv("TEMP"); + } + return result; +} + +/* + * See http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/17w5ykft(vs.71).aspx + * (Parsing C++ Command-Line Arguments) + */ +static const char *quote_arg(const char *arg) +{ + /* count chars to quote */ + int len = 0, n = 0; + int force_quotes = 0; + char *q, *d; + const char *p = arg; + if (!*p) force_quotes = 1; + while (*p) { + if (isspace(*p) || *p == '*' || *p == '?' || *p == '{' || *p == '\'') + force_quotes = 1; + else if (*p == '"') + n++; + else if (*p == '\\') { + int count = 0; + while (*p == '\\') { + count++; + p++; + len++; + } + if (*p == '"') + n += count*2 + 1; + continue; + } + len++; + p++; + } + if (!force_quotes && n == 0) + return arg; + + /* insert \ where necessary */ + d = q = xmalloc(len+n+3); + *d++ = '"'; + while (*arg) { + if (*arg == '"') + *d++ = '\\'; + else if (*arg == '\\') { + int count = 0; + while (*arg == '\\') { + count++; + *d++ = *arg++; + } + if (*arg == '"') { + while (count-- > 0) + *d++ = '\\'; + *d++ = '\\'; + } + } + *d++ = *arg++; + } + *d++ = '"'; + *d++ = 0; + return q; +} + +static const char *parse_interpreter(const char *cmd) +{ + static char buf[100]; + char *p, *opt; + int n, fd; + + /* don't even try a .exe */ + n = strlen(cmd); + if (n >= 4 && !strcasecmp(cmd+n-4, ".exe")) + return NULL; + + fd = open(cmd, O_RDONLY); + if (fd < 0) + return NULL; + n = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf)-1); + close(fd); + if (n < 4) /* at least '#!/x' and not error */ + return NULL; + + if (buf[0] != '#' || buf[1] != '!') + return NULL; + buf[n] = '\0'; + p = buf + strcspn(buf, "\r\n"); + if (!*p) + return NULL; + + *p = '\0'; + if (!(p = strrchr(buf+2, '/')) && !(p = strrchr(buf+2, '\\'))) + return NULL; + /* strip options */ + if ((opt = strchr(p+1, ' '))) + *opt = '\0'; + return p+1; +} + +/* + * Splits the PATH into parts. + */ +static char **get_path_split(void) +{ + char *p, **path, *envpath = getenv("PATH"); + int i, n = 0; + + if (!envpath || !*envpath) + return NULL; + + envpath = xstrdup(envpath); + p = envpath; + while (p) { + char *dir = p; + p = strchr(p, ';'); + if (p) *p++ = '\0'; + if (*dir) { /* not earlier, catches series of ; */ + ++n; + } + } + if (!n) + return NULL; + + path = xmalloc((n+1)*sizeof(char *)); + p = envpath; + i = 0; + do { + if (*p) + path[i++] = xstrdup(p); + p = p+strlen(p)+1; + } while (i < n); + path[i] = NULL; + + free(envpath); + + return path; +} + +static void free_path_split(char **path) +{ + char **p = path; + + if (!path) + return; + + while (*p) + free(*p++); + free(path); +} + +/* + * exe_only means that we only want to detect .exe files, but not scripts + * (which do not have an extension) + */ +static char *lookup_prog(const char *dir, const char *cmd, int isexe, int exe_only) +{ + char path[MAX_PATH]; + snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "%s/%s.exe", dir, cmd); + + if (!isexe && access(path, F_OK) == 0) + return xstrdup(path); + path[strlen(path)-4] = '\0'; + if ((!exe_only || isexe) && access(path, F_OK) == 0) + if (!(GetFileAttributes(path) & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)) + return xstrdup(path); + return NULL; +} + +/* + * Determines the absolute path of cmd using the the split path in path. + * If cmd contains a slash or backslash, no lookup is performed. + */ +static char *path_lookup(const char *cmd, char **path, int exe_only) +{ + char *prog = NULL; + int len = strlen(cmd); + int isexe = len >= 4 && !strcasecmp(cmd+len-4, ".exe"); + + if (strchr(cmd, '/') || strchr(cmd, '\\')) + prog = xstrdup(cmd); + + while (!prog && *path) + prog = lookup_prog(*path++, cmd, isexe, exe_only); + + return prog; +} + +static int env_compare(const void *a, const void *b) +{ + char *const *ea = a; + char *const *eb = b; + return strcasecmp(*ea, *eb); +} + +static pid_t mingw_spawnve_fd(const char *cmd, const char **argv, char **env, + int prepend_cmd, int fhin, int fhout, int fherr) +{ + STARTUPINFO si; + PROCESS_INFORMATION pi; + struct strbuf envblk, args; + unsigned flags; + BOOL ret; + + /* Determine whether or not we are associated to a console */ + HANDLE cons = CreateFile("CONOUT$", GENERIC_WRITE, + FILE_SHARE_WRITE, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, + FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL); + if (cons == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { + /* There is no console associated with this process. + * Since the child is a console process, Windows + * would normally create a console window. But + * since we'll be redirecting std streams, we do + * not need the console. + * It is necessary to use DETACHED_PROCESS + * instead of CREATE_NO_WINDOW to make ssh + * recognize that it has no console. + */ + flags = DETACHED_PROCESS; + } else { + /* There is already a console. If we specified + * DETACHED_PROCESS here, too, Windows would + * disassociate the child from the console. + * The same is true for CREATE_NO_WINDOW. + * Go figure! + */ + flags = 0; + CloseHandle(cons); + } + memset(&si, 0, sizeof(si)); + si.cb = sizeof(si); + si.dwFlags = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES; + si.hStdInput = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle(fhin); + si.hStdOutput = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle(fhout); + si.hStdError = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle(fherr); + + /* concatenate argv, quoting args as we go */ + strbuf_init(&args, 0); + if (prepend_cmd) { + char *quoted = (char *)quote_arg(cmd); + strbuf_addstr(&args, quoted); + if (quoted != cmd) + free(quoted); + } + for (; *argv; argv++) { + char *quoted = (char *)quote_arg(*argv); + if (*args.buf) + strbuf_addch(&args, ' '); + strbuf_addstr(&args, quoted); + if (quoted != *argv) + free(quoted); + } + + if (env) { + int count = 0; + char **e, **sorted_env; + + for (e = env; *e; e++) + count++; + + /* environment must be sorted */ + sorted_env = xmalloc(sizeof(*sorted_env) * (count + 1)); + memcpy(sorted_env, env, sizeof(*sorted_env) * (count + 1)); + qsort(sorted_env, count, sizeof(*sorted_env), env_compare); + + strbuf_init(&envblk, 0); + for (e = sorted_env; *e; e++) { + strbuf_addstr(&envblk, *e); + strbuf_addch(&envblk, '\0'); + } + free(sorted_env); + } + + memset(&pi, 0, sizeof(pi)); + ret = CreateProcess(cmd, args.buf, NULL, NULL, TRUE, flags, + env ? envblk.buf : NULL, NULL, &si, &pi); + + if (env) + strbuf_release(&envblk); + strbuf_release(&args); + + if (!ret) { + errno = ENOENT; + return -1; + } + CloseHandle(pi.hThread); + return (pid_t)pi.hProcess; +} + +static pid_t mingw_spawnve(const char *cmd, const char **argv, char **env, + int prepend_cmd) +{ + return mingw_spawnve_fd(cmd, argv, env, prepend_cmd, 0, 1, 2); +} + +pid_t mingw_spawnvpe(const char *cmd, const char **argv, char **env, + int fhin, int fhout, int fherr) +{ + pid_t pid; + char **path = get_path_split(); + char *prog = path_lookup(cmd, path, 0); + + if (!prog) { + errno = ENOENT; + pid = -1; + } + else { + const char *interpr = parse_interpreter(prog); + + if (interpr) { + const char *argv0 = argv[0]; + char *iprog = path_lookup(interpr, path, 1); + argv[0] = prog; + if (!iprog) { + errno = ENOENT; + pid = -1; + } + else { + pid = mingw_spawnve_fd(iprog, argv, env, 1, + fhin, fhout, fherr); + free(iprog); + } + argv[0] = argv0; + } + else + pid = mingw_spawnve_fd(prog, argv, env, 0, + fhin, fhout, fherr); + free(prog); + } + free_path_split(path); + return pid; +} + +static int try_shell_exec(const char *cmd, char *const *argv, char **env) +{ + const char *interpr = parse_interpreter(cmd); + char **path; + char *prog; + int pid = 0; + + if (!interpr) + return 0; + path = get_path_split(); + prog = path_lookup(interpr, path, 1); + if (prog) { + int argc = 0; + const char **argv2; + while (argv[argc]) argc++; + argv2 = xmalloc(sizeof(*argv) * (argc+1)); + argv2[0] = (char *)cmd; /* full path to the script file */ + memcpy(&argv2[1], &argv[1], sizeof(*argv) * argc); + pid = mingw_spawnve(prog, argv2, env, 1); + if (pid >= 0) { + int status; + if (waitpid(pid, &status, 0) < 0) + status = 255; + exit(status); + } + pid = 1; /* indicate that we tried but failed */ + free(prog); + free(argv2); + } + free_path_split(path); + return pid; +} + +static void mingw_execve(const char *cmd, char *const *argv, char *const *env) +{ + /* check if git_command is a shell script */ + if (!try_shell_exec(cmd, argv, (char **)env)) { + int pid, status; + + pid = mingw_spawnve(cmd, (const char **)argv, (char **)env, 0); + if (pid < 0) + return; + if (waitpid(pid, &status, 0) < 0) + status = 255; + exit(status); + } +} + +void mingw_execvp(const char *cmd, char *const *argv) +{ + char **path = get_path_split(); + char *prog = path_lookup(cmd, path, 0); + + if (prog) { + mingw_execve(prog, argv, environ); + free(prog); + } else + errno = ENOENT; + + free_path_split(path); +} + +static char **copy_environ(void) +{ + char **env; + int i = 0; + while (environ[i]) + i++; + env = xmalloc((i+1)*sizeof(*env)); + for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++) + env[i] = xstrdup(environ[i]); + env[i] = NULL; + return env; +} + +void free_environ(char **env) +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; env[i]; i++) + free(env[i]); + free(env); +} + +static int lookup_env(char **env, const char *name, size_t nmln) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; env[i]; i++) { + if (0 == strncmp(env[i], name, nmln) + && '=' == env[i][nmln]) + /* matches */ + return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* + * If name contains '=', then sets the variable, otherwise it unsets it + */ +static char **env_setenv(char **env, const char *name) +{ + char *eq = strchrnul(name, '='); + int i = lookup_env(env, name, eq-name); + + if (i < 0) { + if (*eq) { + for (i = 0; env[i]; i++) + ; + env = xrealloc(env, (i+2)*sizeof(*env)); + env[i] = xstrdup(name); + env[i+1] = NULL; + } + } + else { + free(env[i]); + if (*eq) + env[i] = xstrdup(name); + else + for (; env[i]; i++) + env[i] = env[i+1]; + } + return env; +} + +/* + * Copies global environ and adjusts variables as specified by vars. + */ +char **make_augmented_environ(const char *const *vars) +{ + char **env = copy_environ(); + + while (*vars) + env = env_setenv(env, *vars++); + return env; +} + +/* + * Note, this isn't a complete replacement for getaddrinfo. It assumes + * that service contains a numerical port, or that it it is null. It + * does a simple search using gethostbyname, and returns one IPv4 host + * if one was found. + */ +static int WSAAPI getaddrinfo_stub(const char *node, const char *service, + const struct addrinfo *hints, + struct addrinfo **res) +{ + struct hostent *h = gethostbyname(node); + struct addrinfo *ai; + struct sockaddr_in *sin; + + if (!h) + return WSAGetLastError(); + + ai = xmalloc(sizeof(struct addrinfo)); + *res = ai; + ai->ai_flags = 0; + ai->ai_family = AF_INET; + ai->ai_socktype = hints->ai_socktype; + switch (hints->ai_socktype) { + case SOCK_STREAM: + ai->ai_protocol = IPPROTO_TCP; + break; + case SOCK_DGRAM: + ai->ai_protocol = IPPROTO_UDP; + break; + default: + ai->ai_protocol = 0; + break; + } + ai->ai_addrlen = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in); + ai->ai_canonname = strdup(h->h_name); + + sin = xmalloc(ai->ai_addrlen); + memset(sin, 0, ai->ai_addrlen); + sin->sin_family = AF_INET; + if (service) + sin->sin_port = htons(atoi(service)); + sin->sin_addr = *(struct in_addr *)h->h_addr; + ai->ai_addr = (struct sockaddr *)sin; + ai->ai_next = 0; + return 0; +} + +static void WSAAPI freeaddrinfo_stub(struct addrinfo *res) +{ + free(res->ai_canonname); + free(res->ai_addr); + free(res); +} + +static int WSAAPI getnameinfo_stub(const struct sockaddr *sa, socklen_t salen, + char *host, DWORD hostlen, + char *serv, DWORD servlen, int flags) +{ + const struct sockaddr_in *sin = (const struct sockaddr_in *)sa; + if (sa->sa_family != AF_INET) + return EAI_FAMILY; + if (!host && !serv) + return EAI_NONAME; + + if (host && hostlen > 0) { + struct hostent *ent = NULL; + if (!(flags & NI_NUMERICHOST)) + ent = gethostbyaddr((const char *)&sin->sin_addr, + sizeof(sin->sin_addr), AF_INET); + + if (ent) + snprintf(host, hostlen, "%s", ent->h_name); + else if (flags & NI_NAMEREQD) + return EAI_NONAME; + else + snprintf(host, hostlen, "%s", inet_ntoa(sin->sin_addr)); + } + + if (serv && servlen > 0) { + struct servent *ent = NULL; + if (!(flags & NI_NUMERICSERV)) + ent = getservbyport(sin->sin_port, + flags & NI_DGRAM ? "udp" : "tcp"); + + if (ent) + snprintf(serv, servlen, "%s", ent->s_name); + else + snprintf(serv, servlen, "%d", ntohs(sin->sin_port)); + } + + return 0; +} + +static HMODULE ipv6_dll = NULL; +static void (WSAAPI *ipv6_freeaddrinfo)(struct addrinfo *res); +static int (WSAAPI *ipv6_getaddrinfo)(const char *node, const char *service, + const struct addrinfo *hints, + struct addrinfo **res); +static int (WSAAPI *ipv6_getnameinfo)(const struct sockaddr *sa, socklen_t salen, + char *host, DWORD hostlen, + char *serv, DWORD servlen, int flags); +/* + * gai_strerror is an inline function in the ws2tcpip.h header, so we + * don't need to try to load that one dynamically. + */ + +static void socket_cleanup(void) +{ + WSACleanup(); + if (ipv6_dll) + FreeLibrary(ipv6_dll); + ipv6_dll = NULL; + ipv6_freeaddrinfo = freeaddrinfo_stub; + ipv6_getaddrinfo = getaddrinfo_stub; + ipv6_getnameinfo = getnameinfo_stub; +} + +static void ensure_socket_initialization(void) +{ + WSADATA wsa; + static int initialized = 0; + const char *libraries[] = { "ws2_32.dll", "wship6.dll", NULL }; + const char **name; + + if (initialized) + return; + + if (WSAStartup(MAKEWORD(2,2), &wsa)) + die("unable to initialize winsock subsystem, error %d", + WSAGetLastError()); + + for (name = libraries; *name; name++) { + ipv6_dll = LoadLibrary(*name); + if (!ipv6_dll) + continue; + + ipv6_freeaddrinfo = (void (WSAAPI *)(struct addrinfo *)) + GetProcAddress(ipv6_dll, "freeaddrinfo"); + ipv6_getaddrinfo = (int (WSAAPI *)(const char *, const char *, + const struct addrinfo *, + struct addrinfo **)) + GetProcAddress(ipv6_dll, "getaddrinfo"); + ipv6_getnameinfo = (int (WSAAPI *)(const struct sockaddr *, + socklen_t, char *, DWORD, + char *, DWORD, int)) + GetProcAddress(ipv6_dll, "getnameinfo"); + if (!ipv6_freeaddrinfo || !ipv6_getaddrinfo || !ipv6_getnameinfo) { + FreeLibrary(ipv6_dll); + ipv6_dll = NULL; + } else + break; + } + if (!ipv6_freeaddrinfo || !ipv6_getaddrinfo || !ipv6_getnameinfo) { + ipv6_freeaddrinfo = freeaddrinfo_stub; + ipv6_getaddrinfo = getaddrinfo_stub; + ipv6_getnameinfo = getnameinfo_stub; + } + + atexit(socket_cleanup); + initialized = 1; +} + +#undef gethostbyname +struct hostent *mingw_gethostbyname(const char *host) +{ + ensure_socket_initialization(); + return gethostbyname(host); +} + +void mingw_freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *res) +{ + ipv6_freeaddrinfo(res); +} + +int mingw_getaddrinfo(const char *node, const char *service, + const struct addrinfo *hints, struct addrinfo **res) +{ + ensure_socket_initialization(); + return ipv6_getaddrinfo(node, service, hints, res); +} + +int mingw_getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, socklen_t salen, + char *host, DWORD hostlen, char *serv, DWORD servlen, + int flags) +{ + ensure_socket_initialization(); + return ipv6_getnameinfo(sa, salen, host, hostlen, serv, servlen, flags); +} + +int mingw_socket(int domain, int type, int protocol) +{ + int sockfd; + SOCKET s = WSASocket(domain, type, protocol, NULL, 0, 0); + if (s == INVALID_SOCKET) { + /* + * WSAGetLastError() values are regular BSD error codes + * biased by WSABASEERR. + * However, strerror() does not know about networking + * specific errors, which are values beginning at 38 or so. + * Therefore, we choose to leave the biased error code + * in errno so that _if_ someone looks up the code somewhere, + * then it is at least the number that are usually listed. + */ + errno = WSAGetLastError(); + return -1; + } + /* convert into a file descriptor */ + if ((sockfd = _open_osfhandle(s, O_RDWR|O_BINARY)) < 0) { + closesocket(s); + return error("unable to make a socket file descriptor: %s", + strerror(errno)); + } + return sockfd; +} + +#undef connect +int mingw_connect(int sockfd, struct sockaddr *sa, size_t sz) +{ + SOCKET s = (SOCKET)_get_osfhandle(sockfd); + return connect(s, sa, sz); +} + +#undef rename +int mingw_rename(const char *pold, const char *pnew) +{ + DWORD attrs, gle; + int tries = 0; + static const int delay[] = { 0, 1, 10, 20, 40 }; + + /* + * Try native rename() first to get errno right. + * It is based on MoveFile(), which cannot overwrite existing files. + */ + if (!rename(pold, pnew)) + return 0; + if (errno != EEXIST) + return -1; +repeat: + if (MoveFileEx(pold, pnew, MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING)) + return 0; + /* TODO: translate more errors */ + gle = GetLastError(); + if (gle == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED && + (attrs = GetFileAttributes(pnew)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) { + if (attrs & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) { + errno = EISDIR; + return -1; + } + if ((attrs & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY) && + SetFileAttributes(pnew, attrs & ~FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)) { + if (MoveFileEx(pold, pnew, MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING)) + return 0; + gle = GetLastError(); + /* revert file attributes on failure */ + SetFileAttributes(pnew, attrs); + } + } + if (tries < ARRAY_SIZE(delay) && gle == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED) { + /* + * We assume that some other process had the source or + * destination file open at the wrong moment and retry. + * In order to give the other process a higher chance to + * complete its operation, we give up our time slice now. + * If we have to retry again, we do sleep a bit. + */ + Sleep(delay[tries]); + tries++; + goto repeat; + } + errno = EACCES; + return -1; +} + +/* + * Note that this doesn't return the actual pagesize, but + * the allocation granularity. If future Windows specific git code + * needs the real getpagesize function, we need to find another solution. + */ +int mingw_getpagesize(void) +{ + SYSTEM_INFO si; + GetSystemInfo(&si); + return si.dwAllocationGranularity; +} + +struct passwd *getpwuid(int uid) +{ + static char user_name[100]; + static struct passwd p; + + DWORD len = sizeof(user_name); + if (!GetUserName(user_name, &len)) + return NULL; + p.pw_name = user_name; + p.pw_gecos = "unknown"; + p.pw_dir = NULL; + return &p; +} + +static HANDLE timer_event; +static HANDLE timer_thread; +static int timer_interval; +static int one_shot; +static sig_handler_t timer_fn = SIG_DFL; + +/* The timer works like this: + * The thread, ticktack(), is a trivial routine that most of the time + * only waits to receive the signal to terminate. The main thread tells + * the thread to terminate by setting the timer_event to the signalled + * state. + * But ticktack() interrupts the wait state after the timer's interval + * length to call the signal handler. + */ + +static unsigned __stdcall ticktack(void *dummy) +{ + while (WaitForSingleObject(timer_event, timer_interval) == WAIT_TIMEOUT) { + if (timer_fn == SIG_DFL) + die("Alarm"); + if (timer_fn != SIG_IGN) + timer_fn(SIGALRM); + if (one_shot) + break; + } + return 0; +} + +static int start_timer_thread(void) +{ + timer_event = CreateEvent(NULL, FALSE, FALSE, NULL); + if (timer_event) { + timer_thread = (HANDLE) _beginthreadex(NULL, 0, ticktack, NULL, 0, NULL); + if (!timer_thread ) + return errno = ENOMEM, + error("cannot start timer thread"); + } else + return errno = ENOMEM, + error("cannot allocate resources for timer"); + return 0; +} + +static void stop_timer_thread(void) +{ + if (timer_event) + SetEvent(timer_event); /* tell thread to terminate */ + if (timer_thread) { + int rc = WaitForSingleObject(timer_thread, 1000); + if (rc == WAIT_TIMEOUT) + error("timer thread did not terminate timely"); + else if (rc != WAIT_OBJECT_0) + error("waiting for timer thread failed: %lu", + GetLastError()); + CloseHandle(timer_thread); + } + if (timer_event) + CloseHandle(timer_event); + timer_event = NULL; + timer_thread = NULL; +} + +static inline int is_timeval_eq(const struct timeval *i1, const struct timeval *i2) +{ + return i1->tv_sec == i2->tv_sec && i1->tv_usec == i2->tv_usec; +} + +int setitimer(int type, struct itimerval *in, struct itimerval *out) +{ + static const struct timeval zero; + static int atexit_done; + + if (out != NULL) + return errno = EINVAL, + error("setitimer param 3 != NULL not implemented"); + if (!is_timeval_eq(&in->it_interval, &zero) && + !is_timeval_eq(&in->it_interval, &in->it_value)) + return errno = EINVAL, + error("setitimer: it_interval must be zero or eq it_value"); + + if (timer_thread) + stop_timer_thread(); + + if (is_timeval_eq(&in->it_value, &zero) && + is_timeval_eq(&in->it_interval, &zero)) + return 0; + + timer_interval = in->it_value.tv_sec * 1000 + in->it_value.tv_usec / 1000; + one_shot = is_timeval_eq(&in->it_interval, &zero); + if (!atexit_done) { + atexit(stop_timer_thread); + atexit_done = 1; + } + return start_timer_thread(); +} + +int sigaction(int sig, struct sigaction *in, struct sigaction *out) +{ + if (sig != SIGALRM) + return errno = EINVAL, + error("sigaction only implemented for SIGALRM"); + if (out != NULL) + return errno = EINVAL, + error("sigaction: param 3 != NULL not implemented"); + + timer_fn = in->sa_handler; + return 0; +} + +#undef signal +sig_handler_t mingw_signal(int sig, sig_handler_t handler) +{ + sig_handler_t old = timer_fn; + if (sig != SIGALRM) + return signal(sig, handler); + timer_fn = handler; + return old; +} + +static const char *make_backslash_path(const char *path) +{ + static char buf[PATH_MAX + 1]; + char *c; + + if (strlcpy(buf, path, PATH_MAX) >= PATH_MAX) + die("Too long path: %.*s", 60, path); + + for (c = buf; *c; c++) { + if (*c == '/') + *c = '\\'; + } + return buf; +} + +void mingw_open_html(const char *unixpath) +{ + const char *htmlpath = make_backslash_path(unixpath); + typedef HINSTANCE (WINAPI *T)(HWND, const char *, + const char *, const char *, const char *, INT); + T ShellExecute; + HMODULE shell32; + + shell32 = LoadLibrary("shell32.dll"); + if (!shell32) + die("cannot load shell32.dll"); + ShellExecute = (T)GetProcAddress(shell32, "ShellExecuteA"); + if (!ShellExecute) + die("cannot run browser"); + + printf("Launching default browser to display HTML ...\n"); + ShellExecute(NULL, "open", htmlpath, NULL, "\\", 0); + + FreeLibrary(shell32); +} + +int link(const char *oldpath, const char *newpath) +{ + typedef BOOL (WINAPI *T)(const char*, const char*, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES); + static T create_hard_link = NULL; + if (!create_hard_link) { + create_hard_link = (T) GetProcAddress( + GetModuleHandle("kernel32.dll"), "CreateHardLinkA"); + if (!create_hard_link) + create_hard_link = (T)-1; + } + if (create_hard_link == (T)-1) { + errno = ENOSYS; + return -1; + } + if (!create_hard_link(newpath, oldpath, NULL)) { + errno = err_win_to_posix(GetLastError()); + return -1; + } + return 0; +} + +char *getpass(const char *prompt) +{ + struct strbuf buf = STRBUF_INIT; + + fputs(prompt, stderr); + for (;;) { + char c = _getch(); + if (c == '\r' || c == '\n') + break; + strbuf_addch(&buf, c); + } + fputs("\n", stderr); + return strbuf_detach(&buf, NULL); +} + +#ifndef NO_MINGW_REPLACE_READDIR +/* MinGW readdir implementation to avoid extra lstats for Git */ +struct mingw_DIR +{ + struct _finddata_t dd_dta; /* disk transfer area for this dir */ + struct mingw_dirent dd_dir; /* Our own implementation, including d_type */ + long dd_handle; /* _findnext handle */ + int dd_stat; /* 0 = next entry to read is first entry, -1 = off the end, positive = 0 based index of next entry */ + char dd_name[1]; /* given path for dir with search pattern (struct is extended) */ +}; + +struct dirent *mingw_readdir(DIR *dir) +{ + WIN32_FIND_DATAA buf; + HANDLE handle; + struct mingw_DIR *mdir = (struct mingw_DIR*)dir; + + if (!dir->dd_handle) { + errno = EBADF; /* No set_errno for mingw */ + return NULL; + } + + if (dir->dd_handle == (long)INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && dir->dd_stat == 0) + { + DWORD lasterr; + handle = FindFirstFileA(dir->dd_name, &buf); + lasterr = GetLastError(); + dir->dd_handle = (long)handle; + if (handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && (lasterr != ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES)) { + errno = err_win_to_posix(lasterr); + return NULL; + } + } else if (dir->dd_handle == (long)INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { + return NULL; + } else if (!FindNextFileA((HANDLE)dir->dd_handle, &buf)) { + DWORD lasterr = GetLastError(); + FindClose((HANDLE)dir->dd_handle); + dir->dd_handle = (long)INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + /* POSIX says you shouldn't set errno when readdir can't + find any more files; so, if another error we leave it set. */ + if (lasterr != ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES) + errno = err_win_to_posix(lasterr); + return NULL; + } + + /* We get here if `buf' contains valid data. */ + strcpy(dir->dd_dir.d_name, buf.cFileName); + ++dir->dd_stat; + + /* Set file type, based on WIN32_FIND_DATA */ + mdir->dd_dir.d_type = 0; + if (buf.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) + mdir->dd_dir.d_type |= DT_DIR; + else + mdir->dd_dir.d_type |= DT_REG; + + return (struct dirent*)&dir->dd_dir; +} +#endif // !NO_MINGW_REPLACE_READDIR diff --git a/compat/mingw.h b/compat/mingw.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e254fb4e06 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/mingw.h @@ -0,0 +1,317 @@ +#include <winsock2.h> +#include <ws2tcpip.h> + +/* + * things that are not available in header files + */ + +typedef int pid_t; +#define hstrerror strerror + +#define S_IFLNK 0120000 /* Symbolic link */ +#define S_ISLNK(x) (((x) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK) +#define S_ISSOCK(x) 0 +#define S_IRGRP 0 +#define S_IWGRP 0 +#define S_IXGRP 0 +#define S_ISGID 0 +#define S_IROTH 0 +#define S_IXOTH 0 + +#define WIFEXITED(x) 1 +#define WIFSIGNALED(x) 0 +#define WEXITSTATUS(x) ((x) & 0xff) +#define WTERMSIG(x) SIGTERM + +#define SIGHUP 1 +#define SIGQUIT 3 +#define SIGKILL 9 +#define SIGPIPE 13 +#define SIGALRM 14 +#define SIGCHLD 17 + +#define F_GETFD 1 +#define F_SETFD 2 +#define FD_CLOEXEC 0x1 + +struct passwd { + char *pw_name; + char *pw_gecos; + char *pw_dir; +}; + +extern char *getpass(const char *prompt); + +#ifndef POLLIN +struct pollfd { + int fd; /* file descriptor */ + short events; /* requested events */ + short revents; /* returned events */ +}; +#define POLLIN 1 +#define POLLHUP 2 +#endif + +typedef void (__cdecl *sig_handler_t)(int); +struct sigaction { + sig_handler_t sa_handler; + unsigned sa_flags; +}; +#define sigemptyset(x) (void)0 +#define SA_RESTART 0 + +struct itimerval { + struct timeval it_value, it_interval; +}; +#define ITIMER_REAL 0 + +/* + * trivial stubs + */ + +static inline int readlink(const char *path, char *buf, size_t bufsiz) +{ errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } +static inline int symlink(const char *oldpath, const char *newpath) +{ errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } +static inline int fchmod(int fildes, mode_t mode) +{ errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } +static inline int fork(void) +{ errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } +static inline unsigned int alarm(unsigned int seconds) +{ return 0; } +static inline int fsync(int fd) +{ return 0; } +static inline int getppid(void) +{ return 1; } +static inline void sync(void) +{} +static inline int getuid() +{ return 1; } +static inline struct passwd *getpwnam(const char *name) +{ return NULL; } +static inline int fcntl(int fd, int cmd, long arg) +{ + if (cmd == F_GETFD || cmd == F_SETFD) + return 0; + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; +} +/* bash cannot reliably detect negative return codes as failure */ +#define exit(code) exit((code) & 0xff) + +/* + * simple adaptors + */ + +static inline int mingw_mkdir(const char *path, int mode) +{ + return mkdir(path); +} +#define mkdir mingw_mkdir + +static inline int mingw_unlink(const char *pathname) +{ + /* read-only files cannot be removed */ + chmod(pathname, 0666); + return unlink(pathname); +} +#define unlink mingw_unlink + +static inline int waitpid(pid_t pid, int *status, unsigned options) +{ + if (options == 0) + return _cwait(status, pid, 0); + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; +} + +#ifndef NO_OPENSSL +#include <openssl/ssl.h> +static inline int mingw_SSL_set_fd(SSL *ssl, int fd) +{ + return SSL_set_fd(ssl, _get_osfhandle(fd)); +} +#define SSL_set_fd mingw_SSL_set_fd + +static inline int mingw_SSL_set_rfd(SSL *ssl, int fd) +{ + return SSL_set_rfd(ssl, _get_osfhandle(fd)); +} +#define SSL_set_rfd mingw_SSL_set_rfd + +static inline int mingw_SSL_set_wfd(SSL *ssl, int fd) +{ + return SSL_set_wfd(ssl, _get_osfhandle(fd)); +} +#define SSL_set_wfd mingw_SSL_set_wfd +#endif + +/* + * implementations of missing functions + */ + +int pipe(int filedes[2]); +unsigned int sleep (unsigned int seconds); +int mkstemp(char *template); +int gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv, void *tz); +int poll(struct pollfd *ufds, unsigned int nfds, int timeout); +struct tm *gmtime_r(const time_t *timep, struct tm *result); +struct tm *localtime_r(const time_t *timep, struct tm *result); +int getpagesize(void); /* defined in MinGW's libgcc.a */ +struct passwd *getpwuid(int uid); +int setitimer(int type, struct itimerval *in, struct itimerval *out); +int sigaction(int sig, struct sigaction *in, struct sigaction *out); +int link(const char *oldpath, const char *newpath); + +/* + * replacements of existing functions + */ + +int mingw_open (const char *filename, int oflags, ...); +#define open mingw_open + +char *mingw_getcwd(char *pointer, int len); +#define getcwd mingw_getcwd + +char *mingw_getenv(const char *name); +#define getenv mingw_getenv + +struct hostent *mingw_gethostbyname(const char *host); +#define gethostbyname mingw_gethostbyname + +void mingw_freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *res); +#define freeaddrinfo mingw_freeaddrinfo + +int mingw_getaddrinfo(const char *node, const char *service, + const struct addrinfo *hints, struct addrinfo **res); +#define getaddrinfo mingw_getaddrinfo + +int mingw_getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, socklen_t salen, + char *host, DWORD hostlen, char *serv, DWORD servlen, + int flags); +#define getnameinfo mingw_getnameinfo + +int mingw_socket(int domain, int type, int protocol); +#define socket mingw_socket + +int mingw_connect(int sockfd, struct sockaddr *sa, size_t sz); +#define connect mingw_connect + +int mingw_rename(const char*, const char*); +#define rename mingw_rename + +#if defined(USE_WIN32_MMAP) || defined(_MSC_VER) +int mingw_getpagesize(void); +#define getpagesize mingw_getpagesize +#endif + +/* Use mingw_lstat() instead of lstat()/stat() and + * mingw_fstat() instead of fstat() on Windows. + */ +#define off_t off64_t +#define lseek _lseeki64 +#ifndef ALREADY_DECLARED_STAT_FUNCS +#define stat _stati64 +int mingw_lstat(const char *file_name, struct stat *buf); +int mingw_fstat(int fd, struct stat *buf); +#define fstat mingw_fstat +#define lstat mingw_lstat +#define _stati64(x,y) mingw_lstat(x,y) +#endif + +int mingw_utime(const char *file_name, const struct utimbuf *times); +#define utime mingw_utime + +pid_t mingw_spawnvpe(const char *cmd, const char **argv, char **env, + int fhin, int fhout, int fherr); +void mingw_execvp(const char *cmd, char *const *argv); +#define execvp mingw_execvp + +static inline unsigned int git_ntohl(unsigned int x) +{ return (unsigned int)ntohl(x); } +#define ntohl git_ntohl + +sig_handler_t mingw_signal(int sig, sig_handler_t handler); +#define signal mingw_signal + +/* + * ANSI emulation wrappers + */ + +int winansi_fputs(const char *str, FILE *stream); +int winansi_printf(const char *format, ...) __attribute__((format (printf, 1, 2))); +int winansi_fprintf(FILE *stream, const char *format, ...) __attribute__((format (printf, 2, 3))); +#define fputs winansi_fputs +#define printf(...) winansi_printf(__VA_ARGS__) +#define fprintf(...) winansi_fprintf(__VA_ARGS__) + +/* + * git specific compatibility + */ + +#define has_dos_drive_prefix(path) (isalpha(*(path)) && (path)[1] == ':') +#define is_dir_sep(c) ((c) == '/' || (c) == '\\') +#define PATH_SEP ';' +#define PRIuMAX "I64u" + +void mingw_open_html(const char *path); +#define open_html mingw_open_html + +/* + * helpers + */ + +char **make_augmented_environ(const char *const *vars); +void free_environ(char **env); + +/* + * A replacement of main() that ensures that argv[0] has a path + * and that default fmode and std(in|out|err) are in binary mode + */ + +#define main(c,v) dummy_decl_mingw_main(); \ +static int mingw_main(); \ +int main(int argc, const char **argv) \ +{ \ + _fmode = _O_BINARY; \ + _setmode(_fileno(stdin), _O_BINARY); \ + _setmode(_fileno(stdout), _O_BINARY); \ + _setmode(_fileno(stderr), _O_BINARY); \ + argv[0] = xstrdup(_pgmptr); \ + return mingw_main(argc, argv); \ +} \ +static int mingw_main(c,v) + +#ifndef NO_MINGW_REPLACE_READDIR +/* + * A replacement of readdir, to ensure that it reads the file type at + * the same time. This avoid extra unneeded lstats in git on MinGW + */ +#undef DT_UNKNOWN +#undef DT_DIR +#undef DT_REG +#undef DT_LNK +#define DT_UNKNOWN 0 +#define DT_DIR 1 +#define DT_REG 2 +#define DT_LNK 3 + +struct mingw_dirent +{ + long d_ino; /* Always zero. */ + union { + unsigned short d_reclen; /* Always zero. */ + unsigned char d_type; /* Reimplementation adds this */ + }; + unsigned short d_namlen; /* Length of name in d_name. */ + char d_name[FILENAME_MAX]; /* File name. */ +}; +#define dirent mingw_dirent +#define readdir(x) mingw_readdir(x) +struct dirent *mingw_readdir(DIR *dir); +#endif // !NO_MINGW_REPLACE_READDIR + +/* + * Used by Pthread API implementation for Windows + */ +extern int err_win_to_posix(DWORD winerr); diff --git a/compat/mkdtemp.c b/compat/mkdtemp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34d4b49818 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/mkdtemp.c @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +char *gitmkdtemp(char *template) +{ + if (!mktemp(template) || mkdir(template, 0700)) + return NULL; + return template; +} diff --git a/compat/mkstemps.c b/compat/mkstemps.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..14179c8e6d --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/mkstemps.c @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +/* Adapted from libiberty's mkstemp.c. */ + +#undef TMP_MAX +#define TMP_MAX 16384 + +int gitmkstemps(char *pattern, int suffix_len) +{ + static const char letters[] = + "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" + "0123456789"; + static const int num_letters = 62; + uint64_t value; + struct timeval tv; + char *template; + size_t len; + int fd, count; + + len = strlen(pattern); + + if (len < 6 + suffix_len) { + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; + } + + if (strncmp(&pattern[len - 6 - suffix_len], "XXXXXX", 6)) { + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; + } + + /* + * Replace pattern's XXXXXX characters with randomness. + * Try TMP_MAX different filenames. + */ + gettimeofday(&tv, NULL); + value = ((size_t)(tv.tv_usec << 16)) ^ tv.tv_sec ^ getpid(); + template = &pattern[len - 6 - suffix_len]; + for (count = 0; count < TMP_MAX; ++count) { + uint64_t v = value; + /* Fill in the random bits. */ + template[0] = letters[v % num_letters]; v /= num_letters; + template[1] = letters[v % num_letters]; v /= num_letters; + template[2] = letters[v % num_letters]; v /= num_letters; + template[3] = letters[v % num_letters]; v /= num_letters; + template[4] = letters[v % num_letters]; v /= num_letters; + template[5] = letters[v % num_letters]; v /= num_letters; + + fd = open(pattern, O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_RDWR, 0600); + if (fd > 0) + return fd; + /* + * Fatal error (EPERM, ENOSPC etc). + * It doesn't make sense to loop. + */ + if (errno != EEXIST) + break; + /* + * This is a random value. It is only necessary that + * the next TMP_MAX values generated by adding 7777 to + * VALUE are different with (module 2^32). + */ + value += 7777; + } + /* We return the null string if we can't find a unique file name. */ + pattern[0] = '\0'; + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; +} diff --git a/compat/mmap.c b/compat/mmap.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c9d46d1742 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/mmap.c @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +void *git_mmap(void *start, size_t length, int prot, int flags, int fd, off_t offset) +{ + size_t n = 0; + + if (start != NULL || !(flags & MAP_PRIVATE)) + die("Invalid usage of mmap when built with NO_MMAP"); + + start = xmalloc(length); + if (start == NULL) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return MAP_FAILED; + } + + while (n < length) { + ssize_t count = pread(fd, (char *)start + n, length - n, offset + n); + + if (count == 0) { + memset((char *)start+n, 0, length-n); + break; + } + + if (count < 0) { + if (errno == EAGAIN || errno == EINTR) + continue; + free(start); + errno = EACCES; + return MAP_FAILED; + } + + n += count; + } + + return start; +} + +int git_munmap(void *start, size_t length) +{ + free(start); + return 0; +} diff --git a/compat/msvc.c b/compat/msvc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ac04a4ccbd --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/msvc.c @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" +#include "win32.h" +#include <conio.h> +#include "../strbuf.h" + +DIR *opendir(const char *name) +{ + int len; + DIR *p; + p = (DIR*)malloc(sizeof(DIR)); + memset(p, 0, sizeof(DIR)); + strncpy(p->dd_name, name, PATH_MAX); + len = strlen(p->dd_name); + p->dd_name[len] = '/'; + p->dd_name[len+1] = '*'; + + if (p == NULL) + return NULL; + + p->dd_handle = _findfirst(p->dd_name, &p->dd_dta); + + if (p->dd_handle == -1) { + free(p); + return NULL; + } + return p; +} +int closedir(DIR *dir) +{ + _findclose(dir->dd_handle); + free(dir); + return 0; +} + +#include "mingw.c" diff --git a/compat/msvc.h b/compat/msvc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..023aba0238 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/msvc.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#ifndef __MSVC__HEAD +#define __MSVC__HEAD + +#include <direct.h> +#include <process.h> +#include <malloc.h> + +/* porting function */ +#define inline __inline +#define __inline__ __inline +#define __attribute__(x) +#define va_copy(dst, src) ((dst) = (src)) +#define strncasecmp _strnicmp +#define ftruncate _chsize + +static __inline int strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) +{ + int size1 = strlen(s1); + int sisz2 = strlen(s2); + return _strnicmp(s1, s2, sisz2 > size1 ? sisz2 : size1); +} + +#undef ERROR + +/* Use mingw_lstat() instead of lstat()/stat() and mingw_fstat() instead + * of fstat(). We add the declaration of these functions here, suppressing + * the corresponding declarations in mingw.h, so that we can use the + * appropriate structure type (and function) names from the msvc headers. + */ +#define stat _stat64 +int mingw_lstat(const char *file_name, struct stat *buf); +int mingw_fstat(int fd, struct stat *buf); +#define fstat mingw_fstat +#define lstat mingw_lstat +#define _stat64(x,y) mingw_lstat(x,y) +#define ALREADY_DECLARED_STAT_FUNCS + +#include "compat/mingw.h" + +#undef ALREADY_DECLARED_STAT_FUNCS + +#endif diff --git a/compat/nedmalloc/License.txt b/compat/nedmalloc/License.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..36b7cd93cd --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/nedmalloc/License.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Boost Software License - Version 1.0 - August 17th, 2003 + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person or organization +obtaining a copy of the software and accompanying documentation covered by +this license (the "Software") to use, reproduce, display, distribute, +execute, and transmit the Software, and to prepare derivative works of the +Software, and to permit third-parties to whom the Software is furnished to +do so, all subject to the following: + +The copyright notices in the Software and this entire statement, including +the above license grant, this restriction and the following disclaimer, +must be included in all copies of the Software, in whole or in part, and +all derivative works of the Software, unless such copies or derivative +works are solely in the form of machine-executable object code generated by +a source language processor. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT +SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE +FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. diff --git a/compat/nedmalloc/Readme.txt b/compat/nedmalloc/Readme.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..876365646e --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/nedmalloc/Readme.txt @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +nedalloc v1.05 15th June 2008: +-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= + +by Niall Douglas (http://www.nedprod.com/programs/portable/nedmalloc/) + +Enclosed is nedalloc, an alternative malloc implementation for multiple +threads without lock contention based on dlmalloc v2.8.4. It is more +or less a newer implementation of ptmalloc2, the standard allocator in +Linux (which is based on dlmalloc v2.7.0) but also contains a per-thread +cache for maximum CPU scalability. + +It is licensed under the Boost Software License which basically means +you can do anything you like with it. This does not apply to the malloc.c.h +file which remains copyright to others. + +It has been tested on win32 (x86), win64 (x64), Linux (x64), FreeBSD (x64) +and Apple MacOS X (x86). It works very well on all of these and is very +significantly faster than the system allocator on all of these platforms. + +By literally dropping in this allocator as a replacement for your system +allocator, you can see real world improvements of up to three times in normal +code! + +To use: +-=-=-=- +Drop in nedmalloc.h, nedmalloc.c and malloc.c.h into your project. +Configure using the instructions in nedmalloc.h. Run and enjoy. + +To test, compile test.c. It will run a comparison between your system +allocator and nedalloc and tell you how much faster nedalloc is. It also +serves as an example of usage. + +Notes: +-=-=-= +If you want the very latest version of this allocator, get it from the +TnFOX SVN repository at svn://svn.berlios.de/viewcvs/tnfox/trunk/src/nedmalloc + +Because of how nedalloc allocates an mspace per thread, it can cause +severe bloating of memory usage under certain allocation patterns. +You can substantially reduce this wastage by setting MAXTHREADSINPOOL +or the threads parameter to nedcreatepool() to a fraction of the number of +threads which would normally be in a pool at once. This will reduce +bloating at the cost of an increase in lock contention. If allocated size +is less than THREADCACHEMAX, locking is avoided 90-99% of the time and +if most of your allocations are below this value, you can safely set +MAXTHREADSINPOOL to one. + +You will suffer memory leakage unless you call neddisablethreadcache() +per pool for every thread which exits. This is because nedalloc cannot +portably know when a thread exits and thus when its thread cache can +be returned for use by other code. Don't forget pool zero, the system pool. + +For C++ type allocation patterns (where the same sizes of memory are +regularly allocated and deallocated as objects are created and destroyed), +the threadcache always benefits performance. If however your allocation +patterns are different, searching the threadcache may significantly slow +down your code - as a rule of thumb, if cache utilisation is below 80% +(see the source for neddisablethreadcache() for how to enable debug +printing in release mode) then you should disable the thread cache for +that thread. You can compile out the threadcache code by setting +THREADCACHEMAX to zero. + +Speed comparisons: +-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= +See Benchmarks.xls for details. + +The enclosed test.c can do two things: it can be a torture test or a speed +test. The speed test is designed to be a representative synthetic +memory allocator test. It works by randomly mixing allocations with frees +with half of the allocation sizes being a two power multiple less than +512 bytes (to mimic C++ stack instantiated objects) and the other half +being a simple random value less than 16Kb. + +The real world code results are from Tn's TestIO benchmark. This is a +heavily multithreaded and memory intensive benchmark with a lot of branching +and other stuff modern processors don't like so much. As you'll note, the +test doesn't show the benefits of the threadcache mostly due to the saturation +of the memory bus being the limiting factor. + +ChangeLog: +-=-=-=-=-= +v1.05 15th June 2008: + * { 1042 } Added error check for TLSSET() and TLSFREE() macros. Thanks to +Markus Elfring for reporting this. + * { 1043 } Fixed a segfault when freeing memory allocated using +nedindependent_comalloc(). Thanks to Pavel Vozenilek for reporting this. + +v1.04 14th July 2007: + * Fixed a bug with the new optimised implementation that failed to lock +on a realloc under certain conditions. + * Fixed lack of thread synchronisation in InitPool() causing pool corruption + * Fixed a memory leak of thread cache contents on disabling. Thanks to Earl +Chew for reporting this. + * Added a sanity check for freed blocks being valid. + * Reworked test.c into being a torture test. + * Fixed GCC assembler optimisation misspecification + +v1.04alpha_svn915 7th October 2006: + * Fixed failure to unlock thread cache list if allocating a new list failed. +Thanks to Dmitry Chichkov for reporting this. Futher thanks to Aleksey Sanin. + * Fixed realloc(0, <size>) segfaulting. Thanks to Dmitry Chichkov for +reporting this. + * Made config defines #ifndef so they can be overriden by the build system. +Thanks to Aleksey Sanin for suggesting this. + * Fixed deadlock in nedprealloc() due to unnecessary locking of preferred +thread mspace when mspace_realloc() always uses the original block's mspace +anyway. Thanks to Aleksey Sanin for reporting this. + * Made some speed improvements by hacking mspace_malloc() to no longer lock +its mspace, thus allowing the recursive mutex implementation to be removed +with an associated speed increase. Thanks to Aleksey Sanin for suggesting this. + * Fixed a bug where allocating mspaces overran its max limit. Thanks to +Aleksey Sanin for reporting this. + +v1.03 10th July 2006: + * Fixed memory corruption bug in threadcache code which only appeared with >4 +threads and in heavy use of the threadcache. + +v1.02 15th May 2006: + * Integrated dlmalloc v2.8.4, fixing the win32 memory release problem and +improving performance still further. Speed is now up to twice the speed of v1.01 +(average is 67% faster). + * Fixed win32 critical section implementation. Thanks to Pavel Kuznetsov +for reporting this. + * Wasn't locking mspace if all mspaces were locked. Thanks to Pavel Kuznetsov +for reporting this. + * Added Apple Mac OS X support. + +v1.01 24th February 2006: + * Fixed multiprocessor scaling problems by removing sources of cache sloshing + * Earl Chew <earl_chew <at> agilent <dot> com> sent patches for the following: + 1. size2binidx() wasn't working for default code path (non x86) + 2. Fixed failure to release mspace lock under certain circumstances which + caused a deadlock + +v1.00 1st January 2006: + * First release diff --git a/compat/nedmalloc/malloc.c.h b/compat/nedmalloc/malloc.c.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74c42e3162 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/nedmalloc/malloc.c.h @@ -0,0 +1,5752 @@ +/* + This is a version (aka dlmalloc) of malloc/free/realloc written by + Doug Lea and released to the public domain, as explained at + http://creativecommons.org/licenses/publicdomain. Send questions, + comments, complaints, performance data, etc to dl@cs.oswego.edu + +* Version pre-2.8.4 Mon Nov 27 11:22:37 2006 (dl at gee) + + Note: There may be an updated version of this malloc obtainable at + ftp://gee.cs.oswego.edu/pub/misc/malloc.c + Check before installing! + +* Quickstart + + This library is all in one file to simplify the most common usage: + ftp it, compile it (-O3), and link it into another program. All of + the compile-time options default to reasonable values for use on + most platforms. You might later want to step through various + compile-time and dynamic tuning options. + + For convenience, an include file for code using this malloc is at: + ftp://gee.cs.oswego.edu/pub/misc/malloc-2.8.4.h + You don't really need this .h file unless you call functions not + defined in your system include files. The .h file contains only the + excerpts from this file needed for using this malloc on ANSI C/C++ + systems, so long as you haven't changed compile-time options about + naming and tuning parameters. If you do, then you can create your + own malloc.h that does include all settings by cutting at the point + indicated below. Note that you may already by default be using a C + library containing a malloc that is based on some version of this + malloc (for example in linux). You might still want to use the one + in this file to customize settings or to avoid overheads associated + with library versions. + +* Vital statistics: + + Supported pointer/size_t representation: 4 or 8 bytes + size_t MUST be an unsigned type of the same width as + pointers. (If you are using an ancient system that declares + size_t as a signed type, or need it to be a different width + than pointers, you can use a previous release of this malloc + (e.g. 2.7.2) supporting these.) + + Alignment: 8 bytes (default) + This suffices for nearly all current machines and C compilers. + However, you can define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT to be wider than this + if necessary (up to 128bytes), at the expense of using more space. + + Minimum overhead per allocated chunk: 4 or 8 bytes (if 4byte sizes) + 8 or 16 bytes (if 8byte sizes) + Each malloced chunk has a hidden word of overhead holding size + and status information, and additional cross-check word + if FOOTERS is defined. + + Minimum allocated size: 4-byte ptrs: 16 bytes (including overhead) + 8-byte ptrs: 32 bytes (including overhead) + + Even a request for zero bytes (i.e., malloc(0)) returns a + pointer to something of the minimum allocatable size. + The maximum overhead wastage (i.e., number of extra bytes + allocated than were requested in malloc) is less than or equal + to the minimum size, except for requests >= mmap_threshold that + are serviced via mmap(), where the worst case wastage is about + 32 bytes plus the remainder from a system page (the minimal + mmap unit); typically 4096 or 8192 bytes. + + Security: static-safe; optionally more or less + The "security" of malloc refers to the ability of malicious + code to accentuate the effects of errors (for example, freeing + space that is not currently malloc'ed or overwriting past the + ends of chunks) in code that calls malloc. This malloc + guarantees not to modify any memory locations below the base of + heap, i.e., static variables, even in the presence of usage + errors. The routines additionally detect most improper frees + and reallocs. All this holds as long as the static bookkeeping + for malloc itself is not corrupted by some other means. This + is only one aspect of security -- these checks do not, and + cannot, detect all possible programming errors. + + If FOOTERS is defined nonzero, then each allocated chunk + carries an additional check word to verify that it was malloced + from its space. These check words are the same within each + execution of a program using malloc, but differ across + executions, so externally crafted fake chunks cannot be + freed. This improves security by rejecting frees/reallocs that + could corrupt heap memory, in addition to the checks preventing + writes to statics that are always on. This may further improve + security at the expense of time and space overhead. (Note that + FOOTERS may also be worth using with MSPACES.) + + By default detected errors cause the program to abort (calling + "abort()"). You can override this to instead proceed past + errors by defining PROCEED_ON_ERROR. In this case, a bad free + has no effect, and a malloc that encounters a bad address + caused by user overwrites will ignore the bad address by + dropping pointers and indices to all known memory. This may + be appropriate for programs that should continue if at all + possible in the face of programming errors, although they may + run out of memory because dropped memory is never reclaimed. + + If you don't like either of these options, you can define + CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION and USAGE_ERROR_ACTION to do anything + else. And if if you are sure that your program using malloc has + no errors or vulnerabilities, you can define INSECURE to 1, + which might (or might not) provide a small performance improvement. + + Thread-safety: NOT thread-safe unless USE_LOCKS defined + When USE_LOCKS is defined, each public call to malloc, free, + etc is surrounded with either a pthread mutex or a win32 + spinlock (depending on WIN32). This is not especially fast, and + can be a major bottleneck. It is designed only to provide + minimal protection in concurrent environments, and to provide a + basis for extensions. If you are using malloc in a concurrent + program, consider instead using nedmalloc + (http://www.nedprod.com/programs/portable/nedmalloc/) or + ptmalloc (See http://www.malloc.de), which are derived + from versions of this malloc. + + System requirements: Any combination of MORECORE and/or MMAP/MUNMAP + This malloc can use unix sbrk or any emulation (invoked using + the CALL_MORECORE macro) and/or mmap/munmap or any emulation + (invoked using CALL_MMAP/CALL_MUNMAP) to get and release system + memory. On most unix systems, it tends to work best if both + MORECORE and MMAP are enabled. On Win32, it uses emulations + based on VirtualAlloc. It also uses common C library functions + like memset. + + Compliance: I believe it is compliant with the Single Unix Specification + (See http://www.unix.org). Also SVID/XPG, ANSI C, and probably + others as well. + +* Overview of algorithms + + This is not the fastest, most space-conserving, most portable, or + most tunable malloc ever written. However it is among the fastest + while also being among the most space-conserving, portable and + tunable. Consistent balance across these factors results in a good + general-purpose allocator for malloc-intensive programs. + + In most ways, this malloc is a best-fit allocator. Generally, it + chooses the best-fitting existing chunk for a request, with ties + broken in approximately least-recently-used order. (This strategy + normally maintains low fragmentation.) However, for requests less + than 256bytes, it deviates from best-fit when there is not an + exactly fitting available chunk by preferring to use space adjacent + to that used for the previous small request, as well as by breaking + ties in approximately most-recently-used order. (These enhance + locality of series of small allocations.) And for very large requests + (>= 256Kb by default), it relies on system memory mapping + facilities, if supported. (This helps avoid carrying around and + possibly fragmenting memory used only for large chunks.) + + All operations (except malloc_stats and mallinfo) have execution + times that are bounded by a constant factor of the number of bits in + a size_t, not counting any clearing in calloc or copying in realloc, + or actions surrounding MORECORE and MMAP that have times + proportional to the number of non-contiguous regions returned by + system allocation routines, which is often just 1. In real-time + applications, you can optionally suppress segment traversals using + NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL, which assures bounded execution even when + system allocators return non-contiguous spaces, at the typical + expense of carrying around more memory and increased fragmentation. + + The implementation is not very modular and seriously overuses + macros. Perhaps someday all C compilers will do as good a job + inlining modular code as can now be done by brute-force expansion, + but now, enough of them seem not to. + + Some compilers issue a lot of warnings about code that is + dead/unreachable only on some platforms, and also about intentional + uses of negation on unsigned types. All known cases of each can be + ignored. + + For a longer but out of date high-level description, see + http://gee.cs.oswego.edu/dl/html/malloc.html + +* MSPACES + If MSPACES is defined, then in addition to malloc, free, etc., + this file also defines mspace_malloc, mspace_free, etc. These + are versions of malloc routines that take an "mspace" argument + obtained using create_mspace, to control all internal bookkeeping. + If ONLY_MSPACES is defined, only these versions are compiled. + So if you would like to use this allocator for only some allocations, + and your system malloc for others, you can compile with + ONLY_MSPACES and then do something like... + static mspace mymspace = create_mspace(0,0); // for example + #define mymalloc(bytes) mspace_malloc(mymspace, bytes) + + (Note: If you only need one instance of an mspace, you can instead + use "USE_DL_PREFIX" to relabel the global malloc.) + + You can similarly create thread-local allocators by storing + mspaces as thread-locals. For example: + static __thread mspace tlms = 0; + void* tlmalloc(size_t bytes) { + if (tlms == 0) tlms = create_mspace(0, 0); + return mspace_malloc(tlms, bytes); + } + void tlfree(void* mem) { mspace_free(tlms, mem); } + + Unless FOOTERS is defined, each mspace is completely independent. + You cannot allocate from one and free to another (although + conformance is only weakly checked, so usage errors are not always + caught). If FOOTERS is defined, then each chunk carries around a tag + indicating its originating mspace, and frees are directed to their + originating spaces. + + ------------------------- Compile-time options --------------------------- + +Be careful in setting #define values for numerical constants of type +size_t. On some systems, literal values are not automatically extended +to size_t precision unless they are explicitly casted. You can also +use the symbolic values MAX_SIZE_T, SIZE_T_ONE, etc below. + +WIN32 default: defined if _WIN32 defined + Defining WIN32 sets up defaults for MS environment and compilers. + Otherwise defaults are for unix. Beware that there seem to be some + cases where this malloc might not be a pure drop-in replacement for + Win32 malloc: Random-looking failures from Win32 GDI API's (eg; + SetDIBits()) may be due to bugs in some video driver implementations + when pixel buffers are malloc()ed, and the region spans more than + one VirtualAlloc()ed region. Because dlmalloc uses a small (64Kb) + default granularity, pixel buffers may straddle virtual allocation + regions more often than when using the Microsoft allocator. You can + avoid this by using VirtualAlloc() and VirtualFree() for all pixel + buffers rather than using malloc(). If this is not possible, + recompile this malloc with a larger DEFAULT_GRANULARITY. + +MALLOC_ALIGNMENT default: (size_t)8 + Controls the minimum alignment for malloc'ed chunks. It must be a + power of two and at least 8, even on machines for which smaller + alignments would suffice. It may be defined as larger than this + though. Note however that code and data structures are optimized for + the case of 8-byte alignment. + +MSPACES default: 0 (false) + If true, compile in support for independent allocation spaces. + This is only supported if HAVE_MMAP is true. + +ONLY_MSPACES default: 0 (false) + If true, only compile in mspace versions, not regular versions. + +USE_LOCKS default: 0 (false) + Causes each call to each public routine to be surrounded with + pthread or WIN32 mutex lock/unlock. (If set true, this can be + overridden on a per-mspace basis for mspace versions.) If set to a + non-zero value other than 1, locks are used, but their + implementation is left out, so lock functions must be supplied manually. + +USE_SPIN_LOCKS default: 1 iff USE_LOCKS and on x86 using gcc or MSC + If true, uses custom spin locks for locking. This is currently + supported only for x86 platforms using gcc or recent MS compilers. + Otherwise, posix locks or win32 critical sections are used. + +FOOTERS default: 0 + If true, provide extra checking and dispatching by placing + information in the footers of allocated chunks. This adds + space and time overhead. + +INSECURE default: 0 + If true, omit checks for usage errors and heap space overwrites. + +USE_DL_PREFIX default: NOT defined + Causes compiler to prefix all public routines with the string 'dl'. + This can be useful when you only want to use this malloc in one part + of a program, using your regular system malloc elsewhere. + +ABORT default: defined as abort() + Defines how to abort on failed checks. On most systems, a failed + check cannot die with an "assert" or even print an informative + message, because the underlying print routines in turn call malloc, + which will fail again. Generally, the best policy is to simply call + abort(). It's not very useful to do more than this because many + errors due to overwriting will show up as address faults (null, odd + addresses etc) rather than malloc-triggered checks, so will also + abort. Also, most compilers know that abort() does not return, so + can better optimize code conditionally calling it. + +PROCEED_ON_ERROR default: defined as 0 (false) + Controls whether detected bad addresses cause them to bypassed + rather than aborting. If set, detected bad arguments to free and + realloc are ignored. And all bookkeeping information is zeroed out + upon a detected overwrite of freed heap space, thus losing the + ability to ever return it from malloc again, but enabling the + application to proceed. If PROCEED_ON_ERROR is defined, the + static variable malloc_corruption_error_count is compiled in + and can be examined to see if errors have occurred. This option + generates slower code than the default abort policy. + +DEBUG default: NOT defined + The DEBUG setting is mainly intended for people trying to modify + this code or diagnose problems when porting to new platforms. + However, it may also be able to better isolate user errors than just + using runtime checks. The assertions in the check routines spell + out in more detail the assumptions and invariants underlying the + algorithms. The checking is fairly extensive, and will slow down + execution noticeably. Calling malloc_stats or mallinfo with DEBUG + set will attempt to check every non-mmapped allocated and free chunk + in the course of computing the summaries. + +ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE default: defined as 1 (true) + Debugging assertion failures can be nearly impossible if your + version of the assert macro causes malloc to be called, which will + lead to a cascade of further failures, blowing the runtime stack. + ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE cause assertions failures to call abort(), + which will usually make debugging easier. + +MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION default: sets errno to ENOMEM, or no-op on win32 + The action to take before "return 0" when malloc fails to be able to + return memory because there is none available. + +HAVE_MORECORE default: 1 (true) unless win32 or ONLY_MSPACES + True if this system supports sbrk or an emulation of it. + +MORECORE default: sbrk + The name of the sbrk-style system routine to call to obtain more + memory. See below for guidance on writing custom MORECORE + functions. The type of the argument to sbrk/MORECORE varies across + systems. It cannot be size_t, because it supports negative + arguments, so it is normally the signed type of the same width as + size_t (sometimes declared as "intptr_t"). It doesn't much matter + though. Internally, we only call it with arguments less than half + the max value of a size_t, which should work across all reasonable + possibilities, although sometimes generating compiler warnings. + +MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS default: 1 (true) if HAVE_MORECORE + If true, take advantage of fact that consecutive calls to MORECORE + with positive arguments always return contiguous increasing + addresses. This is true of unix sbrk. It does not hurt too much to + set it true anyway, since malloc copes with non-contiguities. + Setting it false when definitely non-contiguous saves time + and possibly wasted space it would take to discover this though. + +MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM default: NOT defined + True if MORECORE cannot release space back to the system when given + negative arguments. This is generally necessary only if you are + using a hand-crafted MORECORE function that cannot handle negative + arguments. + +NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL default: 0 + If non-zero, suppresses traversals of memory segments + returned by either MORECORE or CALL_MMAP. This disables + merging of segments that are contiguous, and selectively + releasing them to the OS if unused, but bounds execution times. + +HAVE_MMAP default: 1 (true) + True if this system supports mmap or an emulation of it. If so, and + HAVE_MORECORE is not true, MMAP is used for all system + allocation. If set and HAVE_MORECORE is true as well, MMAP is + primarily used to directly allocate very large blocks. It is also + used as a backup strategy in cases where MORECORE fails to provide + space from system. Note: A single call to MUNMAP is assumed to be + able to unmap memory that may have be allocated using multiple calls + to MMAP, so long as they are adjacent. + +HAVE_MREMAP default: 1 on linux, else 0 + If true realloc() uses mremap() to re-allocate large blocks and + extend or shrink allocation spaces. + +MMAP_CLEARS default: 1 except on WINCE. + True if mmap clears memory so calloc doesn't need to. This is true + for standard unix mmap using /dev/zero and on WIN32 except for WINCE. + +USE_BUILTIN_FFS default: 0 (i.e., not used) + Causes malloc to use the builtin ffs() function to compute indices. + Some compilers may recognize and intrinsify ffs to be faster than the + supplied C version. Also, the case of x86 using gcc is special-cased + to an asm instruction, so is already as fast as it can be, and so + this setting has no effect. Similarly for Win32 under recent MS compilers. + (On most x86s, the asm version is only slightly faster than the C version.) + +malloc_getpagesize default: derive from system includes, or 4096. + The system page size. To the extent possible, this malloc manages + memory from the system in page-size units. This may be (and + usually is) a function rather than a constant. This is ignored + if WIN32, where page size is determined using getSystemInfo during + initialization. + +USE_DEV_RANDOM default: 0 (i.e., not used) + Causes malloc to use /dev/random to initialize secure magic seed for + stamping footers. Otherwise, the current time is used. + +NO_MALLINFO default: 0 + If defined, don't compile "mallinfo". This can be a simple way + of dealing with mismatches between system declarations and + those in this file. + +MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE default: size_t + The type of the fields in the mallinfo struct. This was originally + defined as "int" in SVID etc, but is more usefully defined as + size_t. The value is used only if HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H is not set + +REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES default: not defined + This should be set if a call to realloc with zero bytes should + be the same as a call to free. Some people think it should. Otherwise, + since this malloc returns a unique pointer for malloc(0), so does + realloc(p, 0). + +LACKS_UNISTD_H, LACKS_FCNTL_H, LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H, LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H +LACKS_STRINGS_H, LACKS_STRING_H, LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H, LACKS_ERRNO_H +LACKS_STDLIB_H default: NOT defined unless on WIN32 + Define these if your system does not have these header files. + You might need to manually insert some of the declarations they provide. + +DEFAULT_GRANULARITY default: page size if MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS, + system_info.dwAllocationGranularity in WIN32, + otherwise 64K. + Also settable using mallopt(M_GRANULARITY, x) + The unit for allocating and deallocating memory from the system. On + most systems with contiguous MORECORE, there is no reason to + make this more than a page. However, systems with MMAP tend to + either require or encourage larger granularities. You can increase + this value to prevent system allocation functions to be called so + often, especially if they are slow. The value must be at least one + page and must be a power of two. Setting to 0 causes initialization + to either page size or win32 region size. (Note: In previous + versions of malloc, the equivalent of this option was called + "TOP_PAD") + +DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD default: 2MB + Also settable using mallopt(M_TRIM_THRESHOLD, x) + The maximum amount of unused top-most memory to keep before + releasing via malloc_trim in free(). Automatic trimming is mainly + useful in long-lived programs using contiguous MORECORE. Because + trimming via sbrk can be slow on some systems, and can sometimes be + wasteful (in cases where programs immediately afterward allocate + more large chunks) the value should be high enough so that your + overall system performance would improve by releasing this much + memory. As a rough guide, you might set to a value close to the + average size of a process (program) running on your system. + Releasing this much memory would allow such a process to run in + memory. Generally, it is worth tuning trim thresholds when a + program undergoes phases where several large chunks are allocated + and released in ways that can reuse each other's storage, perhaps + mixed with phases where there are no such chunks at all. The trim + value must be greater than page size to have any useful effect. To + disable trimming completely, you can set to MAX_SIZE_T. Note that the trick + some people use of mallocing a huge space and then freeing it at + program startup, in an attempt to reserve system memory, doesn't + have the intended effect under automatic trimming, since that memory + will immediately be returned to the system. + +DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD default: 256K + Also settable using mallopt(M_MMAP_THRESHOLD, x) + The request size threshold for using MMAP to directly service a + request. Requests of at least this size that cannot be allocated + using already-existing space will be serviced via mmap. (If enough + normal freed space already exists it is used instead.) Using mmap + segregates relatively large chunks of memory so that they can be + individually obtained and released from the host system. A request + serviced through mmap is never reused by any other request (at least + not directly; the system may just so happen to remap successive + requests to the same locations). Segregating space in this way has + the benefits that: Mmapped space can always be individually released + back to the system, which helps keep the system level memory demands + of a long-lived program low. Also, mapped memory doesn't become + `locked' between other chunks, as can happen with normally allocated + chunks, which means that even trimming via malloc_trim would not + release them. However, it has the disadvantage that the space + cannot be reclaimed, consolidated, and then used to service later + requests, as happens with normal chunks. The advantages of mmap + nearly always outweigh disadvantages for "large" chunks, but the + value of "large" may vary across systems. The default is an + empirically derived value that works well in most systems. You can + disable mmap by setting to MAX_SIZE_T. + +MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE default: 4095 unless not HAVE_MMAP + The number of consolidated frees between checks to release + unused segments when freeing. When using non-contiguous segments, + especially with multiple mspaces, checking only for topmost space + doesn't always suffice to trigger trimming. To compensate for this, + free() will, with a period of MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE (or the + current number of segments, if greater) try to release unused + segments to the OS when freeing chunks that result in + consolidation. The best value for this parameter is a compromise + between slowing down frees with relatively costly checks that + rarely trigger versus holding on to unused memory. To effectively + disable, set to MAX_SIZE_T. This may lead to a very slight speed + improvement at the expense of carrying around more memory. +*/ + +/* Version identifier to allow people to support multiple versions */ +#ifndef DLMALLOC_VERSION +#define DLMALLOC_VERSION 20804 +#endif /* DLMALLOC_VERSION */ + +#ifndef WIN32 +#ifdef _WIN32 +#define WIN32 1 +#endif /* _WIN32 */ +#ifdef _WIN32_WCE +#define LACKS_FCNTL_H +#define WIN32 1 +#endif /* _WIN32_WCE */ +#endif /* WIN32 */ +#ifdef WIN32 +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x403 +#include <windows.h> +#define HAVE_MMAP 1 +#define HAVE_MORECORE 0 +#define LACKS_UNISTD_H +#define LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H +#define LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H +#define LACKS_STRING_H +#define LACKS_STRINGS_H +#define LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H +#define LACKS_ERRNO_H +#ifndef MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION +#define MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION +#endif /* MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION */ +#ifdef _WIN32_WCE /* WINCE reportedly does not clear */ +#define MMAP_CLEARS 0 +#else +#define MMAP_CLEARS 1 +#endif /* _WIN32_WCE */ +#endif /* WIN32 */ + +#if defined(DARWIN) || defined(_DARWIN) +/* Mac OSX docs advise not to use sbrk; it seems better to use mmap */ +#ifndef HAVE_MORECORE +#define HAVE_MORECORE 0 +#define HAVE_MMAP 1 +/* OSX allocators provide 16 byte alignment */ +#ifndef MALLOC_ALIGNMENT +#define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT ((size_t)16U) +#endif +#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */ +#endif /* DARWIN */ + +#ifndef LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H +#include <sys/types.h> /* For size_t */ +#endif /* LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H */ + +/* The maximum possible size_t value has all bits set */ +#define MAX_SIZE_T (~(size_t)0) + +#ifndef ONLY_MSPACES +#define ONLY_MSPACES 0 /* define to a value */ +#else +#define ONLY_MSPACES 1 +#endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */ +#ifndef MSPACES +#if ONLY_MSPACES +#define MSPACES 1 +#else /* ONLY_MSPACES */ +#define MSPACES 0 +#endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */ +#endif /* MSPACES */ +#ifndef MALLOC_ALIGNMENT +#define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT ((size_t)8U) +#endif /* MALLOC_ALIGNMENT */ +#ifndef FOOTERS +#define FOOTERS 0 +#endif /* FOOTERS */ +#ifndef ABORT +#define ABORT abort() +#endif /* ABORT */ +#ifndef ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE +#define ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE 1 +#endif /* ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE */ +#ifndef PROCEED_ON_ERROR +#define PROCEED_ON_ERROR 0 +#endif /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */ +#ifndef USE_LOCKS +#define USE_LOCKS 0 +#endif /* USE_LOCKS */ +#ifndef USE_SPIN_LOCKS +#if USE_LOCKS && (defined(__GNUC__) && ((defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)))) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310) +#define USE_SPIN_LOCKS 1 +#else +#define USE_SPIN_LOCKS 0 +#endif /* USE_LOCKS && ... */ +#endif /* USE_SPIN_LOCKS */ +#ifndef INSECURE +#define INSECURE 0 +#endif /* INSECURE */ +#ifndef HAVE_MMAP +#define HAVE_MMAP 1 +#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ +#ifndef MMAP_CLEARS +#define MMAP_CLEARS 1 +#endif /* MMAP_CLEARS */ +#ifndef HAVE_MREMAP +#ifdef linux +#define HAVE_MREMAP 1 +#else /* linux */ +#define HAVE_MREMAP 0 +#endif /* linux */ +#endif /* HAVE_MREMAP */ +#ifndef MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION +#define MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION errno = ENOMEM; +#endif /* MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION */ +#ifndef HAVE_MORECORE +#if ONLY_MSPACES +#define HAVE_MORECORE 0 +#else /* ONLY_MSPACES */ +#define HAVE_MORECORE 1 +#endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */ +#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */ +#if !HAVE_MORECORE +#define MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS 0 +#else /* !HAVE_MORECORE */ +#define MORECORE_DEFAULT sbrk +#ifndef MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS +#define MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS 1 +#endif /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */ +#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */ +#ifndef DEFAULT_GRANULARITY +#if (MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS || defined(WIN32)) +#define DEFAULT_GRANULARITY (0) /* 0 means to compute in init_mparams */ +#else /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */ +#define DEFAULT_GRANULARITY ((size_t)64U * (size_t)1024U) +#endif /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */ +#endif /* DEFAULT_GRANULARITY */ +#ifndef DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD +#ifndef MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM +#define DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD ((size_t)2U * (size_t)1024U * (size_t)1024U) +#else /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */ +#define DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD MAX_SIZE_T +#endif /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */ +#endif /* DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD */ +#ifndef DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD +#if HAVE_MMAP +#define DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD ((size_t)256U * (size_t)1024U) +#else /* HAVE_MMAP */ +#define DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD MAX_SIZE_T +#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ +#endif /* DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD */ +#ifndef MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE +#if HAVE_MMAP +#define MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE 4095 +#else +#define MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE MAX_SIZE_T +#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ +#endif /* MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE */ +#ifndef USE_BUILTIN_FFS +#define USE_BUILTIN_FFS 0 +#endif /* USE_BUILTIN_FFS */ +#ifndef USE_DEV_RANDOM +#define USE_DEV_RANDOM 0 +#endif /* USE_DEV_RANDOM */ +#ifndef NO_MALLINFO +#define NO_MALLINFO 0 +#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ +#ifndef MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE +#define MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE size_t +#endif /* MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE */ +#ifndef NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL +#define NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL 0 +#endif /* NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL */ + +/* + mallopt tuning options. SVID/XPG defines four standard parameter + numbers for mallopt, normally defined in malloc.h. None of these + are used in this malloc, so setting them has no effect. But this + malloc does support the following options. +*/ + +#define M_TRIM_THRESHOLD (-1) +#define M_GRANULARITY (-2) +#define M_MMAP_THRESHOLD (-3) + +/* ------------------------ Mallinfo declarations ------------------------ */ + +#if !NO_MALLINFO +/* + This version of malloc supports the standard SVID/XPG mallinfo + routine that returns a struct containing usage properties and + statistics. It should work on any system that has a + /usr/include/malloc.h defining struct mallinfo. The main + declaration needed is the mallinfo struct that is returned (by-copy) + by mallinfo(). The malloinfo struct contains a bunch of fields that + are not even meaningful in this version of malloc. These fields are + are instead filled by mallinfo() with other numbers that might be of + interest. + + HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H should be set if you have a + /usr/include/malloc.h file that includes a declaration of struct + mallinfo. If so, it is included; else a compliant version is + declared below. These must be precisely the same for mallinfo() to + work. The original SVID version of this struct, defined on most + systems with mallinfo, declares all fields as ints. But some others + define as unsigned long. If your system defines the fields using a + type of different width than listed here, you MUST #include your + system version and #define HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H. +*/ + +/* #define HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H */ + +#ifdef HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H +#include "/usr/include/malloc.h" +#else /* HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H */ +#ifndef STRUCT_MALLINFO_DECLARED +#define STRUCT_MALLINFO_DECLARED 1 +struct mallinfo { + MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE arena; /* non-mmapped space allocated from system */ + MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE ordblks; /* number of free chunks */ + MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE smblks; /* always 0 */ + MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE hblks; /* always 0 */ + MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE hblkhd; /* space in mmapped regions */ + MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE usmblks; /* maximum total allocated space */ + MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE fsmblks; /* always 0 */ + MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE uordblks; /* total allocated space */ + MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE fordblks; /* total free space */ + MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE keepcost; /* releasable (via malloc_trim) space */ +}; +#endif /* STRUCT_MALLINFO_DECLARED */ +#endif /* HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H */ +#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ + +/* + Try to persuade compilers to inline. The most critical functions for + inlining are defined as macros, so these aren't used for them. +*/ + +#ifndef FORCEINLINE + #if defined(__GNUC__) +#define FORCEINLINE __inline __attribute__ ((always_inline)) + #elif defined(_MSC_VER) + #define FORCEINLINE __forceinline + #endif +#endif +#ifndef NOINLINE + #if defined(__GNUC__) + #define NOINLINE __attribute__ ((noinline)) + #elif defined(_MSC_VER) + #define NOINLINE __declspec(noinline) + #else + #define NOINLINE + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#ifndef FORCEINLINE + #define FORCEINLINE inline +#endif +#endif /* __cplusplus */ +#ifndef FORCEINLINE + #define FORCEINLINE +#endif + +#if !ONLY_MSPACES + +/* ------------------- Declarations of public routines ------------------- */ + +#ifndef USE_DL_PREFIX +#define dlcalloc calloc +#define dlfree free +#define dlmalloc malloc +#define dlmemalign memalign +#define dlrealloc realloc +#define dlvalloc valloc +#define dlpvalloc pvalloc +#define dlmallinfo mallinfo +#define dlmallopt mallopt +#define dlmalloc_trim malloc_trim +#define dlmalloc_stats malloc_stats +#define dlmalloc_usable_size malloc_usable_size +#define dlmalloc_footprint malloc_footprint +#define dlmalloc_max_footprint malloc_max_footprint +#define dlindependent_calloc independent_calloc +#define dlindependent_comalloc independent_comalloc +#endif /* USE_DL_PREFIX */ + + +/* + malloc(size_t n) + Returns a pointer to a newly allocated chunk of at least n bytes, or + null if no space is available, in which case errno is set to ENOMEM + on ANSI C systems. + + If n is zero, malloc returns a minimum-sized chunk. (The minimum + size is 16 bytes on most 32bit systems, and 32 bytes on 64bit + systems.) Note that size_t is an unsigned type, so calls with + arguments that would be negative if signed are interpreted as + requests for huge amounts of space, which will often fail. The + maximum supported value of n differs across systems, but is in all + cases less than the maximum representable value of a size_t. +*/ +void* dlmalloc(size_t); + +/* + free(void* p) + Releases the chunk of memory pointed to by p, that had been previously + allocated using malloc or a related routine such as realloc. + It has no effect if p is null. If p was not malloced or already + freed, free(p) will by default cause the current program to abort. +*/ +void dlfree(void*); + +/* + calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t element_size); + Returns a pointer to n_elements * element_size bytes, with all locations + set to zero. +*/ +void* dlcalloc(size_t, size_t); + +/* + realloc(void* p, size_t n) + Returns a pointer to a chunk of size n that contains the same data + as does chunk p up to the minimum of (n, p's size) bytes, or null + if no space is available. + + The returned pointer may or may not be the same as p. The algorithm + prefers extending p in most cases when possible, otherwise it + employs the equivalent of a malloc-copy-free sequence. + + If p is null, realloc is equivalent to malloc. + + If space is not available, realloc returns null, errno is set (if on + ANSI) and p is NOT freed. + + if n is for fewer bytes than already held by p, the newly unused + space is lopped off and freed if possible. realloc with a size + argument of zero (re)allocates a minimum-sized chunk. + + The old unix realloc convention of allowing the last-free'd chunk + to be used as an argument to realloc is not supported. +*/ + +void* dlrealloc(void*, size_t); + +/* + memalign(size_t alignment, size_t n); + Returns a pointer to a newly allocated chunk of n bytes, aligned + in accord with the alignment argument. + + The alignment argument should be a power of two. If the argument is + not a power of two, the nearest greater power is used. + 8-byte alignment is guaranteed by normal malloc calls, so don't + bother calling memalign with an argument of 8 or less. + + Overreliance on memalign is a sure way to fragment space. +*/ +void* dlmemalign(size_t, size_t); + +/* + valloc(size_t n); + Equivalent to memalign(pagesize, n), where pagesize is the page + size of the system. If the pagesize is unknown, 4096 is used. +*/ +void* dlvalloc(size_t); + +/* + mallopt(int parameter_number, int parameter_value) + Sets tunable parameters The format is to provide a + (parameter-number, parameter-value) pair. mallopt then sets the + corresponding parameter to the argument value if it can (i.e., so + long as the value is meaningful), and returns 1 if successful else + 0. To workaround the fact that mallopt is specified to use int, + not size_t parameters, the value -1 is specially treated as the + maximum unsigned size_t value. + + SVID/XPG/ANSI defines four standard param numbers for mallopt, + normally defined in malloc.h. None of these are use in this malloc, + so setting them has no effect. But this malloc also supports other + options in mallopt. See below for details. Briefly, supported + parameters are as follows (listed defaults are for "typical" + configurations). + + Symbol param # default allowed param values + M_TRIM_THRESHOLD -1 2*1024*1024 any (-1 disables) + M_GRANULARITY -2 page size any power of 2 >= page size + M_MMAP_THRESHOLD -3 256*1024 any (or 0 if no MMAP support) +*/ +int dlmallopt(int, int); + +/* + malloc_footprint(); + Returns the number of bytes obtained from the system. The total + number of bytes allocated by malloc, realloc etc., is less than this + value. Unlike mallinfo, this function returns only a precomputed + result, so can be called frequently to monitor memory consumption. + Even if locks are otherwise defined, this function does not use them, + so results might not be up to date. +*/ +size_t dlmalloc_footprint(void); + +/* + malloc_max_footprint(); + Returns the maximum number of bytes obtained from the system. This + value will be greater than current footprint if deallocated space + has been reclaimed by the system. The peak number of bytes allocated + by malloc, realloc etc., is less than this value. Unlike mallinfo, + this function returns only a precomputed result, so can be called + frequently to monitor memory consumption. Even if locks are + otherwise defined, this function does not use them, so results might + not be up to date. +*/ +size_t dlmalloc_max_footprint(void); + +#if !NO_MALLINFO +/* + mallinfo() + Returns (by copy) a struct containing various summary statistics: + + arena: current total non-mmapped bytes allocated from system + ordblks: the number of free chunks + smblks: always zero. + hblks: current number of mmapped regions + hblkhd: total bytes held in mmapped regions + usmblks: the maximum total allocated space. This will be greater + than current total if trimming has occurred. + fsmblks: always zero + uordblks: current total allocated space (normal or mmapped) + fordblks: total free space + keepcost: the maximum number of bytes that could ideally be released + back to system via malloc_trim. ("ideally" means that + it ignores page restrictions etc.) + + Because these fields are ints, but internal bookkeeping may + be kept as longs, the reported values may wrap around zero and + thus be inaccurate. +*/ +struct mallinfo dlmallinfo(void); +#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ + +/* + independent_calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t element_size, void* chunks[]); + + independent_calloc is similar to calloc, but instead of returning a + single cleared space, it returns an array of pointers to n_elements + independent elements that can hold contents of size elem_size, each + of which starts out cleared, and can be independently freed, + realloc'ed etc. The elements are guaranteed to be adjacently + allocated (this is not guaranteed to occur with multiple callocs or + mallocs), which may also improve cache locality in some + applications. + + The "chunks" argument is optional (i.e., may be null, which is + probably the most typical usage). If it is null, the returned array + is itself dynamically allocated and should also be freed when it is + no longer needed. Otherwise, the chunks array must be of at least + n_elements in length. It is filled in with the pointers to the + chunks. + + In either case, independent_calloc returns this pointer array, or + null if the allocation failed. If n_elements is zero and "chunks" + is null, it returns a chunk representing an array with zero elements + (which should be freed if not wanted). + + Each element must be individually freed when it is no longer + needed. If you'd like to instead be able to free all at once, you + should instead use regular calloc and assign pointers into this + space to represent elements. (In this case though, you cannot + independently free elements.) + + independent_calloc simplifies and speeds up implementations of many + kinds of pools. It may also be useful when constructing large data + structures that initially have a fixed number of fixed-sized nodes, + but the number is not known at compile time, and some of the nodes + may later need to be freed. For example: + + struct Node { int item; struct Node* next; }; + + struct Node* build_list() { + struct Node** pool; + int n = read_number_of_nodes_needed(); + if (n <= 0) return 0; + pool = (struct Node**)(independent_calloc(n, sizeof(struct Node), 0); + if (pool == 0) die(); + // organize into a linked list... + struct Node* first = pool[0]; + for (i = 0; i < n-1; ++i) + pool[i]->next = pool[i+1]; + free(pool); // Can now free the array (or not, if it is needed later) + return first; + } +*/ +void** dlindependent_calloc(size_t, size_t, void**); + +/* + independent_comalloc(size_t n_elements, size_t sizes[], void* chunks[]); + + independent_comalloc allocates, all at once, a set of n_elements + chunks with sizes indicated in the "sizes" array. It returns + an array of pointers to these elements, each of which can be + independently freed, realloc'ed etc. The elements are guaranteed to + be adjacently allocated (this is not guaranteed to occur with + multiple callocs or mallocs), which may also improve cache locality + in some applications. + + The "chunks" argument is optional (i.e., may be null). If it is null + the returned array is itself dynamically allocated and should also + be freed when it is no longer needed. Otherwise, the chunks array + must be of at least n_elements in length. It is filled in with the + pointers to the chunks. + + In either case, independent_comalloc returns this pointer array, or + null if the allocation failed. If n_elements is zero and chunks is + null, it returns a chunk representing an array with zero elements + (which should be freed if not wanted). + + Each element must be individually freed when it is no longer + needed. If you'd like to instead be able to free all at once, you + should instead use a single regular malloc, and assign pointers at + particular offsets in the aggregate space. (In this case though, you + cannot independently free elements.) + + independent_comallac differs from independent_calloc in that each + element may have a different size, and also that it does not + automatically clear elements. + + independent_comalloc can be used to speed up allocation in cases + where several structs or objects must always be allocated at the + same time. For example: + + struct Head { ... } + struct Foot { ... } + + void send_message(char* msg) { + int msglen = strlen(msg); + size_t sizes[3] = { sizeof(struct Head), msglen, sizeof(struct Foot) }; + void* chunks[3]; + if (independent_comalloc(3, sizes, chunks) == 0) + die(); + struct Head* head = (struct Head*)(chunks[0]); + char* body = (char*)(chunks[1]); + struct Foot* foot = (struct Foot*)(chunks[2]); + // ... + } + + In general though, independent_comalloc is worth using only for + larger values of n_elements. For small values, you probably won't + detect enough difference from series of malloc calls to bother. + + Overuse of independent_comalloc can increase overall memory usage, + since it cannot reuse existing noncontiguous small chunks that + might be available for some of the elements. +*/ +void** dlindependent_comalloc(size_t, size_t*, void**); + + +/* + pvalloc(size_t n); + Equivalent to valloc(minimum-page-that-holds(n)), that is, + round up n to nearest pagesize. + */ +void* dlpvalloc(size_t); + +/* + malloc_trim(size_t pad); + + If possible, gives memory back to the system (via negative arguments + to sbrk) if there is unused memory at the `high' end of the malloc + pool or in unused MMAP segments. You can call this after freeing + large blocks of memory to potentially reduce the system-level memory + requirements of a program. However, it cannot guarantee to reduce + memory. Under some allocation patterns, some large free blocks of + memory will be locked between two used chunks, so they cannot be + given back to the system. + + The `pad' argument to malloc_trim represents the amount of free + trailing space to leave untrimmed. If this argument is zero, only + the minimum amount of memory to maintain internal data structures + will be left. Non-zero arguments can be supplied to maintain enough + trailing space to service future expected allocations without having + to re-obtain memory from the system. + + Malloc_trim returns 1 if it actually released any memory, else 0. +*/ +int dlmalloc_trim(size_t); + +/* + malloc_stats(); + Prints on stderr the amount of space obtained from the system (both + via sbrk and mmap), the maximum amount (which may be more than + current if malloc_trim and/or munmap got called), and the current + number of bytes allocated via malloc (or realloc, etc) but not yet + freed. Note that this is the number of bytes allocated, not the + number requested. It will be larger than the number requested + because of alignment and bookkeeping overhead. Because it includes + alignment wastage as being in use, this figure may be greater than + zero even when no user-level chunks are allocated. + + The reported current and maximum system memory can be inaccurate if + a program makes other calls to system memory allocation functions + (normally sbrk) outside of malloc. + + malloc_stats prints only the most commonly interesting statistics. + More information can be obtained by calling mallinfo. +*/ +void dlmalloc_stats(void); + +#endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */ + +/* + malloc_usable_size(void* p); + + Returns the number of bytes you can actually use in + an allocated chunk, which may be more than you requested (although + often not) due to alignment and minimum size constraints. + You can use this many bytes without worrying about + overwriting other allocated objects. This is not a particularly great + programming practice. malloc_usable_size can be more useful in + debugging and assertions, for example: + + p = malloc(n); + assert(malloc_usable_size(p) >= 256); +*/ +size_t dlmalloc_usable_size(void*); + + +#if MSPACES + +/* + mspace is an opaque type representing an independent + region of space that supports mspace_malloc, etc. +*/ +typedef void* mspace; + +/* + create_mspace creates and returns a new independent space with the + given initial capacity, or, if 0, the default granularity size. It + returns null if there is no system memory available to create the + space. If argument locked is non-zero, the space uses a separate + lock to control access. The capacity of the space will grow + dynamically as needed to service mspace_malloc requests. You can + control the sizes of incremental increases of this space by + compiling with a different DEFAULT_GRANULARITY or dynamically + setting with mallopt(M_GRANULARITY, value). +*/ +mspace create_mspace(size_t capacity, int locked); + +/* + destroy_mspace destroys the given space, and attempts to return all + of its memory back to the system, returning the total number of + bytes freed. After destruction, the results of access to all memory + used by the space become undefined. +*/ +size_t destroy_mspace(mspace msp); + +/* + create_mspace_with_base uses the memory supplied as the initial base + of a new mspace. Part (less than 128*sizeof(size_t) bytes) of this + space is used for bookkeeping, so the capacity must be at least this + large. (Otherwise 0 is returned.) When this initial space is + exhausted, additional memory will be obtained from the system. + Destroying this space will deallocate all additionally allocated + space (if possible) but not the initial base. +*/ +mspace create_mspace_with_base(void* base, size_t capacity, int locked); + +/* + mspace_mmap_large_chunks controls whether requests for large chunks + are allocated in their own mmapped regions, separate from others in + this mspace. By default this is enabled, which reduces + fragmentation. However, such chunks are not necessarily released to + the system upon destroy_mspace. Disabling by setting to false may + increase fragmentation, but avoids leakage when relying on + destroy_mspace to release all memory allocated using this space. +*/ +int mspace_mmap_large_chunks(mspace msp, int enable); + + +/* + mspace_malloc behaves as malloc, but operates within + the given space. +*/ +void* mspace_malloc(mspace msp, size_t bytes); + +/* + mspace_free behaves as free, but operates within + the given space. + + If compiled with FOOTERS==1, mspace_free is not actually needed. + free may be called instead of mspace_free because freed chunks from + any space are handled by their originating spaces. +*/ +void mspace_free(mspace msp, void* mem); + +/* + mspace_realloc behaves as realloc, but operates within + the given space. + + If compiled with FOOTERS==1, mspace_realloc is not actually + needed. realloc may be called instead of mspace_realloc because + realloced chunks from any space are handled by their originating + spaces. +*/ +void* mspace_realloc(mspace msp, void* mem, size_t newsize); + +/* + mspace_calloc behaves as calloc, but operates within + the given space. +*/ +void* mspace_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size); + +/* + mspace_memalign behaves as memalign, but operates within + the given space. +*/ +void* mspace_memalign(mspace msp, size_t alignment, size_t bytes); + +/* + mspace_independent_calloc behaves as independent_calloc, but + operates within the given space. +*/ +void** mspace_independent_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, + size_t elem_size, void* chunks[]); + +/* + mspace_independent_comalloc behaves as independent_comalloc, but + operates within the given space. +*/ +void** mspace_independent_comalloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, + size_t sizes[], void* chunks[]); + +/* + mspace_footprint() returns the number of bytes obtained from the + system for this space. +*/ +size_t mspace_footprint(mspace msp); + +/* + mspace_max_footprint() returns the peak number of bytes obtained from the + system for this space. +*/ +size_t mspace_max_footprint(mspace msp); + + +#if !NO_MALLINFO +/* + mspace_mallinfo behaves as mallinfo, but reports properties of + the given space. +*/ +struct mallinfo mspace_mallinfo(mspace msp); +#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ + +/* + malloc_usable_size(void* p) behaves the same as malloc_usable_size; +*/ + size_t mspace_usable_size(void* mem); + +/* + mspace_malloc_stats behaves as malloc_stats, but reports + properties of the given space. +*/ +void mspace_malloc_stats(mspace msp); + +/* + mspace_trim behaves as malloc_trim, but + operates within the given space. +*/ +int mspace_trim(mspace msp, size_t pad); + +/* + An alias for mallopt. +*/ +int mspace_mallopt(int, int); + +#endif /* MSPACES */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +}; /* end of extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* + ======================================================================== + To make a fully customizable malloc.h header file, cut everything + above this line, put into file malloc.h, edit to suit, and #include it + on the next line, as well as in programs that use this malloc. + ======================================================================== +*/ + +/* #include "malloc.h" */ + +/*------------------------------ internal #includes ---------------------- */ + +#ifdef WIN32 +#ifndef __GNUC__ +#pragma warning( disable : 4146 ) /* no "unsigned" warnings */ +#endif +#endif /* WIN32 */ + +#include <stdio.h> /* for printing in malloc_stats */ + +#ifndef LACKS_ERRNO_H +#include <errno.h> /* for MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION */ +#endif /* LACKS_ERRNO_H */ +#if FOOTERS +#include <time.h> /* for magic initialization */ +#endif /* FOOTERS */ +#ifndef LACKS_STDLIB_H +#include <stdlib.h> /* for abort() */ +#endif /* LACKS_STDLIB_H */ +#ifdef DEBUG +#if ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE +#define assert(x) if(!(x)) ABORT +#else /* ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE */ +#include <assert.h> +#endif /* ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE */ +#else /* DEBUG */ +#ifndef assert +#define assert(x) +#endif +#define DEBUG 0 +#endif /* DEBUG */ +#ifndef LACKS_STRING_H +#include <string.h> /* for memset etc */ +#endif /* LACKS_STRING_H */ +#if USE_BUILTIN_FFS +#ifndef LACKS_STRINGS_H +#include <strings.h> /* for ffs */ +#endif /* LACKS_STRINGS_H */ +#endif /* USE_BUILTIN_FFS */ +#if HAVE_MMAP +#ifndef LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H +#include <sys/mman.h> /* for mmap */ +#endif /* LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H */ +#ifndef LACKS_FCNTL_H +#include <fcntl.h> +#endif /* LACKS_FCNTL_H */ +#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ +#ifndef LACKS_UNISTD_H +#include <unistd.h> /* for sbrk, sysconf */ +#else /* LACKS_UNISTD_H */ +#if !defined(__FreeBSD__) && !defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(__NetBSD__) +extern void* sbrk(ptrdiff_t); +#endif /* FreeBSD etc */ +#endif /* LACKS_UNISTD_H */ + +/* Declarations for locking */ +#if USE_LOCKS +#ifndef WIN32 +#include <pthread.h> +#if defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun) /* solaris */ +#include <thread.h> +#endif /* solaris */ +#else +#ifndef _M_AMD64 +/* These are already defined on AMD64 builds */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ +#ifndef __MINGW32__ +LONG __cdecl _InterlockedCompareExchange(LONG volatile *Dest, LONG Exchange, LONG Comp); +LONG __cdecl _InterlockedExchange(LONG volatile *Target, LONG Value); +#endif +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ +#endif /* _M_AMD64 */ +#ifndef __MINGW32__ +#pragma intrinsic (_InterlockedCompareExchange) +#pragma intrinsic (_InterlockedExchange) +#else + /* --[ start GCC compatibility ]---------------------------------------------- + * Compatibility <intrin_x86.h> header for GCC -- GCC equivalents of intrinsic + * Microsoft Visual C++ functions. Originally developed for the ReactOS + * (<http://www.reactos.org/>) and TinyKrnl (<http://www.tinykrnl.org/>) + * projects. + * + * Copyright (c) 2006 KJK::Hyperion <hackbunny@reactos.com> + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in + * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER + * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + + /*** Atomic operations ***/ + #if (__GNUC__ * 10000 + __GNUC_MINOR__ * 100 + __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) > 40100 + #define _ReadWriteBarrier() __sync_synchronize() + #else + static __inline__ __attribute__((always_inline)) long __sync_lock_test_and_set(volatile long * const Target, const long Value) + { + long res; + __asm__ __volatile__("xchg%z0 %2, %0" : "=g" (*(Target)), "=r" (res) : "1" (Value)); + return res; + } + static void __inline__ __attribute__((always_inline)) _MemoryBarrier(void) + { + __asm__ __volatile__("" : : : "memory"); + } + #define _ReadWriteBarrier() _MemoryBarrier() + #endif + /* BUGBUG: GCC only supports full barriers */ + static __inline__ __attribute__((always_inline)) long _InterlockedExchange(volatile long * const Target, const long Value) + { + /* NOTE: __sync_lock_test_and_set would be an acquire barrier, so we force a full barrier */ + _ReadWriteBarrier(); + return __sync_lock_test_and_set(Target, Value); + } + /* --[ end GCC compatibility ]---------------------------------------------- */ +#endif +#define interlockedcompareexchange _InterlockedCompareExchange +#define interlockedexchange _InterlockedExchange +#endif /* Win32 */ +#endif /* USE_LOCKS */ + +/* Declarations for bit scanning on win32 */ +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 +#ifndef BitScanForward /* Try to avoid pulling in WinNT.h */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ +unsigned char _BitScanForward(unsigned long *index, unsigned long mask); +unsigned char _BitScanReverse(unsigned long *index, unsigned long mask); +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#define BitScanForward _BitScanForward +#define BitScanReverse _BitScanReverse +#pragma intrinsic(_BitScanForward) +#pragma intrinsic(_BitScanReverse) +#endif /* BitScanForward */ +#endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 */ + +#ifndef WIN32 +#ifndef malloc_getpagesize +# ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE /* some SVR4 systems omit an underscore */ +# ifndef _SC_PAGE_SIZE +# define _SC_PAGE_SIZE _SC_PAGESIZE +# endif +# endif +# ifdef _SC_PAGE_SIZE +# define malloc_getpagesize sysconf(_SC_PAGE_SIZE) +# else +# if defined(BSD) || defined(DGUX) || defined(HAVE_GETPAGESIZE) + extern size_t getpagesize(); +# define malloc_getpagesize getpagesize() +# else +# ifdef WIN32 /* use supplied emulation of getpagesize */ +# define malloc_getpagesize getpagesize() +# else +# ifndef LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H +# include <sys/param.h> +# endif +# ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE +# define malloc_getpagesize EXEC_PAGESIZE +# else +# ifdef NBPG +# ifndef CLSIZE +# define malloc_getpagesize NBPG +# else +# define malloc_getpagesize (NBPG * CLSIZE) +# endif +# else +# ifdef NBPC +# define malloc_getpagesize NBPC +# else +# ifdef PAGESIZE +# define malloc_getpagesize PAGESIZE +# else /* just guess */ +# define malloc_getpagesize ((size_t)4096U) +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif +#endif + + + +/* ------------------- size_t and alignment properties -------------------- */ + +/* The byte and bit size of a size_t */ +#define SIZE_T_SIZE (sizeof(size_t)) +#define SIZE_T_BITSIZE (sizeof(size_t) << 3) + +/* Some constants coerced to size_t */ +/* Annoying but necessary to avoid errors on some platforms */ +#define SIZE_T_ZERO ((size_t)0) +#define SIZE_T_ONE ((size_t)1) +#define SIZE_T_TWO ((size_t)2) +#define SIZE_T_FOUR ((size_t)4) +#define TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES (SIZE_T_SIZE<<1) +#define FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES (SIZE_T_SIZE<<2) +#define SIX_SIZE_T_SIZES (FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES+TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES) +#define HALF_MAX_SIZE_T (MAX_SIZE_T / 2U) + +/* The bit mask value corresponding to MALLOC_ALIGNMENT */ +#define CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK (MALLOC_ALIGNMENT - SIZE_T_ONE) + +/* True if address a has acceptable alignment */ +#define is_aligned(A) (((size_t)((A)) & (CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK)) == 0) + +/* the number of bytes to offset an address to align it */ +#define align_offset(A)\ + ((((size_t)(A) & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) == 0)? 0 :\ + ((MALLOC_ALIGNMENT - ((size_t)(A) & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK)) & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK)) + +/* -------------------------- MMAP preliminaries ------------------------- */ + +/* + If HAVE_MORECORE or HAVE_MMAP are false, we just define calls and + checks to fail so compiler optimizer can delete code rather than + using so many "#if"s. +*/ + + +/* MORECORE and MMAP must return MFAIL on failure */ +#define MFAIL ((void*)(MAX_SIZE_T)) +#define CMFAIL ((char*)(MFAIL)) /* defined for convenience */ + +#if HAVE_MMAP + +#ifndef WIN32 +#define MUNMAP_DEFAULT(a, s) munmap((a), (s)) +#define MMAP_PROT (PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE) +#if !defined(MAP_ANONYMOUS) && defined(MAP_ANON) +#define MAP_ANONYMOUS MAP_ANON +#endif /* MAP_ANON */ +#ifdef MAP_ANONYMOUS +#define MMAP_FLAGS (MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS) +#define MMAP_DEFAULT(s) mmap(0, (s), MMAP_PROT, MMAP_FLAGS, -1, 0) +#else /* MAP_ANONYMOUS */ +/* + Nearly all versions of mmap support MAP_ANONYMOUS, so the following + is unlikely to be needed, but is supplied just in case. +*/ +#define MMAP_FLAGS (MAP_PRIVATE) +static int dev_zero_fd = -1; /* Cached file descriptor for /dev/zero. */ +#define MMAP_DEFAULT(s) ((dev_zero_fd < 0) ? \ + (dev_zero_fd = open("/dev/zero", O_RDWR), \ + mmap(0, (s), MMAP_PROT, MMAP_FLAGS, dev_zero_fd, 0)) : \ + mmap(0, (s), MMAP_PROT, MMAP_FLAGS, dev_zero_fd, 0)) +#endif /* MAP_ANONYMOUS */ + +#define DIRECT_MMAP_DEFAULT(s) MMAP_DEFAULT(s) + +#else /* WIN32 */ + +/* Win32 MMAP via VirtualAlloc */ +static FORCEINLINE void* win32mmap(size_t size) { + void* ptr = VirtualAlloc(0, size, MEM_RESERVE|MEM_COMMIT, PAGE_READWRITE); + return (ptr != 0)? ptr: MFAIL; +} + +/* For direct MMAP, use MEM_TOP_DOWN to minimize interference */ +static FORCEINLINE void* win32direct_mmap(size_t size) { + void* ptr = VirtualAlloc(0, size, MEM_RESERVE|MEM_COMMIT|MEM_TOP_DOWN, + PAGE_READWRITE); + return (ptr != 0)? ptr: MFAIL; +} + +/* This function supports releasing coalesed segments */ +static FORCEINLINE int win32munmap(void* ptr, size_t size) { + MEMORY_BASIC_INFORMATION minfo; + char* cptr = (char*)ptr; + while (size) { + if (VirtualQuery(cptr, &minfo, sizeof(minfo)) == 0) + return -1; + if (minfo.BaseAddress != cptr || minfo.AllocationBase != cptr || + minfo.State != MEM_COMMIT || minfo.RegionSize > size) + return -1; + if (VirtualFree(cptr, 0, MEM_RELEASE) == 0) + return -1; + cptr += minfo.RegionSize; + size -= minfo.RegionSize; + } + return 0; +} + +#define MMAP_DEFAULT(s) win32mmap(s) +#define MUNMAP_DEFAULT(a, s) win32munmap((a), (s)) +#define DIRECT_MMAP_DEFAULT(s) win32direct_mmap(s) +#endif /* WIN32 */ +#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ + +#if HAVE_MREMAP +#ifndef WIN32 +#define MREMAP_DEFAULT(addr, osz, nsz, mv) mremap((addr), (osz), (nsz), (mv)) +#endif /* WIN32 */ +#endif /* HAVE_MREMAP */ + + +/** + * Define CALL_MORECORE + */ +#if HAVE_MORECORE + #ifdef MORECORE + #define CALL_MORECORE(S) MORECORE(S) + #else /* MORECORE */ + #define CALL_MORECORE(S) MORECORE_DEFAULT(S) + #endif /* MORECORE */ +#else /* HAVE_MORECORE */ + #define CALL_MORECORE(S) MFAIL +#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */ + +/** + * Define CALL_MMAP/CALL_MUNMAP/CALL_DIRECT_MMAP + */ +#if HAVE_MMAP + #define IS_MMAPPED_BIT (SIZE_T_ONE) + #define USE_MMAP_BIT (SIZE_T_ONE) + + #ifdef MMAP + #define CALL_MMAP(s) MMAP(s) + #else /* MMAP */ + #define CALL_MMAP(s) MMAP_DEFAULT(s) + #endif /* MMAP */ + #ifdef MUNMAP + #define CALL_MUNMAP(a, s) MUNMAP((a), (s)) + #else /* MUNMAP */ + #define CALL_MUNMAP(a, s) MUNMAP_DEFAULT((a), (s)) + #endif /* MUNMAP */ + #ifdef DIRECT_MMAP + #define CALL_DIRECT_MMAP(s) DIRECT_MMAP(s) + #else /* DIRECT_MMAP */ + #define CALL_DIRECT_MMAP(s) DIRECT_MMAP_DEFAULT(s) + #endif /* DIRECT_MMAP */ +#else /* HAVE_MMAP */ + #define IS_MMAPPED_BIT (SIZE_T_ZERO) + #define USE_MMAP_BIT (SIZE_T_ZERO) + + #define MMAP(s) MFAIL + #define MUNMAP(a, s) (-1) + #define DIRECT_MMAP(s) MFAIL + #define CALL_DIRECT_MMAP(s) DIRECT_MMAP(s) + #define CALL_MMAP(s) MMAP(s) + #define CALL_MUNMAP(a, s) MUNMAP((a), (s)) +#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ + +/** + * Define CALL_MREMAP + */ +#if HAVE_MMAP && HAVE_MREMAP + #ifdef MREMAP + #define CALL_MREMAP(addr, osz, nsz, mv) MREMAP((addr), (osz), (nsz), (mv)) + #else /* MREMAP */ + #define CALL_MREMAP(addr, osz, nsz, mv) MREMAP_DEFAULT((addr), (osz), (nsz), (mv)) + #endif /* MREMAP */ +#else /* HAVE_MMAP && HAVE_MREMAP */ + #define CALL_MREMAP(addr, osz, nsz, mv) MFAIL +#endif /* HAVE_MMAP && HAVE_MREMAP */ + +/* mstate bit set if continguous morecore disabled or failed */ +#define USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT (4U) + +/* segment bit set in create_mspace_with_base */ +#define EXTERN_BIT (8U) + + +/* --------------------------- Lock preliminaries ------------------------ */ + +/* + When locks are defined, there is one global lock, plus + one per-mspace lock. + + The global lock_ensures that mparams.magic and other unique + mparams values are initialized only once. It also protects + sequences of calls to MORECORE. In many cases sys_alloc requires + two calls, that should not be interleaved with calls by other + threads. This does not protect against direct calls to MORECORE + by other threads not using this lock, so there is still code to + cope the best we can on interference. + + Per-mspace locks surround calls to malloc, free, etc. To enable use + in layered extensions, per-mspace locks are reentrant. + + Because lock-protected regions generally have bounded times, it is + OK to use the supplied simple spinlocks in the custom versions for + x86. + + If USE_LOCKS is > 1, the definitions of lock routines here are + bypassed, in which case you will need to define at least + INITIAL_LOCK, ACQUIRE_LOCK, RELEASE_LOCK and possibly TRY_LOCK + (which is not used in this malloc, but commonly needed in + extensions.) +*/ + +#if USE_LOCKS == 1 + +#if USE_SPIN_LOCKS +#ifndef WIN32 + +/* Custom pthread-style spin locks on x86 and x64 for gcc */ +struct pthread_mlock_t { + volatile unsigned int l; + volatile unsigned int c; + volatile pthread_t threadid; +}; +#define MLOCK_T struct pthread_mlock_t +#define CURRENT_THREAD pthread_self() +#define INITIAL_LOCK(sl) (memset(sl, 0, sizeof(MLOCK_T)), 0) +#define ACQUIRE_LOCK(sl) pthread_acquire_lock(sl) +#define RELEASE_LOCK(sl) pthread_release_lock(sl) +#define TRY_LOCK(sl) pthread_try_lock(sl) +#define SPINS_PER_YIELD 63 + +static MLOCK_T malloc_global_mutex = { 0, 0, 0}; + +static FORCEINLINE int pthread_acquire_lock (MLOCK_T *sl) { + int spins = 0; + volatile unsigned int* lp = &sl->l; + for (;;) { + if (*lp != 0) { + if (sl->threadid == CURRENT_THREAD) { + ++sl->c; + return 0; + } + } + else { + /* place args to cmpxchgl in locals to evade oddities in some gccs */ + int cmp = 0; + int val = 1; + int ret; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("lock; cmpxchgl %1, %2" + : "=a" (ret) + : "r" (val), "m" (*(lp)), "0"(cmp) + : "memory", "cc"); + if (!ret) { + assert(!sl->threadid); + sl->c = 1; + sl->threadid = CURRENT_THREAD; + return 0; + } + if ((++spins & SPINS_PER_YIELD) == 0) { +#if defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun) /* solaris */ + thr_yield(); +#else +#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__APPLE__) + sched_yield(); +#else /* no-op yield on unknown systems */ + ; +#endif /* __linux__ || __FreeBSD__ || __APPLE__ */ +#endif /* solaris */ + } + } + } +} + +static FORCEINLINE void pthread_release_lock (MLOCK_T *sl) { + assert(sl->l != 0); + assert(sl->threadid == CURRENT_THREAD); + if (--sl->c == 0) { + sl->threadid = 0; + volatile unsigned int* lp = &sl->l; + int prev = 0; + int ret; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("lock; xchgl %0, %1" + : "=r" (ret) + : "m" (*(lp)), "0"(prev) + : "memory"); + } +} + +static FORCEINLINE int pthread_try_lock (MLOCK_T *sl) { + volatile unsigned int* lp = &sl->l; + if (*lp != 0) { + if (sl->threadid == CURRENT_THREAD) { + ++sl->c; + return 1; + } + } + else { + int cmp = 0; + int val = 1; + int ret; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("lock; cmpxchgl %1, %2" + : "=a" (ret) + : "r" (val), "m" (*(lp)), "0"(cmp) + : "memory", "cc"); + if (!ret) { + assert(!sl->threadid); + sl->c = 1; + sl->threadid = CURRENT_THREAD; + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + + +#else /* WIN32 */ +/* Custom win32-style spin locks on x86 and x64 for MSC */ +struct win32_mlock_t +{ + volatile long l; + volatile unsigned int c; + volatile long threadid; +}; + +#define MLOCK_T struct win32_mlock_t +#define CURRENT_THREAD win32_getcurrentthreadid() +#define INITIAL_LOCK(sl) (memset(sl, 0, sizeof(MLOCK_T)), 0) +#define ACQUIRE_LOCK(sl) win32_acquire_lock(sl) +#define RELEASE_LOCK(sl) win32_release_lock(sl) +#define TRY_LOCK(sl) win32_try_lock(sl) +#define SPINS_PER_YIELD 63 + +static MLOCK_T malloc_global_mutex = { 0, 0, 0}; + +static FORCEINLINE long win32_getcurrentthreadid() { +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#if defined(_M_IX86) + long *threadstruct=(long *)__readfsdword(0x18); + long threadid=threadstruct[0x24/sizeof(long)]; + return threadid; +#elif defined(_M_X64) + /* todo */ + return GetCurrentThreadId(); +#else + return GetCurrentThreadId(); +#endif +#else + return GetCurrentThreadId(); +#endif +} + +static FORCEINLINE int win32_acquire_lock (MLOCK_T *sl) { + int spins = 0; + for (;;) { + if (sl->l != 0) { + if (sl->threadid == CURRENT_THREAD) { + ++sl->c; + return 0; + } + } + else { + if (!interlockedexchange(&sl->l, 1)) { + assert(!sl->threadid); + sl->c=CURRENT_THREAD; + sl->threadid = CURRENT_THREAD; + sl->c = 1; + return 0; + } + } + if ((++spins & SPINS_PER_YIELD) == 0) + SleepEx(0, FALSE); + } +} + +static FORCEINLINE void win32_release_lock (MLOCK_T *sl) { + assert(sl->threadid == CURRENT_THREAD); + assert(sl->l != 0); + if (--sl->c == 0) { + sl->threadid = 0; + interlockedexchange (&sl->l, 0); + } +} + +static FORCEINLINE int win32_try_lock (MLOCK_T *sl) { + if(sl->l != 0) { + if (sl->threadid == CURRENT_THREAD) { + ++sl->c; + return 1; + } + } + else { + if (!interlockedexchange(&sl->l, 1)){ + assert(!sl->threadid); + sl->threadid = CURRENT_THREAD; + sl->c = 1; + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +#endif /* WIN32 */ +#else /* USE_SPIN_LOCKS */ + +#ifndef WIN32 +/* pthreads-based locks */ + +#define MLOCK_T pthread_mutex_t +#define CURRENT_THREAD pthread_self() +#define INITIAL_LOCK(sl) pthread_init_lock(sl) +#define ACQUIRE_LOCK(sl) pthread_mutex_lock(sl) +#define RELEASE_LOCK(sl) pthread_mutex_unlock(sl) +#define TRY_LOCK(sl) (!pthread_mutex_trylock(sl)) + +static MLOCK_T malloc_global_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; + +/* Cope with old-style linux recursive lock initialization by adding */ +/* skipped internal declaration from pthread.h */ +#ifdef linux +#ifndef PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +extern int pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np __P ((pthread_mutexattr_t *__attr, + int __kind)); +#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_NP +#define pthread_mutexattr_settype(x,y) pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np(x,y) +#endif +#endif + +static int pthread_init_lock (MLOCK_T *sl) { + pthread_mutexattr_t attr; + if (pthread_mutexattr_init(&attr)) return 1; + if (pthread_mutexattr_settype(&attr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)) return 1; + if (pthread_mutex_init(sl, &attr)) return 1; + if (pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&attr)) return 1; + return 0; +} + +#else /* WIN32 */ +/* Win32 critical sections */ +#define MLOCK_T CRITICAL_SECTION +#define CURRENT_THREAD GetCurrentThreadId() +#define INITIAL_LOCK(s) (!InitializeCriticalSectionAndSpinCount((s), 0x80000000|4000)) +#define ACQUIRE_LOCK(s) (EnterCriticalSection(s), 0) +#define RELEASE_LOCK(s) LeaveCriticalSection(s) +#define TRY_LOCK(s) TryEnterCriticalSection(s) +#define NEED_GLOBAL_LOCK_INIT + +static MLOCK_T malloc_global_mutex; +static volatile long malloc_global_mutex_status; + +/* Use spin loop to initialize global lock */ +static void init_malloc_global_mutex() { + for (;;) { + long stat = malloc_global_mutex_status; + if (stat > 0) + return; + /* transition to < 0 while initializing, then to > 0) */ + if (stat == 0 && + interlockedcompareexchange(&malloc_global_mutex_status, -1, 0) == 0) { + InitializeCriticalSection(&malloc_global_mutex); + interlockedexchange(&malloc_global_mutex_status,1); + return; + } + SleepEx(0, FALSE); + } +} + +#endif /* WIN32 */ +#endif /* USE_SPIN_LOCKS */ +#endif /* USE_LOCKS == 1 */ + +/* ----------------------- User-defined locks ------------------------ */ + +#if USE_LOCKS > 1 +/* Define your own lock implementation here */ +/* #define INITIAL_LOCK(sl) ... */ +/* #define ACQUIRE_LOCK(sl) ... */ +/* #define RELEASE_LOCK(sl) ... */ +/* #define TRY_LOCK(sl) ... */ +/* static MLOCK_T malloc_global_mutex = ... */ +#endif /* USE_LOCKS > 1 */ + +/* ----------------------- Lock-based state ------------------------ */ + +#if USE_LOCKS +#define USE_LOCK_BIT (2U) +#else /* USE_LOCKS */ +#define USE_LOCK_BIT (0U) +#define INITIAL_LOCK(l) +#endif /* USE_LOCKS */ + +#if USE_LOCKS +#define ACQUIRE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK() ACQUIRE_LOCK(&malloc_global_mutex); +#define RELEASE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK() RELEASE_LOCK(&malloc_global_mutex); +#else /* USE_LOCKS */ +#define ACQUIRE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK() +#define RELEASE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK() +#endif /* USE_LOCKS */ + + +/* ----------------------- Chunk representations ------------------------ */ + +/* + (The following includes lightly edited explanations by Colin Plumb.) + + The malloc_chunk declaration below is misleading (but accurate and + necessary). It declares a "view" into memory allowing access to + necessary fields at known offsets from a given base. + + Chunks of memory are maintained using a `boundary tag' method as + originally described by Knuth. (See the paper by Paul Wilson + ftp://ftp.cs.utexas.edu/pub/garbage/allocsrv.ps for a survey of such + techniques.) Sizes of free chunks are stored both in the front of + each chunk and at the end. This makes consolidating fragmented + chunks into bigger chunks fast. The head fields also hold bits + representing whether chunks are free or in use. + + Here are some pictures to make it clearer. They are "exploded" to + show that the state of a chunk can be thought of as extending from + the high 31 bits of the head field of its header through the + prev_foot and PINUSE_BIT bit of the following chunk header. + + A chunk that's in use looks like: + + chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | Size of previous chunk (if P = 0) | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |P| + | Size of this chunk 1| +-+ + mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | | + +- -+ + | | + +- -+ + | : + +- size - sizeof(size_t) available payload bytes -+ + : | + chunk-> +- -+ + | | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |1| + | Size of next chunk (may or may not be in use) | +-+ + mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + + And if it's free, it looks like this: + + chunk-> +- -+ + | User payload (must be in use, or we would have merged!) | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |P| + | Size of this chunk 0| +-+ + mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | Next pointer | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | Prev pointer | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | : + +- size - sizeof(struct chunk) unused bytes -+ + : | + chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | Size of this chunk | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |0| + | Size of next chunk (must be in use, or we would have merged)| +-+ + mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | : + +- User payload -+ + : | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + |0| + +-+ + Note that since we always merge adjacent free chunks, the chunks + adjacent to a free chunk must be in use. + + Given a pointer to a chunk (which can be derived trivially from the + payload pointer) we can, in O(1) time, find out whether the adjacent + chunks are free, and if so, unlink them from the lists that they + are on and merge them with the current chunk. + + Chunks always begin on even word boundaries, so the mem portion + (which is returned to the user) is also on an even word boundary, and + thus at least double-word aligned. + + The P (PINUSE_BIT) bit, stored in the unused low-order bit of the + chunk size (which is always a multiple of two words), is an in-use + bit for the *previous* chunk. If that bit is *clear*, then the + word before the current chunk size contains the previous chunk + size, and can be used to find the front of the previous chunk. + The very first chunk allocated always has this bit set, preventing + access to non-existent (or non-owned) memory. If pinuse is set for + any given chunk, then you CANNOT determine the size of the + previous chunk, and might even get a memory addressing fault when + trying to do so. + + The C (CINUSE_BIT) bit, stored in the unused second-lowest bit of + the chunk size redundantly records whether the current chunk is + inuse. This redundancy enables usage checks within free and realloc, + and reduces indirection when freeing and consolidating chunks. + + Each freshly allocated chunk must have both cinuse and pinuse set. + That is, each allocated chunk borders either a previously allocated + and still in-use chunk, or the base of its memory arena. This is + ensured by making all allocations from the the `lowest' part of any + found chunk. Further, no free chunk physically borders another one, + so each free chunk is known to be preceded and followed by either + inuse chunks or the ends of memory. + + Note that the `foot' of the current chunk is actually represented + as the prev_foot of the NEXT chunk. This makes it easier to + deal with alignments etc but can be very confusing when trying + to extend or adapt this code. + + The exceptions to all this are + + 1. The special chunk `top' is the top-most available chunk (i.e., + the one bordering the end of available memory). It is treated + specially. Top is never included in any bin, is used only if + no other chunk is available, and is released back to the + system if it is very large (see M_TRIM_THRESHOLD). In effect, + the top chunk is treated as larger (and thus less well + fitting) than any other available chunk. The top chunk + doesn't update its trailing size field since there is no next + contiguous chunk that would have to index off it. However, + space is still allocated for it (TOP_FOOT_SIZE) to enable + separation or merging when space is extended. + + 3. Chunks allocated via mmap, which have the lowest-order bit + (IS_MMAPPED_BIT) set in their prev_foot fields, and do not set + PINUSE_BIT in their head fields. Because they are allocated + one-by-one, each must carry its own prev_foot field, which is + also used to hold the offset this chunk has within its mmapped + region, which is needed to preserve alignment. Each mmapped + chunk is trailed by the first two fields of a fake next-chunk + for sake of usage checks. + +*/ + +struct malloc_chunk { + size_t prev_foot; /* Size of previous chunk (if free). */ + size_t head; /* Size and inuse bits. */ + struct malloc_chunk* fd; /* double links -- used only if free. */ + struct malloc_chunk* bk; +}; + +typedef struct malloc_chunk mchunk; +typedef struct malloc_chunk* mchunkptr; +typedef struct malloc_chunk* sbinptr; /* The type of bins of chunks */ +typedef unsigned int bindex_t; /* Described below */ +typedef unsigned int binmap_t; /* Described below */ +typedef unsigned int flag_t; /* The type of various bit flag sets */ + +/* ------------------- Chunks sizes and alignments ----------------------- */ + +#define MCHUNK_SIZE (sizeof(mchunk)) + +#if FOOTERS +#define CHUNK_OVERHEAD (TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES) +#else /* FOOTERS */ +#define CHUNK_OVERHEAD (SIZE_T_SIZE) +#endif /* FOOTERS */ + +/* MMapped chunks need a second word of overhead ... */ +#define MMAP_CHUNK_OVERHEAD (TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES) +/* ... and additional padding for fake next-chunk at foot */ +#define MMAP_FOOT_PAD (FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES) + +/* The smallest size we can malloc is an aligned minimal chunk */ +#define MIN_CHUNK_SIZE\ + ((MCHUNK_SIZE + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) & ~CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) + +/* conversion from malloc headers to user pointers, and back */ +#define chunk2mem(p) ((void*)((char*)(p) + TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES)) +#define mem2chunk(mem) ((mchunkptr)((char*)(mem) - TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES)) +/* chunk associated with aligned address A */ +#define align_as_chunk(A) (mchunkptr)((A) + align_offset(chunk2mem(A))) + +/* Bounds on request (not chunk) sizes. */ +#define MAX_REQUEST ((-MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) << 2) +#define MIN_REQUEST (MIN_CHUNK_SIZE - CHUNK_OVERHEAD - SIZE_T_ONE) + +/* pad request bytes into a usable size */ +#define pad_request(req) \ + (((req) + CHUNK_OVERHEAD + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) & ~CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) + +/* pad request, checking for minimum (but not maximum) */ +#define request2size(req) \ + (((req) < MIN_REQUEST)? MIN_CHUNK_SIZE : pad_request(req)) + + +/* ------------------ Operations on head and foot fields ----------------- */ + +/* + The head field of a chunk is or'ed with PINUSE_BIT when previous + adjacent chunk in use, and or'ed with CINUSE_BIT if this chunk is in + use. If the chunk was obtained with mmap, the prev_foot field has + IS_MMAPPED_BIT set, otherwise holding the offset of the base of the + mmapped region to the base of the chunk. + + FLAG4_BIT is not used by this malloc, but might be useful in extensions. +*/ + +#define PINUSE_BIT (SIZE_T_ONE) +#define CINUSE_BIT (SIZE_T_TWO) +#define FLAG4_BIT (SIZE_T_FOUR) +#define INUSE_BITS (PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT) +#define FLAG_BITS (PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT|FLAG4_BIT) + +/* Head value for fenceposts */ +#define FENCEPOST_HEAD (INUSE_BITS|SIZE_T_SIZE) + +/* extraction of fields from head words */ +#define cinuse(p) ((p)->head & CINUSE_BIT) +#define pinuse(p) ((p)->head & PINUSE_BIT) +#define chunksize(p) ((p)->head & ~(FLAG_BITS)) + +#define clear_pinuse(p) ((p)->head &= ~PINUSE_BIT) +#define clear_cinuse(p) ((p)->head &= ~CINUSE_BIT) + +/* Treat space at ptr +/- offset as a chunk */ +#define chunk_plus_offset(p, s) ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s))) +#define chunk_minus_offset(p, s) ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) - (s))) + +/* Ptr to next or previous physical malloc_chunk. */ +#define next_chunk(p) ((mchunkptr)( ((char*)(p)) + ((p)->head & ~FLAG_BITS))) +#define prev_chunk(p) ((mchunkptr)( ((char*)(p)) - ((p)->prev_foot) )) + +/* extract next chunk's pinuse bit */ +#define next_pinuse(p) ((next_chunk(p)->head) & PINUSE_BIT) + +/* Get/set size at footer */ +#define get_foot(p, s) (((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) + (s)))->prev_foot) +#define set_foot(p, s) (((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) + (s)))->prev_foot = (s)) + +/* Set size, pinuse bit, and foot */ +#define set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, s)\ + ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT), set_foot(p, s)) + +/* Set size, pinuse bit, foot, and clear next pinuse */ +#define set_free_with_pinuse(p, s, n)\ + (clear_pinuse(n), set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, s)) + +#define is_mmapped(p)\ + (!((p)->head & PINUSE_BIT) && ((p)->prev_foot & IS_MMAPPED_BIT)) + +/* Get the internal overhead associated with chunk p */ +#define overhead_for(p)\ + (is_mmapped(p)? MMAP_CHUNK_OVERHEAD : CHUNK_OVERHEAD) + +/* Return true if malloced space is not necessarily cleared */ +#if MMAP_CLEARS +#define calloc_must_clear(p) (!is_mmapped(p)) +#else /* MMAP_CLEARS */ +#define calloc_must_clear(p) (1) +#endif /* MMAP_CLEARS */ + +/* ---------------------- Overlaid data structures ----------------------- */ + +/* + When chunks are not in use, they are treated as nodes of either + lists or trees. + + "Small" chunks are stored in circular doubly-linked lists, and look + like this: + + chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | Size of previous chunk | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + `head:' | Size of chunk, in bytes |P| + mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | Forward pointer to next chunk in list | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | Back pointer to previous chunk in list | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | Unused space (may be 0 bytes long) . + . . + . | +nextchunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + `foot:' | Size of chunk, in bytes | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + + Larger chunks are kept in a form of bitwise digital trees (aka + tries) keyed on chunksizes. Because malloc_tree_chunks are only for + free chunks greater than 256 bytes, their size doesn't impose any + constraints on user chunk sizes. Each node looks like: + + chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | Size of previous chunk | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + `head:' | Size of chunk, in bytes |P| + mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | Forward pointer to next chunk of same size | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | Back pointer to previous chunk of same size | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | Pointer to left child (child[0]) | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | Pointer to right child (child[1]) | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | Pointer to parent | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | bin index of this chunk | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | Unused space . + . | +nextchunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + `foot:' | Size of chunk, in bytes | + +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + + Each tree holding treenodes is a tree of unique chunk sizes. Chunks + of the same size are arranged in a circularly-linked list, with only + the oldest chunk (the next to be used, in our FIFO ordering) + actually in the tree. (Tree members are distinguished by a non-null + parent pointer.) If a chunk with the same size an an existing node + is inserted, it is linked off the existing node using pointers that + work in the same way as fd/bk pointers of small chunks. + + Each tree contains a power of 2 sized range of chunk sizes (the + smallest is 0x100 <= x < 0x180), which is is divided in half at each + tree level, with the chunks in the smaller half of the range (0x100 + <= x < 0x140 for the top nose) in the left subtree and the larger + half (0x140 <= x < 0x180) in the right subtree. This is, of course, + done by inspecting individual bits. + + Using these rules, each node's left subtree contains all smaller + sizes than its right subtree. However, the node at the root of each + subtree has no particular ordering relationship to either. (The + dividing line between the subtree sizes is based on trie relation.) + If we remove the last chunk of a given size from the interior of the + tree, we need to replace it with a leaf node. The tree ordering + rules permit a node to be replaced by any leaf below it. + + The smallest chunk in a tree (a common operation in a best-fit + allocator) can be found by walking a path to the leftmost leaf in + the tree. Unlike a usual binary tree, where we follow left child + pointers until we reach a null, here we follow the right child + pointer any time the left one is null, until we reach a leaf with + both child pointers null. The smallest chunk in the tree will be + somewhere along that path. + + The worst case number of steps to add, find, or remove a node is + bounded by the number of bits differentiating chunks within + bins. Under current bin calculations, this ranges from 6 up to 21 + (for 32 bit sizes) or up to 53 (for 64 bit sizes). The typical case + is of course much better. +*/ + +struct malloc_tree_chunk { + /* The first four fields must be compatible with malloc_chunk */ + size_t prev_foot; + size_t head; + struct malloc_tree_chunk* fd; + struct malloc_tree_chunk* bk; + + struct malloc_tree_chunk* child[2]; + struct malloc_tree_chunk* parent; + bindex_t index; +}; + +typedef struct malloc_tree_chunk tchunk; +typedef struct malloc_tree_chunk* tchunkptr; +typedef struct malloc_tree_chunk* tbinptr; /* The type of bins of trees */ + +/* A little helper macro for trees */ +#define leftmost_child(t) ((t)->child[0] != 0? (t)->child[0] : (t)->child[1]) + +/* ----------------------------- Segments -------------------------------- */ + +/* + Each malloc space may include non-contiguous segments, held in a + list headed by an embedded malloc_segment record representing the + top-most space. Segments also include flags holding properties of + the space. Large chunks that are directly allocated by mmap are not + included in this list. They are instead independently created and + destroyed without otherwise keeping track of them. + + Segment management mainly comes into play for spaces allocated by + MMAP. Any call to MMAP might or might not return memory that is + adjacent to an existing segment. MORECORE normally contiguously + extends the current space, so this space is almost always adjacent, + which is simpler and faster to deal with. (This is why MORECORE is + used preferentially to MMAP when both are available -- see + sys_alloc.) When allocating using MMAP, we don't use any of the + hinting mechanisms (inconsistently) supported in various + implementations of unix mmap, or distinguish reserving from + committing memory. Instead, we just ask for space, and exploit + contiguity when we get it. It is probably possible to do + better than this on some systems, but no general scheme seems + to be significantly better. + + Management entails a simpler variant of the consolidation scheme + used for chunks to reduce fragmentation -- new adjacent memory is + normally prepended or appended to an existing segment. However, + there are limitations compared to chunk consolidation that mostly + reflect the fact that segment processing is relatively infrequent + (occurring only when getting memory from system) and that we + don't expect to have huge numbers of segments: + + * Segments are not indexed, so traversal requires linear scans. (It + would be possible to index these, but is not worth the extra + overhead and complexity for most programs on most platforms.) + * New segments are only appended to old ones when holding top-most + memory; if they cannot be prepended to others, they are held in + different segments. + + Except for the top-most segment of an mstate, each segment record + is kept at the tail of its segment. Segments are added by pushing + segment records onto the list headed by &mstate.seg for the + containing mstate. + + Segment flags control allocation/merge/deallocation policies: + * If EXTERN_BIT set, then we did not allocate this segment, + and so should not try to deallocate or merge with others. + (This currently holds only for the initial segment passed + into create_mspace_with_base.) + * If IS_MMAPPED_BIT set, the segment may be merged with + other surrounding mmapped segments and trimmed/de-allocated + using munmap. + * If neither bit is set, then the segment was obtained using + MORECORE so can be merged with surrounding MORECORE'd segments + and deallocated/trimmed using MORECORE with negative arguments. +*/ + +struct malloc_segment { + char* base; /* base address */ + size_t size; /* allocated size */ + struct malloc_segment* next; /* ptr to next segment */ + flag_t sflags; /* mmap and extern flag */ +}; + +#define is_mmapped_segment(S) ((S)->sflags & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) +#define is_extern_segment(S) ((S)->sflags & EXTERN_BIT) + +typedef struct malloc_segment msegment; +typedef struct malloc_segment* msegmentptr; + +/* ---------------------------- malloc_state ----------------------------- */ + +/* + A malloc_state holds all of the bookkeeping for a space. + The main fields are: + + Top + The topmost chunk of the currently active segment. Its size is + cached in topsize. The actual size of topmost space is + topsize+TOP_FOOT_SIZE, which includes space reserved for adding + fenceposts and segment records if necessary when getting more + space from the system. The size at which to autotrim top is + cached from mparams in trim_check, except that it is disabled if + an autotrim fails. + + Designated victim (dv) + This is the preferred chunk for servicing small requests that + don't have exact fits. It is normally the chunk split off most + recently to service another small request. Its size is cached in + dvsize. The link fields of this chunk are not maintained since it + is not kept in a bin. + + SmallBins + An array of bin headers for free chunks. These bins hold chunks + with sizes less than MIN_LARGE_SIZE bytes. Each bin contains + chunks of all the same size, spaced 8 bytes apart. To simplify + use in double-linked lists, each bin header acts as a malloc_chunk + pointing to the real first node, if it exists (else pointing to + itself). This avoids special-casing for headers. But to avoid + waste, we allocate only the fd/bk pointers of bins, and then use + repositioning tricks to treat these as the fields of a chunk. + + TreeBins + Treebins are pointers to the roots of trees holding a range of + sizes. There are 2 equally spaced treebins for each power of two + from TREE_SHIFT to TREE_SHIFT+16. The last bin holds anything + larger. + + Bin maps + There is one bit map for small bins ("smallmap") and one for + treebins ("treemap). Each bin sets its bit when non-empty, and + clears the bit when empty. Bit operations are then used to avoid + bin-by-bin searching -- nearly all "search" is done without ever + looking at bins that won't be selected. The bit maps + conservatively use 32 bits per map word, even if on 64bit system. + For a good description of some of the bit-based techniques used + here, see Henry S. Warren Jr's book "Hacker's Delight" (and + supplement at http://hackersdelight.org/). Many of these are + intended to reduce the branchiness of paths through malloc etc, as + well as to reduce the number of memory locations read or written. + + Segments + A list of segments headed by an embedded malloc_segment record + representing the initial space. + + Address check support + The least_addr field is the least address ever obtained from + MORECORE or MMAP. Attempted frees and reallocs of any address less + than this are trapped (unless INSECURE is defined). + + Magic tag + A cross-check field that should always hold same value as mparams.magic. + + Flags + Bits recording whether to use MMAP, locks, or contiguous MORECORE + + Statistics + Each space keeps track of current and maximum system memory + obtained via MORECORE or MMAP. + + Trim support + Fields holding the amount of unused topmost memory that should trigger + timming, and a counter to force periodic scanning to release unused + non-topmost segments. + + Locking + If USE_LOCKS is defined, the "mutex" lock is acquired and released + around every public call using this mspace. + + Extension support + A void* pointer and a size_t field that can be used to help implement + extensions to this malloc. +*/ + +/* Bin types, widths and sizes */ +#define NSMALLBINS (32U) +#define NTREEBINS (32U) +#define SMALLBIN_SHIFT (3U) +#define SMALLBIN_WIDTH (SIZE_T_ONE << SMALLBIN_SHIFT) +#define TREEBIN_SHIFT (8U) +#define MIN_LARGE_SIZE (SIZE_T_ONE << TREEBIN_SHIFT) +#define MAX_SMALL_SIZE (MIN_LARGE_SIZE - SIZE_T_ONE) +#define MAX_SMALL_REQUEST (MAX_SMALL_SIZE - CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK - CHUNK_OVERHEAD) + +struct malloc_state { + binmap_t smallmap; + binmap_t treemap; + size_t dvsize; + size_t topsize; + char* least_addr; + mchunkptr dv; + mchunkptr top; + size_t trim_check; + size_t release_checks; + size_t magic; + mchunkptr smallbins[(NSMALLBINS+1)*2]; + tbinptr treebins[NTREEBINS]; + size_t footprint; + size_t max_footprint; + flag_t mflags; +#if USE_LOCKS + MLOCK_T mutex; /* locate lock among fields that rarely change */ +#endif /* USE_LOCKS */ + msegment seg; + void* extp; /* Unused but available for extensions */ + size_t exts; +}; + +typedef struct malloc_state* mstate; + +/* ------------- Global malloc_state and malloc_params ------------------- */ + +/* + malloc_params holds global properties, including those that can be + dynamically set using mallopt. There is a single instance, mparams, + initialized in init_mparams. Note that the non-zeroness of "magic" + also serves as an initialization flag. +*/ + +struct malloc_params { + volatile size_t magic; + size_t page_size; + size_t granularity; + size_t mmap_threshold; + size_t trim_threshold; + flag_t default_mflags; +}; + +static struct malloc_params mparams; + +/* Ensure mparams initialized */ +#define ensure_initialization() ((void)(mparams.magic != 0 || init_mparams())) + +#if !ONLY_MSPACES + +/* The global malloc_state used for all non-"mspace" calls */ +static struct malloc_state _gm_; +#define gm (&_gm_) +#define is_global(M) ((M) == &_gm_) + +#endif /* !ONLY_MSPACES */ + +#define is_initialized(M) ((M)->top != 0) + +/* -------------------------- system alloc setup ------------------------- */ + +/* Operations on mflags */ + +#define use_lock(M) ((M)->mflags & USE_LOCK_BIT) +#define enable_lock(M) ((M)->mflags |= USE_LOCK_BIT) +#define disable_lock(M) ((M)->mflags &= ~USE_LOCK_BIT) + +#define use_mmap(M) ((M)->mflags & USE_MMAP_BIT) +#define enable_mmap(M) ((M)->mflags |= USE_MMAP_BIT) +#define disable_mmap(M) ((M)->mflags &= ~USE_MMAP_BIT) + +#define use_noncontiguous(M) ((M)->mflags & USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT) +#define disable_contiguous(M) ((M)->mflags |= USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT) + +#define set_lock(M,L)\ + ((M)->mflags = (L)?\ + ((M)->mflags | USE_LOCK_BIT) :\ + ((M)->mflags & ~USE_LOCK_BIT)) + +/* page-align a size */ +#define page_align(S)\ + (((S) + (mparams.page_size - SIZE_T_ONE)) & ~(mparams.page_size - SIZE_T_ONE)) + +/* granularity-align a size */ +#define granularity_align(S)\ + (((S) + (mparams.granularity - SIZE_T_ONE))\ + & ~(mparams.granularity - SIZE_T_ONE)) + + +/* For mmap, use granularity alignment on windows, else page-align */ +#ifdef WIN32 +#define mmap_align(S) granularity_align(S) +#else +#define mmap_align(S) page_align(S) +#endif + +/* For sys_alloc, enough padding to ensure can malloc request on success */ +#define SYS_ALLOC_PADDING (TOP_FOOT_SIZE + MALLOC_ALIGNMENT) + +#define is_page_aligned(S)\ + (((size_t)(S) & (mparams.page_size - SIZE_T_ONE)) == 0) +#define is_granularity_aligned(S)\ + (((size_t)(S) & (mparams.granularity - SIZE_T_ONE)) == 0) + +/* True if segment S holds address A */ +#define segment_holds(S, A)\ + ((char*)(A) >= S->base && (char*)(A) < S->base + S->size) + +/* Return segment holding given address */ +static msegmentptr segment_holding(mstate m, char* addr) { + msegmentptr sp = &m->seg; + for (;;) { + if (addr >= sp->base && addr < sp->base + sp->size) + return sp; + if ((sp = sp->next) == 0) + return 0; + } +} + +/* Return true if segment contains a segment link */ +static int has_segment_link(mstate m, msegmentptr ss) { + msegmentptr sp = &m->seg; + for (;;) { + if ((char*)sp >= ss->base && (char*)sp < ss->base + ss->size) + return 1; + if ((sp = sp->next) == 0) + return 0; + } +} + +#ifndef MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM +#define should_trim(M,s) ((s) > (M)->trim_check) +#else /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */ +#define should_trim(M,s) (0) +#endif /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */ + +/* + TOP_FOOT_SIZE is padding at the end of a segment, including space + that may be needed to place segment records and fenceposts when new + noncontiguous segments are added. +*/ +#define TOP_FOOT_SIZE\ + (align_offset(chunk2mem(0))+pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_segment))+MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) + + +/* ------------------------------- Hooks -------------------------------- */ + +/* + PREACTION should be defined to return 0 on success, and nonzero on + failure. If you are not using locking, you can redefine these to do + anything you like. +*/ + +#if USE_LOCKS + +#define PREACTION(M) ((use_lock(M))? ACQUIRE_LOCK(&(M)->mutex) : 0) +#define POSTACTION(M) { if (use_lock(M)) RELEASE_LOCK(&(M)->mutex); } +#else /* USE_LOCKS */ + +#ifndef PREACTION +#define PREACTION(M) (0) +#endif /* PREACTION */ + +#ifndef POSTACTION +#define POSTACTION(M) +#endif /* POSTACTION */ + +#endif /* USE_LOCKS */ + +/* + CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION is triggered upon detected bad addresses. + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION is triggered on detected bad frees and + reallocs. The argument p is an address that might have triggered the + fault. It is ignored by the two predefined actions, but might be + useful in custom actions that try to help diagnose errors. +*/ + +#if PROCEED_ON_ERROR + +/* A count of the number of corruption errors causing resets */ +int malloc_corruption_error_count; + +/* default corruption action */ +static void reset_on_error(mstate m); + +#define CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m) reset_on_error(m) +#define USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m, p) + +#else /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */ + +#ifndef CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION +#define CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m) ABORT +#endif /* CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION */ + +#ifndef USAGE_ERROR_ACTION +#define USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m,p) ABORT +#endif /* USAGE_ERROR_ACTION */ + +#endif /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */ + +/* -------------------------- Debugging setup ---------------------------- */ + +#if ! DEBUG + +#define check_free_chunk(M,P) +#define check_inuse_chunk(M,P) +#define check_malloced_chunk(M,P,N) +#define check_mmapped_chunk(M,P) +#define check_malloc_state(M) +#define check_top_chunk(M,P) + +#else /* DEBUG */ +#define check_free_chunk(M,P) do_check_free_chunk(M,P) +#define check_inuse_chunk(M,P) do_check_inuse_chunk(M,P) +#define check_top_chunk(M,P) do_check_top_chunk(M,P) +#define check_malloced_chunk(M,P,N) do_check_malloced_chunk(M,P,N) +#define check_mmapped_chunk(M,P) do_check_mmapped_chunk(M,P) +#define check_malloc_state(M) do_check_malloc_state(M) + +static void do_check_any_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p); +static void do_check_top_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p); +static void do_check_mmapped_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p); +static void do_check_inuse_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p); +static void do_check_free_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p); +static void do_check_malloced_chunk(mstate m, void* mem, size_t s); +static void do_check_tree(mstate m, tchunkptr t); +static void do_check_treebin(mstate m, bindex_t i); +static void do_check_smallbin(mstate m, bindex_t i); +static void do_check_malloc_state(mstate m); +static int bin_find(mstate m, mchunkptr x); +static size_t traverse_and_check(mstate m); +#endif /* DEBUG */ + +/* ---------------------------- Indexing Bins ---------------------------- */ + +#define is_small(s) (((s) >> SMALLBIN_SHIFT) < NSMALLBINS) +#define small_index(s) ((s) >> SMALLBIN_SHIFT) +#define small_index2size(i) ((i) << SMALLBIN_SHIFT) +#define MIN_SMALL_INDEX (small_index(MIN_CHUNK_SIZE)) + +/* addressing by index. See above about smallbin repositioning */ +#define smallbin_at(M, i) ((sbinptr)((char*)&((M)->smallbins[(i)<<1]))) +#define treebin_at(M,i) (&((M)->treebins[i])) + +/* assign tree index for size S to variable I. Use x86 asm if possible */ +#if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)) +#define compute_tree_index(S, I)\ +{\ + unsigned int X = S >> TREEBIN_SHIFT;\ + if (X == 0)\ + I = 0;\ + else if (X > 0xFFFF)\ + I = NTREEBINS-1;\ + else {\ + unsigned int K;\ + __asm__("bsrl\t%1, %0\n\t" : "=r" (K) : "rm" (X));\ + I = (bindex_t)((K << 1) + ((S >> (K + (TREEBIN_SHIFT-1)) & 1)));\ + }\ +} + +#elif defined (__INTEL_COMPILER) +#define compute_tree_index(S, I)\ +{\ + size_t X = S >> TREEBIN_SHIFT;\ + if (X == 0)\ + I = 0;\ + else if (X > 0xFFFF)\ + I = NTREEBINS-1;\ + else {\ + unsigned int K = _bit_scan_reverse (X); \ + I = (bindex_t)((K << 1) + ((S >> (K + (TREEBIN_SHIFT-1)) & 1)));\ + }\ +} + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 +#define compute_tree_index(S, I)\ +{\ + size_t X = S >> TREEBIN_SHIFT;\ + if (X == 0)\ + I = 0;\ + else if (X > 0xFFFF)\ + I = NTREEBINS-1;\ + else {\ + unsigned int K;\ + _BitScanReverse((DWORD *) &K, X);\ + I = (bindex_t)((K << 1) + ((S >> (K + (TREEBIN_SHIFT-1)) & 1)));\ + }\ +} + +#else /* GNUC */ +#define compute_tree_index(S, I)\ +{\ + size_t X = S >> TREEBIN_SHIFT;\ + if (X == 0)\ + I = 0;\ + else if (X > 0xFFFF)\ + I = NTREEBINS-1;\ + else {\ + unsigned int Y = (unsigned int)X;\ + unsigned int N = ((Y - 0x100) >> 16) & 8;\ + unsigned int K = (((Y <<= N) - 0x1000) >> 16) & 4;\ + N += K;\ + N += K = (((Y <<= K) - 0x4000) >> 16) & 2;\ + K = 14 - N + ((Y <<= K) >> 15);\ + I = (K << 1) + ((S >> (K + (TREEBIN_SHIFT-1)) & 1));\ + }\ +} +#endif /* GNUC */ + +/* Bit representing maximum resolved size in a treebin at i */ +#define bit_for_tree_index(i) \ + (i == NTREEBINS-1)? (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-1) : (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT - 2) + +/* Shift placing maximum resolved bit in a treebin at i as sign bit */ +#define leftshift_for_tree_index(i) \ + ((i == NTREEBINS-1)? 0 : \ + ((SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE) - (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT - 2))) + +/* The size of the smallest chunk held in bin with index i */ +#define minsize_for_tree_index(i) \ + ((SIZE_T_ONE << (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT)) | \ + (((size_t)((i) & SIZE_T_ONE)) << (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT - 1))) + + +/* ------------------------ Operations on bin maps ----------------------- */ + +/* bit corresponding to given index */ +#define idx2bit(i) ((binmap_t)(1) << (i)) + +/* Mark/Clear bits with given index */ +#define mark_smallmap(M,i) ((M)->smallmap |= idx2bit(i)) +#define clear_smallmap(M,i) ((M)->smallmap &= ~idx2bit(i)) +#define smallmap_is_marked(M,i) ((M)->smallmap & idx2bit(i)) + +#define mark_treemap(M,i) ((M)->treemap |= idx2bit(i)) +#define clear_treemap(M,i) ((M)->treemap &= ~idx2bit(i)) +#define treemap_is_marked(M,i) ((M)->treemap & idx2bit(i)) + +/* isolate the least set bit of a bitmap */ +#define least_bit(x) ((x) & -(x)) + +/* mask with all bits to left of least bit of x on */ +#define left_bits(x) ((x<<1) | -(x<<1)) + +/* mask with all bits to left of or equal to least bit of x on */ +#define same_or_left_bits(x) ((x) | -(x)) + +/* index corresponding to given bit. Use x86 asm if possible */ + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)) +#define compute_bit2idx(X, I)\ +{\ + unsigned int J;\ + __asm__("bsfl\t%1, %0\n\t" : "=r" (J) : "rm" (X));\ + I = (bindex_t)J;\ +} + +#elif defined (__INTEL_COMPILER) +#define compute_bit2idx(X, I)\ +{\ + unsigned int J;\ + J = _bit_scan_forward (X); \ + I = (bindex_t)J;\ +} + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 +#define compute_bit2idx(X, I)\ +{\ + unsigned int J;\ + _BitScanForward((DWORD *) &J, X);\ + I = (bindex_t)J;\ +} + +#elif USE_BUILTIN_FFS +#define compute_bit2idx(X, I) I = ffs(X)-1 + +#else +#define compute_bit2idx(X, I)\ +{\ + unsigned int Y = X - 1;\ + unsigned int K = Y >> (16-4) & 16;\ + unsigned int N = K; Y >>= K;\ + N += K = Y >> (8-3) & 8; Y >>= K;\ + N += K = Y >> (4-2) & 4; Y >>= K;\ + N += K = Y >> (2-1) & 2; Y >>= K;\ + N += K = Y >> (1-0) & 1; Y >>= K;\ + I = (bindex_t)(N + Y);\ +} +#endif /* GNUC */ + + +/* ----------------------- Runtime Check Support ------------------------- */ + +/* + For security, the main invariant is that malloc/free/etc never + writes to a static address other than malloc_state, unless static + malloc_state itself has been corrupted, which cannot occur via + malloc (because of these checks). In essence this means that we + believe all pointers, sizes, maps etc held in malloc_state, but + check all of those linked or offsetted from other embedded data + structures. These checks are interspersed with main code in a way + that tends to minimize their run-time cost. + + When FOOTERS is defined, in addition to range checking, we also + verify footer fields of inuse chunks, which can be used guarantee + that the mstate controlling malloc/free is intact. This is a + streamlined version of the approach described by William Robertson + et al in "Run-time Detection of Heap-based Overflows" LISA'03 + http://www.usenix.org/events/lisa03/tech/robertson.html The footer + of an inuse chunk holds the xor of its mstate and a random seed, + that is checked upon calls to free() and realloc(). This is + (probablistically) unguessable from outside the program, but can be + computed by any code successfully malloc'ing any chunk, so does not + itself provide protection against code that has already broken + security through some other means. Unlike Robertson et al, we + always dynamically check addresses of all offset chunks (previous, + next, etc). This turns out to be cheaper than relying on hashes. +*/ + +#if !INSECURE +/* Check if address a is at least as high as any from MORECORE or MMAP */ +#define ok_address(M, a) ((char*)(a) >= (M)->least_addr) +/* Check if address of next chunk n is higher than base chunk p */ +#define ok_next(p, n) ((char*)(p) < (char*)(n)) +/* Check if p has its cinuse bit on */ +#define ok_cinuse(p) cinuse(p) +/* Check if p has its pinuse bit on */ +#define ok_pinuse(p) pinuse(p) + +#else /* !INSECURE */ +#define ok_address(M, a) (1) +#define ok_next(b, n) (1) +#define ok_cinuse(p) (1) +#define ok_pinuse(p) (1) +#endif /* !INSECURE */ + +#if (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) +/* Check if (alleged) mstate m has expected magic field */ +#define ok_magic(M) ((M)->magic == mparams.magic) +#else /* (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) */ +#define ok_magic(M) (1) +#endif /* (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) */ + + +/* In gcc, use __builtin_expect to minimize impact of checks */ +#if !INSECURE +#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 3 +#define RTCHECK(e) __builtin_expect(e, 1) +#else /* GNUC */ +#define RTCHECK(e) (e) +#endif /* GNUC */ +#else /* !INSECURE */ +#define RTCHECK(e) (1) +#endif /* !INSECURE */ + +/* macros to set up inuse chunks with or without footers */ + +#if !FOOTERS + +#define mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s) + +/* Set cinuse bit and pinuse bit of next chunk */ +#define set_inuse(M,p,s)\ + ((p)->head = (((p)->head & PINUSE_BIT)|s|CINUSE_BIT),\ + ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT) + +/* Set cinuse and pinuse of this chunk and pinuse of next chunk */ +#define set_inuse_and_pinuse(M,p,s)\ + ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT),\ + ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT) + +/* Set size, cinuse and pinuse bit of this chunk */ +#define set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(M, p, s)\ + ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT)) + +#else /* FOOTERS */ + +/* Set foot of inuse chunk to be xor of mstate and seed */ +#define mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s)\ + (((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) + (s)))->prev_foot = ((size_t)(M) ^ mparams.magic)) + +#define get_mstate_for(p)\ + ((mstate)(((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) +\ + (chunksize(p))))->prev_foot ^ mparams.magic)) + +#define set_inuse(M,p,s)\ + ((p)->head = (((p)->head & PINUSE_BIT)|s|CINUSE_BIT),\ + (((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT), \ + mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s)) + +#define set_inuse_and_pinuse(M,p,s)\ + ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT),\ + (((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT),\ + mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s)) + +#define set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(M, p, s)\ + ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT),\ + mark_inuse_foot(M, p, s)) + +#endif /* !FOOTERS */ + +/* ---------------------------- setting mparams -------------------------- */ + +/* Initialize mparams */ +static int init_mparams(void) { +#ifdef NEED_GLOBAL_LOCK_INIT + if (malloc_global_mutex_status <= 0) + init_malloc_global_mutex(); +#endif + + ACQUIRE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); + if (mparams.magic == 0) { + size_t magic; + size_t psize; + size_t gsize; + +#ifndef WIN32 + psize = malloc_getpagesize; + gsize = ((DEFAULT_GRANULARITY != 0)? DEFAULT_GRANULARITY : psize); +#else /* WIN32 */ + { + SYSTEM_INFO system_info; + GetSystemInfo(&system_info); + psize = system_info.dwPageSize; + gsize = ((DEFAULT_GRANULARITY != 0)? + DEFAULT_GRANULARITY : system_info.dwAllocationGranularity); + } +#endif /* WIN32 */ + + /* Sanity-check configuration: + size_t must be unsigned and as wide as pointer type. + ints must be at least 4 bytes. + alignment must be at least 8. + Alignment, min chunk size, and page size must all be powers of 2. + */ + if ((sizeof(size_t) != sizeof(char*)) || + (MAX_SIZE_T < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) || + (sizeof(int) < 4) || + (MALLOC_ALIGNMENT < (size_t)8U) || + ((MALLOC_ALIGNMENT & (MALLOC_ALIGNMENT-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) || + ((MCHUNK_SIZE & (MCHUNK_SIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) || + ((gsize & (gsize-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) || + ((psize & (psize-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0)) + ABORT; + + mparams.granularity = gsize; + mparams.page_size = psize; + mparams.mmap_threshold = DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD; + mparams.trim_threshold = DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD; +#if MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS + mparams.default_mflags = USE_LOCK_BIT|USE_MMAP_BIT; +#else /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */ + mparams.default_mflags = USE_LOCK_BIT|USE_MMAP_BIT|USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT; +#endif /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */ + +#if !ONLY_MSPACES + /* Set up lock for main malloc area */ + gm->mflags = mparams.default_mflags; + INITIAL_LOCK(&gm->mutex); +#endif + +#if (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) + { +#if USE_DEV_RANDOM + int fd; + unsigned char buf[sizeof(size_t)]; + /* Try to use /dev/urandom, else fall back on using time */ + if ((fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY)) >= 0 && + read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf)) == sizeof(buf)) { + magic = *((size_t *) buf); + close(fd); + } + else +#endif /* USE_DEV_RANDOM */ +#ifdef WIN32 + magic = (size_t)(GetTickCount() ^ (size_t)0x55555555U); +#else + magic = (size_t)(time(0) ^ (size_t)0x55555555U); +#endif + magic |= (size_t)8U; /* ensure nonzero */ + magic &= ~(size_t)7U; /* improve chances of fault for bad values */ + } +#else /* (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) */ + magic = (size_t)0x58585858U; +#endif /* (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) */ + + mparams.magic = magic; + } + + RELEASE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); + return 1; +} + +/* support for mallopt */ +static int change_mparam(int param_number, int value) { + size_t val = (value == -1)? MAX_SIZE_T : (size_t)value; + ensure_initialization(); + switch(param_number) { + case M_TRIM_THRESHOLD: + mparams.trim_threshold = val; + return 1; + case M_GRANULARITY: + if (val >= mparams.page_size && ((val & (val-1)) == 0)) { + mparams.granularity = val; + return 1; + } + else + return 0; + case M_MMAP_THRESHOLD: + mparams.mmap_threshold = val; + return 1; + default: + return 0; + } +} + +#if DEBUG +/* ------------------------- Debugging Support --------------------------- */ + +/* Check properties of any chunk, whether free, inuse, mmapped etc */ +static void do_check_any_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) { + assert((is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))) || (p->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD)); + assert(ok_address(m, p)); +} + +/* Check properties of top chunk */ +static void do_check_top_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) { + msegmentptr sp = segment_holding(m, (char*)p); + size_t sz = p->head & ~INUSE_BITS; /* third-lowest bit can be set! */ + assert(sp != 0); + assert((is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))) || (p->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD)); + assert(ok_address(m, p)); + assert(sz == m->topsize); + assert(sz > 0); + assert(sz == ((sp->base + sp->size) - (char*)p) - TOP_FOOT_SIZE); + assert(pinuse(p)); + assert(!pinuse(chunk_plus_offset(p, sz))); +} + +/* Check properties of (inuse) mmapped chunks */ +static void do_check_mmapped_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) { + size_t sz = chunksize(p); + size_t len = (sz + (p->prev_foot & ~IS_MMAPPED_BIT) + MMAP_FOOT_PAD); + assert(is_mmapped(p)); + assert(use_mmap(m)); + assert((is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))) || (p->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD)); + assert(ok_address(m, p)); + assert(!is_small(sz)); + assert((len & (mparams.page_size-SIZE_T_ONE)) == 0); + assert(chunk_plus_offset(p, sz)->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD); + assert(chunk_plus_offset(p, sz+SIZE_T_SIZE)->head == 0); +} + +/* Check properties of inuse chunks */ +static void do_check_inuse_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) { + do_check_any_chunk(m, p); + assert(cinuse(p)); + assert(next_pinuse(p)); + /* If not pinuse and not mmapped, previous chunk has OK offset */ + assert(is_mmapped(p) || pinuse(p) || next_chunk(prev_chunk(p)) == p); + if (is_mmapped(p)) + do_check_mmapped_chunk(m, p); +} + +/* Check properties of free chunks */ +static void do_check_free_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) { + size_t sz = chunksize(p); + mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(p, sz); + do_check_any_chunk(m, p); + assert(!cinuse(p)); + assert(!next_pinuse(p)); + assert (!is_mmapped(p)); + if (p != m->dv && p != m->top) { + if (sz >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { + assert((sz & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) == 0); + assert(is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))); + assert(next->prev_foot == sz); + assert(pinuse(p)); + assert (next == m->top || cinuse(next)); + assert(p->fd->bk == p); + assert(p->bk->fd == p); + } + else /* markers are always of size SIZE_T_SIZE */ + assert(sz == SIZE_T_SIZE); + } +} + +/* Check properties of malloced chunks at the point they are malloced */ +static void do_check_malloced_chunk(mstate m, void* mem, size_t s) { + if (mem != 0) { + mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); + size_t sz = p->head & ~(PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT); + do_check_inuse_chunk(m, p); + assert((sz & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) == 0); + assert(sz >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE); + assert(sz >= s); + /* unless mmapped, size is less than MIN_CHUNK_SIZE more than request */ + assert(is_mmapped(p) || sz < (s + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE)); + } +} + +/* Check a tree and its subtrees. */ +static void do_check_tree(mstate m, tchunkptr t) { + tchunkptr head = 0; + tchunkptr u = t; + bindex_t tindex = t->index; + size_t tsize = chunksize(t); + bindex_t idx; + compute_tree_index(tsize, idx); + assert(tindex == idx); + assert(tsize >= MIN_LARGE_SIZE); + assert(tsize >= minsize_for_tree_index(idx)); + assert((idx == NTREEBINS-1) || (tsize < minsize_for_tree_index((idx+1)))); + + do { /* traverse through chain of same-sized nodes */ + do_check_any_chunk(m, ((mchunkptr)u)); + assert(u->index == tindex); + assert(chunksize(u) == tsize); + assert(!cinuse(u)); + assert(!next_pinuse(u)); + assert(u->fd->bk == u); + assert(u->bk->fd == u); + if (u->parent == 0) { + assert(u->child[0] == 0); + assert(u->child[1] == 0); + } + else { + assert(head == 0); /* only one node on chain has parent */ + head = u; + assert(u->parent != u); + assert (u->parent->child[0] == u || + u->parent->child[1] == u || + *((tbinptr*)(u->parent)) == u); + if (u->child[0] != 0) { + assert(u->child[0]->parent == u); + assert(u->child[0] != u); + do_check_tree(m, u->child[0]); + } + if (u->child[1] != 0) { + assert(u->child[1]->parent == u); + assert(u->child[1] != u); + do_check_tree(m, u->child[1]); + } + if (u->child[0] != 0 && u->child[1] != 0) { + assert(chunksize(u->child[0]) < chunksize(u->child[1])); + } + } + u = u->fd; + } while (u != t); + assert(head != 0); +} + +/* Check all the chunks in a treebin. */ +static void do_check_treebin(mstate m, bindex_t i) { + tbinptr* tb = treebin_at(m, i); + tchunkptr t = *tb; + int empty = (m->treemap & (1U << i)) == 0; + if (t == 0) + assert(empty); + if (!empty) + do_check_tree(m, t); +} + +/* Check all the chunks in a smallbin. */ +static void do_check_smallbin(mstate m, bindex_t i) { + sbinptr b = smallbin_at(m, i); + mchunkptr p = b->bk; + unsigned int empty = (m->smallmap & (1U << i)) == 0; + if (p == b) + assert(empty); + if (!empty) { + for (; p != b; p = p->bk) { + size_t size = chunksize(p); + mchunkptr q; + /* each chunk claims to be free */ + do_check_free_chunk(m, p); + /* chunk belongs in bin */ + assert(small_index(size) == i); + assert(p->bk == b || chunksize(p->bk) == chunksize(p)); + /* chunk is followed by an inuse chunk */ + q = next_chunk(p); + if (q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) + do_check_inuse_chunk(m, q); + } + } +} + +/* Find x in a bin. Used in other check functions. */ +static int bin_find(mstate m, mchunkptr x) { + size_t size = chunksize(x); + if (is_small(size)) { + bindex_t sidx = small_index(size); + sbinptr b = smallbin_at(m, sidx); + if (smallmap_is_marked(m, sidx)) { + mchunkptr p = b; + do { + if (p == x) + return 1; + } while ((p = p->fd) != b); + } + } + else { + bindex_t tidx; + compute_tree_index(size, tidx); + if (treemap_is_marked(m, tidx)) { + tchunkptr t = *treebin_at(m, tidx); + size_t sizebits = size << leftshift_for_tree_index(tidx); + while (t != 0 && chunksize(t) != size) { + t = t->child[(sizebits >> (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) & 1]; + sizebits <<= 1; + } + if (t != 0) { + tchunkptr u = t; + do { + if (u == (tchunkptr)x) + return 1; + } while ((u = u->fd) != t); + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* Traverse each chunk and check it; return total */ +static size_t traverse_and_check(mstate m) { + size_t sum = 0; + if (is_initialized(m)) { + msegmentptr s = &m->seg; + sum += m->topsize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE; + while (s != 0) { + mchunkptr q = align_as_chunk(s->base); + mchunkptr lastq = 0; + assert(pinuse(q)); + while (segment_holds(s, q) && + q != m->top && q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) { + sum += chunksize(q); + if (cinuse(q)) { + assert(!bin_find(m, q)); + do_check_inuse_chunk(m, q); + } + else { + assert(q == m->dv || bin_find(m, q)); + assert(lastq == 0 || cinuse(lastq)); /* Not 2 consecutive free */ + do_check_free_chunk(m, q); + } + lastq = q; + q = next_chunk(q); + } + s = s->next; + } + } + return sum; +} + +/* Check all properties of malloc_state. */ +static void do_check_malloc_state(mstate m) { + bindex_t i; + size_t total; + /* check bins */ + for (i = 0; i < NSMALLBINS; ++i) + do_check_smallbin(m, i); + for (i = 0; i < NTREEBINS; ++i) + do_check_treebin(m, i); + + if (m->dvsize != 0) { /* check dv chunk */ + do_check_any_chunk(m, m->dv); + assert(m->dvsize == chunksize(m->dv)); + assert(m->dvsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE); + assert(bin_find(m, m->dv) == 0); + } + + if (m->top != 0) { /* check top chunk */ + do_check_top_chunk(m, m->top); + /*assert(m->topsize == chunksize(m->top)); redundant */ + assert(m->topsize > 0); + assert(bin_find(m, m->top) == 0); + } + + total = traverse_and_check(m); + assert(total <= m->footprint); + assert(m->footprint <= m->max_footprint); +} +#endif /* DEBUG */ + +/* ----------------------------- statistics ------------------------------ */ + +#if !NO_MALLINFO +static struct mallinfo internal_mallinfo(mstate m) { + struct mallinfo nm = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + ensure_initialization(); + if (!PREACTION(m)) { + check_malloc_state(m); + if (is_initialized(m)) { + size_t nfree = SIZE_T_ONE; /* top always free */ + size_t mfree = m->topsize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE; + size_t sum = mfree; + msegmentptr s = &m->seg; + while (s != 0) { + mchunkptr q = align_as_chunk(s->base); + while (segment_holds(s, q) && + q != m->top && q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) { + size_t sz = chunksize(q); + sum += sz; + if (!cinuse(q)) { + mfree += sz; + ++nfree; + } + q = next_chunk(q); + } + s = s->next; + } + + nm.arena = sum; + nm.ordblks = nfree; + nm.hblkhd = m->footprint - sum; + nm.usmblks = m->max_footprint; + nm.uordblks = m->footprint - mfree; + nm.fordblks = mfree; + nm.keepcost = m->topsize; + } + + POSTACTION(m); + } + return nm; +} +#endif /* !NO_MALLINFO */ + +static void internal_malloc_stats(mstate m) { + ensure_initialization(); + if (!PREACTION(m)) { + size_t maxfp = 0; + size_t fp = 0; + size_t used = 0; + check_malloc_state(m); + if (is_initialized(m)) { + msegmentptr s = &m->seg; + maxfp = m->max_footprint; + fp = m->footprint; + used = fp - (m->topsize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE); + + while (s != 0) { + mchunkptr q = align_as_chunk(s->base); + while (segment_holds(s, q) && + q != m->top && q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) { + if (!cinuse(q)) + used -= chunksize(q); + q = next_chunk(q); + } + s = s->next; + } + } + + fprintf(stderr, "max system bytes = %10lu\n", (unsigned long)(maxfp)); + fprintf(stderr, "system bytes = %10lu\n", (unsigned long)(fp)); + fprintf(stderr, "in use bytes = %10lu\n", (unsigned long)(used)); + + POSTACTION(m); + } +} + +/* ----------------------- Operations on smallbins ----------------------- */ + +/* + Various forms of linking and unlinking are defined as macros. Even + the ones for trees, which are very long but have very short typical + paths. This is ugly but reduces reliance on inlining support of + compilers. +*/ + +/* Link a free chunk into a smallbin */ +#define insert_small_chunk(M, P, S) {\ + bindex_t I = small_index(S);\ + mchunkptr B = smallbin_at(M, I);\ + mchunkptr F = B;\ + assert(S >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE);\ + if (!smallmap_is_marked(M, I))\ + mark_smallmap(M, I);\ + else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, B->fd)))\ + F = B->fd;\ + else {\ + CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ + }\ + B->fd = P;\ + F->bk = P;\ + P->fd = F;\ + P->bk = B;\ +} + +/* Unlink a chunk from a smallbin */ +#define unlink_small_chunk(M, P, S) {\ + mchunkptr F = P->fd;\ + mchunkptr B = P->bk;\ + bindex_t I = small_index(S);\ + assert(P != B);\ + assert(P != F);\ + assert(chunksize(P) == small_index2size(I));\ + if (F == B)\ + clear_smallmap(M, I);\ + else if (RTCHECK((F == smallbin_at(M,I) || ok_address(M, F)) &&\ + (B == smallbin_at(M,I) || ok_address(M, B)))) {\ + F->bk = B;\ + B->fd = F;\ + }\ + else {\ + CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ + }\ +} + +/* Unlink the first chunk from a smallbin */ +#define unlink_first_small_chunk(M, B, P, I) {\ + mchunkptr F = P->fd;\ + assert(P != B);\ + assert(P != F);\ + assert(chunksize(P) == small_index2size(I));\ + if (B == F)\ + clear_smallmap(M, I);\ + else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, F))) {\ + B->fd = F;\ + F->bk = B;\ + }\ + else {\ + CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ + }\ +} + + + +/* Replace dv node, binning the old one */ +/* Used only when dvsize known to be small */ +#define replace_dv(M, P, S) {\ + size_t DVS = M->dvsize;\ + if (DVS != 0) {\ + mchunkptr DV = M->dv;\ + assert(is_small(DVS));\ + insert_small_chunk(M, DV, DVS);\ + }\ + M->dvsize = S;\ + M->dv = P;\ +} + +/* ------------------------- Operations on trees ------------------------- */ + +/* Insert chunk into tree */ +#define insert_large_chunk(M, X, S) {\ + tbinptr* H;\ + bindex_t I;\ + compute_tree_index(S, I);\ + H = treebin_at(M, I);\ + X->index = I;\ + X->child[0] = X->child[1] = 0;\ + if (!treemap_is_marked(M, I)) {\ + mark_treemap(M, I);\ + *H = X;\ + X->parent = (tchunkptr)H;\ + X->fd = X->bk = X;\ + }\ + else {\ + tchunkptr T = *H;\ + size_t K = S << leftshift_for_tree_index(I);\ + for (;;) {\ + if (chunksize(T) != S) {\ + tchunkptr* C = &(T->child[(K >> (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) & 1]);\ + K <<= 1;\ + if (*C != 0)\ + T = *C;\ + else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, C))) {\ + *C = X;\ + X->parent = T;\ + X->fd = X->bk = X;\ + break;\ + }\ + else {\ + CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ + break;\ + }\ + }\ + else {\ + tchunkptr F = T->fd;\ + if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, T) && ok_address(M, F))) {\ + T->fd = F->bk = X;\ + X->fd = F;\ + X->bk = T;\ + X->parent = 0;\ + break;\ + }\ + else {\ + CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ + break;\ + }\ + }\ + }\ + }\ +} + +/* + Unlink steps: + + 1. If x is a chained node, unlink it from its same-sized fd/bk links + and choose its bk node as its replacement. + 2. If x was the last node of its size, but not a leaf node, it must + be replaced with a leaf node (not merely one with an open left or + right), to make sure that lefts and rights of descendents + correspond properly to bit masks. We use the rightmost descendent + of x. We could use any other leaf, but this is easy to locate and + tends to counteract removal of leftmosts elsewhere, and so keeps + paths shorter than minimally guaranteed. This doesn't loop much + because on average a node in a tree is near the bottom. + 3. If x is the base of a chain (i.e., has parent links) relink + x's parent and children to x's replacement (or null if none). +*/ + +#define unlink_large_chunk(M, X) {\ + tchunkptr XP = X->parent;\ + tchunkptr R;\ + if (X->bk != X) {\ + tchunkptr F = X->fd;\ + R = X->bk;\ + if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, F))) {\ + F->bk = R;\ + R->fd = F;\ + }\ + else {\ + CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ + }\ + }\ + else {\ + tchunkptr* RP;\ + if (((R = *(RP = &(X->child[1]))) != 0) ||\ + ((R = *(RP = &(X->child[0]))) != 0)) {\ + tchunkptr* CP;\ + while ((*(CP = &(R->child[1])) != 0) ||\ + (*(CP = &(R->child[0])) != 0)) {\ + R = *(RP = CP);\ + }\ + if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, RP)))\ + *RP = 0;\ + else {\ + CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ + }\ + }\ + }\ + if (XP != 0) {\ + tbinptr* H = treebin_at(M, X->index);\ + if (X == *H) {\ + if ((*H = R) == 0) \ + clear_treemap(M, X->index);\ + }\ + else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, XP))) {\ + if (XP->child[0] == X) \ + XP->child[0] = R;\ + else \ + XP->child[1] = R;\ + }\ + else\ + CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ + if (R != 0) {\ + if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, R))) {\ + tchunkptr C0, C1;\ + R->parent = XP;\ + if ((C0 = X->child[0]) != 0) {\ + if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, C0))) {\ + R->child[0] = C0;\ + C0->parent = R;\ + }\ + else\ + CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ + }\ + if ((C1 = X->child[1]) != 0) {\ + if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, C1))) {\ + R->child[1] = C1;\ + C1->parent = R;\ + }\ + else\ + CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ + }\ + }\ + else\ + CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ + }\ + }\ +} + +/* Relays to large vs small bin operations */ + +#define insert_chunk(M, P, S)\ + if (is_small(S)) insert_small_chunk(M, P, S)\ + else { tchunkptr TP = (tchunkptr)(P); insert_large_chunk(M, TP, S); } + +#define unlink_chunk(M, P, S)\ + if (is_small(S)) unlink_small_chunk(M, P, S)\ + else { tchunkptr TP = (tchunkptr)(P); unlink_large_chunk(M, TP); } + + +/* Relays to internal calls to malloc/free from realloc, memalign etc */ + +#if ONLY_MSPACES +#define internal_malloc(m, b) mspace_malloc(m, b) +#define internal_free(m, mem) mspace_free(m,mem); +#else /* ONLY_MSPACES */ +#if MSPACES +#define internal_malloc(m, b)\ + (m == gm)? dlmalloc(b) : mspace_malloc(m, b) +#define internal_free(m, mem)\ + if (m == gm) dlfree(mem); else mspace_free(m,mem); +#else /* MSPACES */ +#define internal_malloc(m, b) dlmalloc(b) +#define internal_free(m, mem) dlfree(mem) +#endif /* MSPACES */ +#endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */ + +/* ----------------------- Direct-mmapping chunks ----------------------- */ + +/* + Directly mmapped chunks are set up with an offset to the start of + the mmapped region stored in the prev_foot field of the chunk. This + allows reconstruction of the required argument to MUNMAP when freed, + and also allows adjustment of the returned chunk to meet alignment + requirements (especially in memalign). There is also enough space + allocated to hold a fake next chunk of size SIZE_T_SIZE to maintain + the PINUSE bit so frees can be checked. +*/ + +/* Malloc using mmap */ +static void* mmap_alloc(mstate m, size_t nb) { + size_t mmsize = mmap_align(nb + SIX_SIZE_T_SIZES + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK); + if (mmsize > nb) { /* Check for wrap around 0 */ + char* mm = (char*)(CALL_DIRECT_MMAP(mmsize)); + if (mm != CMFAIL) { + size_t offset = align_offset(chunk2mem(mm)); + size_t psize = mmsize - offset - MMAP_FOOT_PAD; + mchunkptr p = (mchunkptr)(mm + offset); + p->prev_foot = offset | IS_MMAPPED_BIT; + (p)->head = (psize|CINUSE_BIT); + mark_inuse_foot(m, p, psize); + chunk_plus_offset(p, psize)->head = FENCEPOST_HEAD; + chunk_plus_offset(p, psize+SIZE_T_SIZE)->head = 0; + + if (mm < m->least_addr) + m->least_addr = mm; + if ((m->footprint += mmsize) > m->max_footprint) + m->max_footprint = m->footprint; + assert(is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))); + check_mmapped_chunk(m, p); + return chunk2mem(p); + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* Realloc using mmap */ +static mchunkptr mmap_resize(mstate m, mchunkptr oldp, size_t nb) { + size_t oldsize = chunksize(oldp); + if (is_small(nb)) /* Can't shrink mmap regions below small size */ + return 0; + /* Keep old chunk if big enough but not too big */ + if (oldsize >= nb + SIZE_T_SIZE && + (oldsize - nb) <= (mparams.granularity << 1)) + return oldp; + else { + size_t offset = oldp->prev_foot & ~IS_MMAPPED_BIT; + size_t oldmmsize = oldsize + offset + MMAP_FOOT_PAD; + size_t newmmsize = mmap_align(nb + SIX_SIZE_T_SIZES + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK); + char* cp = (char*)CALL_MREMAP((char*)oldp - offset, + oldmmsize, newmmsize, 1); + if (cp != CMFAIL) { + mchunkptr newp = (mchunkptr)(cp + offset); + size_t psize = newmmsize - offset - MMAP_FOOT_PAD; + newp->head = (psize|CINUSE_BIT); + mark_inuse_foot(m, newp, psize); + chunk_plus_offset(newp, psize)->head = FENCEPOST_HEAD; + chunk_plus_offset(newp, psize+SIZE_T_SIZE)->head = 0; + + if (cp < m->least_addr) + m->least_addr = cp; + if ((m->footprint += newmmsize - oldmmsize) > m->max_footprint) + m->max_footprint = m->footprint; + check_mmapped_chunk(m, newp); + return newp; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* -------------------------- mspace management -------------------------- */ + +/* Initialize top chunk and its size */ +static void init_top(mstate m, mchunkptr p, size_t psize) { + /* Ensure alignment */ + size_t offset = align_offset(chunk2mem(p)); + p = (mchunkptr)((char*)p + offset); + psize -= offset; + + m->top = p; + m->topsize = psize; + p->head = psize | PINUSE_BIT; + /* set size of fake trailing chunk holding overhead space only once */ + chunk_plus_offset(p, psize)->head = TOP_FOOT_SIZE; + m->trim_check = mparams.trim_threshold; /* reset on each update */ +} + +/* Initialize bins for a new mstate that is otherwise zeroed out */ +static void init_bins(mstate m) { + /* Establish circular links for smallbins */ + bindex_t i; + for (i = 0; i < NSMALLBINS; ++i) { + sbinptr bin = smallbin_at(m,i); + bin->fd = bin->bk = bin; + } +} + +#if PROCEED_ON_ERROR + +/* default corruption action */ +static void reset_on_error(mstate m) { + int i; + ++malloc_corruption_error_count; + /* Reinitialize fields to forget about all memory */ + m->smallbins = m->treebins = 0; + m->dvsize = m->topsize = 0; + m->seg.base = 0; + m->seg.size = 0; + m->seg.next = 0; + m->top = m->dv = 0; + for (i = 0; i < NTREEBINS; ++i) + *treebin_at(m, i) = 0; + init_bins(m); +} +#endif /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */ + +/* Allocate chunk and prepend remainder with chunk in successor base. */ +static void* prepend_alloc(mstate m, char* newbase, char* oldbase, + size_t nb) { + mchunkptr p = align_as_chunk(newbase); + mchunkptr oldfirst = align_as_chunk(oldbase); + size_t psize = (char*)oldfirst - (char*)p; + mchunkptr q = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); + size_t qsize = psize - nb; + set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, nb); + + assert((char*)oldfirst > (char*)q); + assert(pinuse(oldfirst)); + assert(qsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE); + + /* consolidate remainder with first chunk of old base */ + if (oldfirst == m->top) { + size_t tsize = m->topsize += qsize; + m->top = q; + q->head = tsize | PINUSE_BIT; + check_top_chunk(m, q); + } + else if (oldfirst == m->dv) { + size_t dsize = m->dvsize += qsize; + m->dv = q; + set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(q, dsize); + } + else { + if (!cinuse(oldfirst)) { + size_t nsize = chunksize(oldfirst); + unlink_chunk(m, oldfirst, nsize); + oldfirst = chunk_plus_offset(oldfirst, nsize); + qsize += nsize; + } + set_free_with_pinuse(q, qsize, oldfirst); + insert_chunk(m, q, qsize); + check_free_chunk(m, q); + } + + check_malloced_chunk(m, chunk2mem(p), nb); + return chunk2mem(p); +} + +/* Add a segment to hold a new noncontiguous region */ +static void add_segment(mstate m, char* tbase, size_t tsize, flag_t mmapped) { + /* Determine locations and sizes of segment, fenceposts, old top */ + char* old_top = (char*)m->top; + msegmentptr oldsp = segment_holding(m, old_top); + char* old_end = oldsp->base + oldsp->size; + size_t ssize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_segment)); + char* rawsp = old_end - (ssize + FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK); + size_t offset = align_offset(chunk2mem(rawsp)); + char* asp = rawsp + offset; + char* csp = (asp < (old_top + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE))? old_top : asp; + mchunkptr sp = (mchunkptr)csp; + msegmentptr ss = (msegmentptr)(chunk2mem(sp)); + mchunkptr tnext = chunk_plus_offset(sp, ssize); + mchunkptr p = tnext; + int nfences = 0; + + /* reset top to new space */ + init_top(m, (mchunkptr)tbase, tsize - TOP_FOOT_SIZE); + + /* Set up segment record */ + assert(is_aligned(ss)); + set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, sp, ssize); + *ss = m->seg; /* Push current record */ + m->seg.base = tbase; + m->seg.size = tsize; + m->seg.sflags = mmapped; + m->seg.next = ss; + + /* Insert trailing fenceposts */ + for (;;) { + mchunkptr nextp = chunk_plus_offset(p, SIZE_T_SIZE); + p->head = FENCEPOST_HEAD; + ++nfences; + if ((char*)(&(nextp->head)) < old_end) + p = nextp; + else + break; + } + assert(nfences >= 2); + + /* Insert the rest of old top into a bin as an ordinary free chunk */ + if (csp != old_top) { + mchunkptr q = (mchunkptr)old_top; + size_t psize = csp - old_top; + mchunkptr tn = chunk_plus_offset(q, psize); + set_free_with_pinuse(q, psize, tn); + insert_chunk(m, q, psize); + } + + check_top_chunk(m, m->top); +} + +/* -------------------------- System allocation -------------------------- */ + +/* Get memory from system using MORECORE or MMAP */ +static void* sys_alloc(mstate m, size_t nb) { + char* tbase = CMFAIL; + size_t tsize = 0; + flag_t mmap_flag = 0; + + ensure_initialization(); + + /* Directly map large chunks */ + if (use_mmap(m) && nb >= mparams.mmap_threshold) { + void* mem = mmap_alloc(m, nb); + if (mem != 0) + return mem; + } + + /* + Try getting memory in any of three ways (in most-preferred to + least-preferred order): + 1. A call to MORECORE that can normally contiguously extend memory. + (disabled if not MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS or not HAVE_MORECORE or + or main space is mmapped or a previous contiguous call failed) + 2. A call to MMAP new space (disabled if not HAVE_MMAP). + Note that under the default settings, if MORECORE is unable to + fulfill a request, and HAVE_MMAP is true, then mmap is + used as a noncontiguous system allocator. This is a useful backup + strategy for systems with holes in address spaces -- in this case + sbrk cannot contiguously expand the heap, but mmap may be able to + find space. + 3. A call to MORECORE that cannot usually contiguously extend memory. + (disabled if not HAVE_MORECORE) + + In all cases, we need to request enough bytes from system to ensure + we can malloc nb bytes upon success, so pad with enough space for + top_foot, plus alignment-pad to make sure we don't lose bytes if + not on boundary, and round this up to a granularity unit. + */ + + if (MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS && !use_noncontiguous(m)) { + char* br = CMFAIL; + msegmentptr ss = (m->top == 0)? 0 : segment_holding(m, (char*)m->top); + size_t asize = 0; + ACQUIRE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); + + if (ss == 0) { /* First time through or recovery */ + char* base = (char*)CALL_MORECORE(0); + if (base != CMFAIL) { + asize = granularity_align(nb + SYS_ALLOC_PADDING); + /* Adjust to end on a page boundary */ + if (!is_page_aligned(base)) + asize += (page_align((size_t)base) - (size_t)base); + /* Can't call MORECORE if size is negative when treated as signed */ + if (asize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T && + (br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(asize))) == base) { + tbase = base; + tsize = asize; + } + } + } + else { + /* Subtract out existing available top space from MORECORE request. */ + asize = granularity_align(nb - m->topsize + SYS_ALLOC_PADDING); + /* Use mem here only if it did continuously extend old space */ + if (asize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T && + (br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(asize))) == ss->base+ss->size) { + tbase = br; + tsize = asize; + } + } + + if (tbase == CMFAIL) { /* Cope with partial failure */ + if (br != CMFAIL) { /* Try to use/extend the space we did get */ + if (asize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T && + asize < nb + SYS_ALLOC_PADDING) { + size_t esize = granularity_align(nb + SYS_ALLOC_PADDING - asize); + if (esize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) { + char* end = (char*)CALL_MORECORE(esize); + if (end != CMFAIL) + asize += esize; + else { /* Can't use; try to release */ + (void) CALL_MORECORE(-asize); + br = CMFAIL; + } + } + } + } + if (br != CMFAIL) { /* Use the space we did get */ + tbase = br; + tsize = asize; + } + else + disable_contiguous(m); /* Don't try contiguous path in the future */ + } + + RELEASE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); + } + + if (HAVE_MMAP && tbase == CMFAIL) { /* Try MMAP */ + size_t rsize = granularity_align(nb + SYS_ALLOC_PADDING); + if (rsize > nb) { /* Fail if wraps around zero */ + char* mp = (char*)(CALL_MMAP(rsize)); + if (mp != CMFAIL) { + tbase = mp; + tsize = rsize; + mmap_flag = IS_MMAPPED_BIT; + } + } + } + + if (HAVE_MORECORE && tbase == CMFAIL) { /* Try noncontiguous MORECORE */ + size_t asize = granularity_align(nb + SYS_ALLOC_PADDING); + if (asize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) { + char* br = CMFAIL; + char* end = CMFAIL; + ACQUIRE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); + br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(asize)); + end = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(0)); + RELEASE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); + if (br != CMFAIL && end != CMFAIL && br < end) { + size_t ssize = end - br; + if (ssize > nb + TOP_FOOT_SIZE) { + tbase = br; + tsize = ssize; + } + } + } + } + + if (tbase != CMFAIL) { + + if ((m->footprint += tsize) > m->max_footprint) + m->max_footprint = m->footprint; + + if (!is_initialized(m)) { /* first-time initialization */ + m->seg.base = m->least_addr = tbase; + m->seg.size = tsize; + m->seg.sflags = mmap_flag; + m->magic = mparams.magic; + m->release_checks = MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE; + init_bins(m); +#if !ONLY_MSPACES + if (is_global(m)) + init_top(m, (mchunkptr)tbase, tsize - TOP_FOOT_SIZE); + else +#endif + { + /* Offset top by embedded malloc_state */ + mchunkptr mn = next_chunk(mem2chunk(m)); + init_top(m, mn, (size_t)((tbase + tsize) - (char*)mn) -TOP_FOOT_SIZE); + } + } + + else { + /* Try to merge with an existing segment */ + msegmentptr sp = &m->seg; + /* Only consider most recent segment if traversal suppressed */ + while (sp != 0 && tbase != sp->base + sp->size) + sp = (NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL) ? 0 : sp->next; + if (sp != 0 && + !is_extern_segment(sp) && + (sp->sflags & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) == mmap_flag && + segment_holds(sp, m->top)) { /* append */ + sp->size += tsize; + init_top(m, m->top, m->topsize + tsize); + } + else { + if (tbase < m->least_addr) + m->least_addr = tbase; + sp = &m->seg; + while (sp != 0 && sp->base != tbase + tsize) + sp = (NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL) ? 0 : sp->next; + if (sp != 0 && + !is_extern_segment(sp) && + (sp->sflags & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) == mmap_flag) { + char* oldbase = sp->base; + sp->base = tbase; + sp->size += tsize; + return prepend_alloc(m, tbase, oldbase, nb); + } + else + add_segment(m, tbase, tsize, mmap_flag); + } + } + + if (nb < m->topsize) { /* Allocate from new or extended top space */ + size_t rsize = m->topsize -= nb; + mchunkptr p = m->top; + mchunkptr r = m->top = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); + r->head = rsize | PINUSE_BIT; + set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, nb); + check_top_chunk(m, m->top); + check_malloced_chunk(m, chunk2mem(p), nb); + return chunk2mem(p); + } + } + + MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION; + return 0; +} + +/* ----------------------- system deallocation -------------------------- */ + +/* Unmap and unlink any mmapped segments that don't contain used chunks */ +static size_t release_unused_segments(mstate m) { + size_t released = 0; + int nsegs = 0; + msegmentptr pred = &m->seg; + msegmentptr sp = pred->next; + while (sp != 0) { + char* base = sp->base; + size_t size = sp->size; + msegmentptr next = sp->next; + ++nsegs; + if (is_mmapped_segment(sp) && !is_extern_segment(sp)) { + mchunkptr p = align_as_chunk(base); + size_t psize = chunksize(p); + /* Can unmap if first chunk holds entire segment and not pinned */ + if (!cinuse(p) && (char*)p + psize >= base + size - TOP_FOOT_SIZE) { + tchunkptr tp = (tchunkptr)p; + assert(segment_holds(sp, (char*)sp)); + if (p == m->dv) { + m->dv = 0; + m->dvsize = 0; + } + else { + unlink_large_chunk(m, tp); + } + if (CALL_MUNMAP(base, size) == 0) { + released += size; + m->footprint -= size; + /* unlink obsoleted record */ + sp = pred; + sp->next = next; + } + else { /* back out if cannot unmap */ + insert_large_chunk(m, tp, psize); + } + } + } + if (NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL) /* scan only first segment */ + break; + pred = sp; + sp = next; + } + /* Reset check counter */ + m->release_checks = ((nsegs > MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE)? + nsegs : MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE); + return released; +} + +static int sys_trim(mstate m, size_t pad) { + size_t released = 0; + ensure_initialization(); + if (pad < MAX_REQUEST && is_initialized(m)) { + pad += TOP_FOOT_SIZE; /* ensure enough room for segment overhead */ + + if (m->topsize > pad) { + /* Shrink top space in granularity-size units, keeping at least one */ + size_t unit = mparams.granularity; + size_t extra = ((m->topsize - pad + (unit - SIZE_T_ONE)) / unit - + SIZE_T_ONE) * unit; + msegmentptr sp = segment_holding(m, (char*)m->top); + + if (!is_extern_segment(sp)) { + if (is_mmapped_segment(sp)) { + if (HAVE_MMAP && + sp->size >= extra && + !has_segment_link(m, sp)) { /* can't shrink if pinned */ + size_t newsize = sp->size - extra; + /* Prefer mremap, fall back to munmap */ + if ((CALL_MREMAP(sp->base, sp->size, newsize, 0) != MFAIL) || + (CALL_MUNMAP(sp->base + newsize, extra) == 0)) { + released = extra; + } + } + } + else if (HAVE_MORECORE) { + if (extra >= HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) /* Avoid wrapping negative */ + extra = (HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) + SIZE_T_ONE - unit; + ACQUIRE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); + { + /* Make sure end of memory is where we last set it. */ + char* old_br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(0)); + if (old_br == sp->base + sp->size) { + char* rel_br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(-extra)); + char* new_br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(0)); + if (rel_br != CMFAIL && new_br < old_br) + released = old_br - new_br; + } + } + RELEASE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); + } + } + + if (released != 0) { + sp->size -= released; + m->footprint -= released; + init_top(m, m->top, m->topsize - released); + check_top_chunk(m, m->top); + } + } + + /* Unmap any unused mmapped segments */ + if (HAVE_MMAP) + released += release_unused_segments(m); + + /* On failure, disable autotrim to avoid repeated failed future calls */ + if (released == 0 && m->topsize > m->trim_check) + m->trim_check = MAX_SIZE_T; + } + + return (released != 0)? 1 : 0; +} + + +/* ---------------------------- malloc support --------------------------- */ + +/* allocate a large request from the best fitting chunk in a treebin */ +static void* tmalloc_large(mstate m, size_t nb) { + tchunkptr v = 0; + size_t rsize = -nb; /* Unsigned negation */ + tchunkptr t; + bindex_t idx; + compute_tree_index(nb, idx); + if ((t = *treebin_at(m, idx)) != 0) { + /* Traverse tree for this bin looking for node with size == nb */ + size_t sizebits = nb << leftshift_for_tree_index(idx); + tchunkptr rst = 0; /* The deepest untaken right subtree */ + for (;;) { + tchunkptr rt; + size_t trem = chunksize(t) - nb; + if (trem < rsize) { + v = t; + if ((rsize = trem) == 0) + break; + } + rt = t->child[1]; + t = t->child[(sizebits >> (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) & 1]; + if (rt != 0 && rt != t) + rst = rt; + if (t == 0) { + t = rst; /* set t to least subtree holding sizes > nb */ + break; + } + sizebits <<= 1; + } + } + if (t == 0 && v == 0) { /* set t to root of next non-empty treebin */ + binmap_t leftbits = left_bits(idx2bit(idx)) & m->treemap; + if (leftbits != 0) { + bindex_t i; + binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(leftbits); + compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i); + t = *treebin_at(m, i); + } + } + + while (t != 0) { /* find smallest of tree or subtree */ + size_t trem = chunksize(t) - nb; + if (trem < rsize) { + rsize = trem; + v = t; + } + t = leftmost_child(t); + } + + /* If dv is a better fit, return 0 so malloc will use it */ + if (v != 0 && rsize < (size_t)(m->dvsize - nb)) { + if (RTCHECK(ok_address(m, v))) { /* split */ + mchunkptr r = chunk_plus_offset(v, nb); + assert(chunksize(v) == rsize + nb); + if (RTCHECK(ok_next(v, r))) { + unlink_large_chunk(m, v); + if (rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) + set_inuse_and_pinuse(m, v, (rsize + nb)); + else { + set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, v, nb); + set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); + insert_chunk(m, r, rsize); + } + return chunk2mem(v); + } + } + CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m); + } + return 0; +} + +/* allocate a small request from the best fitting chunk in a treebin */ +static void* tmalloc_small(mstate m, size_t nb) { + tchunkptr t, v; + size_t rsize; + bindex_t i; + binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(m->treemap); + compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i); + v = t = *treebin_at(m, i); + rsize = chunksize(t) - nb; + + while ((t = leftmost_child(t)) != 0) { + size_t trem = chunksize(t) - nb; + if (trem < rsize) { + rsize = trem; + v = t; + } + } + + if (RTCHECK(ok_address(m, v))) { + mchunkptr r = chunk_plus_offset(v, nb); + assert(chunksize(v) == rsize + nb); + if (RTCHECK(ok_next(v, r))) { + unlink_large_chunk(m, v); + if (rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) + set_inuse_and_pinuse(m, v, (rsize + nb)); + else { + set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, v, nb); + set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); + replace_dv(m, r, rsize); + } + return chunk2mem(v); + } + } + + CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m); + return 0; +} + +/* --------------------------- realloc support --------------------------- */ + +static void* internal_realloc(mstate m, void* oldmem, size_t bytes) { + if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST) { + MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION; + return 0; + } + if (!PREACTION(m)) { + mchunkptr oldp = mem2chunk(oldmem); + size_t oldsize = chunksize(oldp); + mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(oldp, oldsize); + mchunkptr newp = 0; + void* extra = 0; + + /* Try to either shrink or extend into top. Else malloc-copy-free */ + + if (RTCHECK(ok_address(m, oldp) && ok_cinuse(oldp) && + ok_next(oldp, next) && ok_pinuse(next))) { + size_t nb = request2size(bytes); + if (is_mmapped(oldp)) + newp = mmap_resize(m, oldp, nb); + else if (oldsize >= nb) { /* already big enough */ + size_t rsize = oldsize - nb; + newp = oldp; + if (rsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { + mchunkptr remainder = chunk_plus_offset(newp, nb); + set_inuse(m, newp, nb); + set_inuse(m, remainder, rsize); + extra = chunk2mem(remainder); + } + } + else if (next == m->top && oldsize + m->topsize > nb) { + /* Expand into top */ + size_t newsize = oldsize + m->topsize; + size_t newtopsize = newsize - nb; + mchunkptr newtop = chunk_plus_offset(oldp, nb); + set_inuse(m, oldp, nb); + newtop->head = newtopsize |PINUSE_BIT; + m->top = newtop; + m->topsize = newtopsize; + newp = oldp; + } + } + else { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m, oldmem); + POSTACTION(m); + return 0; + } + + POSTACTION(m); + + if (newp != 0) { + if (extra != 0) { + internal_free(m, extra); + } + check_inuse_chunk(m, newp); + return chunk2mem(newp); + } + else { + void* newmem = internal_malloc(m, bytes); + if (newmem != 0) { + size_t oc = oldsize - overhead_for(oldp); + memcpy(newmem, oldmem, (oc < bytes)? oc : bytes); + internal_free(m, oldmem); + } + return newmem; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* --------------------------- memalign support -------------------------- */ + +static void* internal_memalign(mstate m, size_t alignment, size_t bytes) { + if (alignment <= MALLOC_ALIGNMENT) /* Can just use malloc */ + return internal_malloc(m, bytes); + if (alignment < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) /* must be at least a minimum chunk size */ + alignment = MIN_CHUNK_SIZE; + if ((alignment & (alignment-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) {/* Ensure a power of 2 */ + size_t a = MALLOC_ALIGNMENT << 1; + while (a < alignment) a <<= 1; + alignment = a; + } + + if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST - alignment) { + if (m != 0) { /* Test isn't needed but avoids compiler warning */ + MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION; + } + } + else { + size_t nb = request2size(bytes); + size_t req = nb + alignment + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE - CHUNK_OVERHEAD; + char* mem = (char*)internal_malloc(m, req); + if (mem != 0) { + void* leader = 0; + void* trailer = 0; + mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); + + if (PREACTION(m)) return 0; + if ((((size_t)(mem)) % alignment) != 0) { /* misaligned */ + /* + Find an aligned spot inside chunk. Since we need to give + back leading space in a chunk of at least MIN_CHUNK_SIZE, if + the first calculation places us at a spot with less than + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE leader, we can move to the next aligned spot. + We've allocated enough total room so that this is always + possible. + */ + char* br = (char*)mem2chunk((size_t)(((size_t)(mem + + alignment - + SIZE_T_ONE)) & + -alignment)); + char* pos = ((size_t)(br - (char*)(p)) >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE)? + br : br+alignment; + mchunkptr newp = (mchunkptr)pos; + size_t leadsize = pos - (char*)(p); + size_t newsize = chunksize(p) - leadsize; + + if (is_mmapped(p)) { /* For mmapped chunks, just adjust offset */ + newp->prev_foot = p->prev_foot + leadsize; + newp->head = (newsize|CINUSE_BIT); + } + else { /* Otherwise, give back leader, use the rest */ + set_inuse(m, newp, newsize); + set_inuse(m, p, leadsize); + leader = chunk2mem(p); + } + p = newp; + } + + /* Give back spare room at the end */ + if (!is_mmapped(p)) { + size_t size = chunksize(p); + if (size > nb + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { + size_t remainder_size = size - nb; + mchunkptr remainder = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); + set_inuse(m, p, nb); + set_inuse(m, remainder, remainder_size); + trailer = chunk2mem(remainder); + } + } + + assert (chunksize(p) >= nb); + assert((((size_t)(chunk2mem(p))) % alignment) == 0); + check_inuse_chunk(m, p); + POSTACTION(m); + if (leader != 0) { + internal_free(m, leader); + } + if (trailer != 0) { + internal_free(m, trailer); + } + return chunk2mem(p); + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* ------------------------ comalloc/coalloc support --------------------- */ + +static void** ialloc(mstate m, + size_t n_elements, + size_t* sizes, + int opts, + void* chunks[]) { + /* + This provides common support for independent_X routines, handling + all of the combinations that can result. + + The opts arg has: + bit 0 set if all elements are same size (using sizes[0]) + bit 1 set if elements should be zeroed + */ + + size_t element_size; /* chunksize of each element, if all same */ + size_t contents_size; /* total size of elements */ + size_t array_size; /* request size of pointer array */ + void* mem; /* malloced aggregate space */ + mchunkptr p; /* corresponding chunk */ + size_t remainder_size; /* remaining bytes while splitting */ + void** marray; /* either "chunks" or malloced ptr array */ + mchunkptr array_chunk; /* chunk for malloced ptr array */ + flag_t was_enabled; /* to disable mmap */ + size_t size; + size_t i; + + ensure_initialization(); + /* compute array length, if needed */ + if (chunks != 0) { + if (n_elements == 0) + return chunks; /* nothing to do */ + marray = chunks; + array_size = 0; + } + else { + /* if empty req, must still return chunk representing empty array */ + if (n_elements == 0) + return (void**)internal_malloc(m, 0); + marray = 0; + array_size = request2size(n_elements * (sizeof(void*))); + } + + /* compute total element size */ + if (opts & 0x1) { /* all-same-size */ + element_size = request2size(*sizes); + contents_size = n_elements * element_size; + } + else { /* add up all the sizes */ + element_size = 0; + contents_size = 0; + for (i = 0; i != n_elements; ++i) + contents_size += request2size(sizes[i]); + } + + size = contents_size + array_size; + + /* + Allocate the aggregate chunk. First disable direct-mmapping so + malloc won't use it, since we would not be able to later + free/realloc space internal to a segregated mmap region. + */ + was_enabled = use_mmap(m); + disable_mmap(m); + mem = internal_malloc(m, size - CHUNK_OVERHEAD); + if (was_enabled) + enable_mmap(m); + if (mem == 0) + return 0; + + if (PREACTION(m)) return 0; + p = mem2chunk(mem); + remainder_size = chunksize(p); + + assert(!is_mmapped(p)); + + if (opts & 0x2) { /* optionally clear the elements */ + memset((size_t*)mem, 0, remainder_size - SIZE_T_SIZE - array_size); + } + + /* If not provided, allocate the pointer array as final part of chunk */ + if (marray == 0) { + size_t array_chunk_size; + array_chunk = chunk_plus_offset(p, contents_size); + array_chunk_size = remainder_size - contents_size; + marray = (void**) (chunk2mem(array_chunk)); + set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, array_chunk, array_chunk_size); + remainder_size = contents_size; + } + + /* split out elements */ + for (i = 0; ; ++i) { + marray[i] = chunk2mem(p); + if (i != n_elements-1) { + if (element_size != 0) + size = element_size; + else + size = request2size(sizes[i]); + remainder_size -= size; + set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, size); + p = chunk_plus_offset(p, size); + } + else { /* the final element absorbs any overallocation slop */ + set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, remainder_size); + break; + } + } + +#if DEBUG + if (marray != chunks) { + /* final element must have exactly exhausted chunk */ + if (element_size != 0) { + assert(remainder_size == element_size); + } + else { + assert(remainder_size == request2size(sizes[i])); + } + check_inuse_chunk(m, mem2chunk(marray)); + } + for (i = 0; i != n_elements; ++i) + check_inuse_chunk(m, mem2chunk(marray[i])); + +#endif /* DEBUG */ + + POSTACTION(m); + return marray; +} + + +/* -------------------------- public routines ---------------------------- */ + +#if !ONLY_MSPACES + +void* dlmalloc(size_t bytes) { + /* + Basic algorithm: + If a small request (< 256 bytes minus per-chunk overhead): + 1. If one exists, use a remainderless chunk in associated smallbin. + (Remainderless means that there are too few excess bytes to + represent as a chunk.) + 2. If it is big enough, use the dv chunk, which is normally the + chunk adjacent to the one used for the most recent small request. + 3. If one exists, split the smallest available chunk in a bin, + saving remainder in dv. + 4. If it is big enough, use the top chunk. + 5. If available, get memory from system and use it + Otherwise, for a large request: + 1. Find the smallest available binned chunk that fits, and use it + if it is better fitting than dv chunk, splitting if necessary. + 2. If better fitting than any binned chunk, use the dv chunk. + 3. If it is big enough, use the top chunk. + 4. If request size >= mmap threshold, try to directly mmap this chunk. + 5. If available, get memory from system and use it + + The ugly goto's here ensure that postaction occurs along all paths. + */ + +#if USE_LOCKS + ensure_initialization(); /* initialize in sys_alloc if not using locks */ +#endif + + if (!PREACTION(gm)) { + void* mem; + size_t nb; + if (bytes <= MAX_SMALL_REQUEST) { + bindex_t idx; + binmap_t smallbits; + nb = (bytes < MIN_REQUEST)? MIN_CHUNK_SIZE : pad_request(bytes); + idx = small_index(nb); + smallbits = gm->smallmap >> idx; + + if ((smallbits & 0x3U) != 0) { /* Remainderless fit to a smallbin. */ + mchunkptr b, p; + idx += ~smallbits & 1; /* Uses next bin if idx empty */ + b = smallbin_at(gm, idx); + p = b->fd; + assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(idx)); + unlink_first_small_chunk(gm, b, p, idx); + set_inuse_and_pinuse(gm, p, small_index2size(idx)); + mem = chunk2mem(p); + check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); + goto postaction; + } + + else if (nb > gm->dvsize) { + if (smallbits != 0) { /* Use chunk in next nonempty smallbin */ + mchunkptr b, p, r; + size_t rsize; + bindex_t i; + binmap_t leftbits = (smallbits << idx) & left_bits(idx2bit(idx)); + binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(leftbits); + compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i); + b = smallbin_at(gm, i); + p = b->fd; + assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(i)); + unlink_first_small_chunk(gm, b, p, i); + rsize = small_index2size(i) - nb; + /* Fit here cannot be remainderless if 4byte sizes */ + if (SIZE_T_SIZE != 4 && rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) + set_inuse_and_pinuse(gm, p, small_index2size(i)); + else { + set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(gm, p, nb); + r = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); + set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); + replace_dv(gm, r, rsize); + } + mem = chunk2mem(p); + check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); + goto postaction; + } + + else if (gm->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_small(gm, nb)) != 0) { + check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); + goto postaction; + } + } + } + else if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST) + nb = MAX_SIZE_T; /* Too big to allocate. Force failure (in sys alloc) */ + else { + nb = pad_request(bytes); + if (gm->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_large(gm, nb)) != 0) { + check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); + goto postaction; + } + } + + if (nb <= gm->dvsize) { + size_t rsize = gm->dvsize - nb; + mchunkptr p = gm->dv; + if (rsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { /* split dv */ + mchunkptr r = gm->dv = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); + gm->dvsize = rsize; + set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); + set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(gm, p, nb); + } + else { /* exhaust dv */ + size_t dvs = gm->dvsize; + gm->dvsize = 0; + gm->dv = 0; + set_inuse_and_pinuse(gm, p, dvs); + } + mem = chunk2mem(p); + check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); + goto postaction; + } + + else if (nb < gm->topsize) { /* Split top */ + size_t rsize = gm->topsize -= nb; + mchunkptr p = gm->top; + mchunkptr r = gm->top = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); + r->head = rsize | PINUSE_BIT; + set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(gm, p, nb); + mem = chunk2mem(p); + check_top_chunk(gm, gm->top); + check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); + goto postaction; + } + + mem = sys_alloc(gm, nb); + + postaction: + POSTACTION(gm); + return mem; + } + + return 0; +} + +void dlfree(void* mem) { + /* + Consolidate freed chunks with preceeding or succeeding bordering + free chunks, if they exist, and then place in a bin. Intermixed + with special cases for top, dv, mmapped chunks, and usage errors. + */ + + if (mem != 0) { + mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); +#if FOOTERS + mstate fm = get_mstate_for(p); + if (!ok_magic(fm)) { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p); + return; + } +#else /* FOOTERS */ +#define fm gm +#endif /* FOOTERS */ + if (!PREACTION(fm)) { + check_inuse_chunk(fm, p); + if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, p) && ok_cinuse(p))) { + size_t psize = chunksize(p); + mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(p, psize); + if (!pinuse(p)) { + size_t prevsize = p->prev_foot; + if ((prevsize & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) != 0) { + prevsize &= ~IS_MMAPPED_BIT; + psize += prevsize + MMAP_FOOT_PAD; + if (CALL_MUNMAP((char*)p - prevsize, psize) == 0) + fm->footprint -= psize; + goto postaction; + } + else { + mchunkptr prev = chunk_minus_offset(p, prevsize); + psize += prevsize; + p = prev; + if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, prev))) { /* consolidate backward */ + if (p != fm->dv) { + unlink_chunk(fm, p, prevsize); + } + else if ((next->head & INUSE_BITS) == INUSE_BITS) { + fm->dvsize = psize; + set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next); + goto postaction; + } + } + else + goto erroraction; + } + } + + if (RTCHECK(ok_next(p, next) && ok_pinuse(next))) { + if (!cinuse(next)) { /* consolidate forward */ + if (next == fm->top) { + size_t tsize = fm->topsize += psize; + fm->top = p; + p->head = tsize | PINUSE_BIT; + if (p == fm->dv) { + fm->dv = 0; + fm->dvsize = 0; + } + if (should_trim(fm, tsize)) + sys_trim(fm, 0); + goto postaction; + } + else if (next == fm->dv) { + size_t dsize = fm->dvsize += psize; + fm->dv = p; + set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, dsize); + goto postaction; + } + else { + size_t nsize = chunksize(next); + psize += nsize; + unlink_chunk(fm, next, nsize); + set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, psize); + if (p == fm->dv) { + fm->dvsize = psize; + goto postaction; + } + } + } + else + set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next); + + if (is_small(psize)) { + insert_small_chunk(fm, p, psize); + check_free_chunk(fm, p); + } + else { + tchunkptr tp = (tchunkptr)p; + insert_large_chunk(fm, tp, psize); + check_free_chunk(fm, p); + if (--fm->release_checks == 0) + release_unused_segments(fm); + } + goto postaction; + } + } + erroraction: + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p); + postaction: + POSTACTION(fm); + } + } +#if !FOOTERS +#undef fm +#endif /* FOOTERS */ +} + +void* dlcalloc(size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size) { + void* mem; + size_t req = 0; + if (n_elements != 0) { + req = n_elements * elem_size; + if (((n_elements | elem_size) & ~(size_t)0xffff) && + (req / n_elements != elem_size)) + req = MAX_SIZE_T; /* force downstream failure on overflow */ + } + mem = dlmalloc(req); + if (mem != 0 && calloc_must_clear(mem2chunk(mem))) + memset(mem, 0, req); + return mem; +} + +void* dlrealloc(void* oldmem, size_t bytes) { + if (oldmem == 0) + return dlmalloc(bytes); +#ifdef REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES + if (bytes == 0) { + dlfree(oldmem); + return 0; + } +#endif /* REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES */ + else { +#if ! FOOTERS + mstate m = gm; +#else /* FOOTERS */ + mstate m = get_mstate_for(mem2chunk(oldmem)); + if (!ok_magic(m)) { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m, oldmem); + return 0; + } +#endif /* FOOTERS */ + return internal_realloc(m, oldmem, bytes); + } +} + +void* dlmemalign(size_t alignment, size_t bytes) { + return internal_memalign(gm, alignment, bytes); +} + +void** dlindependent_calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size, + void* chunks[]) { + size_t sz = elem_size; /* serves as 1-element array */ + return ialloc(gm, n_elements, &sz, 3, chunks); +} + +void** dlindependent_comalloc(size_t n_elements, size_t sizes[], + void* chunks[]) { + return ialloc(gm, n_elements, sizes, 0, chunks); +} + +void* dlvalloc(size_t bytes) { + size_t pagesz; + ensure_initialization(); + pagesz = mparams.page_size; + return dlmemalign(pagesz, bytes); +} + +void* dlpvalloc(size_t bytes) { + size_t pagesz; + ensure_initialization(); + pagesz = mparams.page_size; + return dlmemalign(pagesz, (bytes + pagesz - SIZE_T_ONE) & ~(pagesz - SIZE_T_ONE)); +} + +int dlmalloc_trim(size_t pad) { + ensure_initialization(); + int result = 0; + if (!PREACTION(gm)) { + result = sys_trim(gm, pad); + POSTACTION(gm); + } + return result; +} + +size_t dlmalloc_footprint(void) { + return gm->footprint; +} + +size_t dlmalloc_max_footprint(void) { + return gm->max_footprint; +} + +#if !NO_MALLINFO +struct mallinfo dlmallinfo(void) { + return internal_mallinfo(gm); +} +#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ + +void dlmalloc_stats() { + internal_malloc_stats(gm); +} + +int dlmallopt(int param_number, int value) { + return change_mparam(param_number, value); +} + +#endif /* !ONLY_MSPACES */ + +size_t dlmalloc_usable_size(void* mem) { + if (mem != 0) { + mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); + if (cinuse(p)) + return chunksize(p) - overhead_for(p); + } + return 0; +} + +/* ----------------------------- user mspaces ---------------------------- */ + +#if MSPACES + +static mstate init_user_mstate(char* tbase, size_t tsize) { + size_t msize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_state)); + mchunkptr mn; + mchunkptr msp = align_as_chunk(tbase); + mstate m = (mstate)(chunk2mem(msp)); + memset(m, 0, msize); + INITIAL_LOCK(&m->mutex); + msp->head = (msize|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT); + m->seg.base = m->least_addr = tbase; + m->seg.size = m->footprint = m->max_footprint = tsize; + m->magic = mparams.magic; + m->release_checks = MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE; + m->mflags = mparams.default_mflags; + m->extp = 0; + m->exts = 0; + disable_contiguous(m); + init_bins(m); + mn = next_chunk(mem2chunk(m)); + init_top(m, mn, (size_t)((tbase + tsize) - (char*)mn) - TOP_FOOT_SIZE); + check_top_chunk(m, m->top); + return m; +} + +mspace create_mspace(size_t capacity, int locked) { + mstate m = 0; + size_t msize; + ensure_initialization(); + msize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_state)); + if (capacity < (size_t) -(msize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + mparams.page_size)) { + size_t rs = ((capacity == 0)? mparams.granularity : + (capacity + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + msize)); + size_t tsize = granularity_align(rs); + char* tbase = (char*)(CALL_MMAP(tsize)); + if (tbase != CMFAIL) { + m = init_user_mstate(tbase, tsize); + m->seg.sflags = IS_MMAPPED_BIT; + set_lock(m, locked); + } + } + return (mspace)m; +} + +mspace create_mspace_with_base(void* base, size_t capacity, int locked) { + mstate m = 0; + size_t msize; + ensure_initialization(); + msize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_state)); + if (capacity > msize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE && + capacity < (size_t) -(msize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + mparams.page_size)) { + m = init_user_mstate((char*)base, capacity); + m->seg.sflags = EXTERN_BIT; + set_lock(m, locked); + } + return (mspace)m; +} + +int mspace_mmap_large_chunks(mspace msp, int enable) { + int ret = 0; + mstate ms = (mstate)msp; + if (!PREACTION(ms)) { + if (use_mmap(ms)) + ret = 1; + if (enable) + enable_mmap(ms); + else + disable_mmap(ms); + POSTACTION(ms); + } + return ret; +} + +size_t destroy_mspace(mspace msp) { + size_t freed = 0; + mstate ms = (mstate)msp; + if (ok_magic(ms)) { + msegmentptr sp = &ms->seg; + while (sp != 0) { + char* base = sp->base; + size_t size = sp->size; + flag_t flag = sp->sflags; + sp = sp->next; + if ((flag & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) && !(flag & EXTERN_BIT) && + CALL_MUNMAP(base, size) == 0) + freed += size; + } + } + else { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); + } + return freed; +} + +/* + mspace versions of routines are near-clones of the global + versions. This is not so nice but better than the alternatives. +*/ + + +void* mspace_malloc(mspace msp, size_t bytes) { + mstate ms = (mstate)msp; + if (!ok_magic(ms)) { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); + return 0; + } + if (!PREACTION(ms)) { + void* mem; + size_t nb; + if (bytes <= MAX_SMALL_REQUEST) { + bindex_t idx; + binmap_t smallbits; + nb = (bytes < MIN_REQUEST)? MIN_CHUNK_SIZE : pad_request(bytes); + idx = small_index(nb); + smallbits = ms->smallmap >> idx; + + if ((smallbits & 0x3U) != 0) { /* Remainderless fit to a smallbin. */ + mchunkptr b, p; + idx += ~smallbits & 1; /* Uses next bin if idx empty */ + b = smallbin_at(ms, idx); + p = b->fd; + assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(idx)); + unlink_first_small_chunk(ms, b, p, idx); + set_inuse_and_pinuse(ms, p, small_index2size(idx)); + mem = chunk2mem(p); + check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); + goto postaction; + } + + else if (nb > ms->dvsize) { + if (smallbits != 0) { /* Use chunk in next nonempty smallbin */ + mchunkptr b, p, r; + size_t rsize; + bindex_t i; + binmap_t leftbits = (smallbits << idx) & left_bits(idx2bit(idx)); + binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(leftbits); + compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i); + b = smallbin_at(ms, i); + p = b->fd; + assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(i)); + unlink_first_small_chunk(ms, b, p, i); + rsize = small_index2size(i) - nb; + /* Fit here cannot be remainderless if 4byte sizes */ + if (SIZE_T_SIZE != 4 && rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) + set_inuse_and_pinuse(ms, p, small_index2size(i)); + else { + set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(ms, p, nb); + r = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); + set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); + replace_dv(ms, r, rsize); + } + mem = chunk2mem(p); + check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); + goto postaction; + } + + else if (ms->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_small(ms, nb)) != 0) { + check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); + goto postaction; + } + } + } + else if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST) + nb = MAX_SIZE_T; /* Too big to allocate. Force failure (in sys alloc) */ + else { + nb = pad_request(bytes); + if (ms->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_large(ms, nb)) != 0) { + check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); + goto postaction; + } + } + + if (nb <= ms->dvsize) { + size_t rsize = ms->dvsize - nb; + mchunkptr p = ms->dv; + if (rsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { /* split dv */ + mchunkptr r = ms->dv = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); + ms->dvsize = rsize; + set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); + set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(ms, p, nb); + } + else { /* exhaust dv */ + size_t dvs = ms->dvsize; + ms->dvsize = 0; + ms->dv = 0; + set_inuse_and_pinuse(ms, p, dvs); + } + mem = chunk2mem(p); + check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); + goto postaction; + } + + else if (nb < ms->topsize) { /* Split top */ + size_t rsize = ms->topsize -= nb; + mchunkptr p = ms->top; + mchunkptr r = ms->top = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); + r->head = rsize | PINUSE_BIT; + set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(ms, p, nb); + mem = chunk2mem(p); + check_top_chunk(ms, ms->top); + check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); + goto postaction; + } + + mem = sys_alloc(ms, nb); + + postaction: + POSTACTION(ms); + return mem; + } + + return 0; +} + +void mspace_free(mspace msp, void* mem) { + if (mem != 0) { + mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); +#if FOOTERS + mstate fm = get_mstate_for(p); +#else /* FOOTERS */ + mstate fm = (mstate)msp; +#endif /* FOOTERS */ + if (!ok_magic(fm)) { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p); + return; + } + if (!PREACTION(fm)) { + check_inuse_chunk(fm, p); + if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, p) && ok_cinuse(p))) { + size_t psize = chunksize(p); + mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(p, psize); + if (!pinuse(p)) { + size_t prevsize = p->prev_foot; + if ((prevsize & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) != 0) { + prevsize &= ~IS_MMAPPED_BIT; + psize += prevsize + MMAP_FOOT_PAD; + if (CALL_MUNMAP((char*)p - prevsize, psize) == 0) + fm->footprint -= psize; + goto postaction; + } + else { + mchunkptr prev = chunk_minus_offset(p, prevsize); + psize += prevsize; + p = prev; + if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, prev))) { /* consolidate backward */ + if (p != fm->dv) { + unlink_chunk(fm, p, prevsize); + } + else if ((next->head & INUSE_BITS) == INUSE_BITS) { + fm->dvsize = psize; + set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next); + goto postaction; + } + } + else + goto erroraction; + } + } + + if (RTCHECK(ok_next(p, next) && ok_pinuse(next))) { + if (!cinuse(next)) { /* consolidate forward */ + if (next == fm->top) { + size_t tsize = fm->topsize += psize; + fm->top = p; + p->head = tsize | PINUSE_BIT; + if (p == fm->dv) { + fm->dv = 0; + fm->dvsize = 0; + } + if (should_trim(fm, tsize)) + sys_trim(fm, 0); + goto postaction; + } + else if (next == fm->dv) { + size_t dsize = fm->dvsize += psize; + fm->dv = p; + set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, dsize); + goto postaction; + } + else { + size_t nsize = chunksize(next); + psize += nsize; + unlink_chunk(fm, next, nsize); + set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, psize); + if (p == fm->dv) { + fm->dvsize = psize; + goto postaction; + } + } + } + else + set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next); + + if (is_small(psize)) { + insert_small_chunk(fm, p, psize); + check_free_chunk(fm, p); + } + else { + tchunkptr tp = (tchunkptr)p; + insert_large_chunk(fm, tp, psize); + check_free_chunk(fm, p); + if (--fm->release_checks == 0) + release_unused_segments(fm); + } + goto postaction; + } + } + erroraction: + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p); + postaction: + POSTACTION(fm); + } + } +} + +void* mspace_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size) { + void* mem; + size_t req = 0; + mstate ms = (mstate)msp; + if (!ok_magic(ms)) { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); + return 0; + } + if (n_elements != 0) { + req = n_elements * elem_size; + if (((n_elements | elem_size) & ~(size_t)0xffff) && + (req / n_elements != elem_size)) + req = MAX_SIZE_T; /* force downstream failure on overflow */ + } + mem = internal_malloc(ms, req); + if (mem != 0 && calloc_must_clear(mem2chunk(mem))) + memset(mem, 0, req); + return mem; +} + +void* mspace_realloc(mspace msp, void* oldmem, size_t bytes) { + if (oldmem == 0) + return mspace_malloc(msp, bytes); +#ifdef REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES + if (bytes == 0) { + mspace_free(msp, oldmem); + return 0; + } +#endif /* REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES */ + else { +#if FOOTERS + mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(oldmem); + mstate ms = get_mstate_for(p); +#else /* FOOTERS */ + mstate ms = (mstate)msp; +#endif /* FOOTERS */ + if (!ok_magic(ms)) { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); + return 0; + } + return internal_realloc(ms, oldmem, bytes); + } +} + +void* mspace_memalign(mspace msp, size_t alignment, size_t bytes) { + mstate ms = (mstate)msp; + if (!ok_magic(ms)) { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); + return 0; + } + return internal_memalign(ms, alignment, bytes); +} + +void** mspace_independent_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, + size_t elem_size, void* chunks[]) { + size_t sz = elem_size; /* serves as 1-element array */ + mstate ms = (mstate)msp; + if (!ok_magic(ms)) { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); + return 0; + } + return ialloc(ms, n_elements, &sz, 3, chunks); +} + +void** mspace_independent_comalloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, + size_t sizes[], void* chunks[]) { + mstate ms = (mstate)msp; + if (!ok_magic(ms)) { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); + return 0; + } + return ialloc(ms, n_elements, sizes, 0, chunks); +} + +int mspace_trim(mspace msp, size_t pad) { + int result = 0; + mstate ms = (mstate)msp; + if (ok_magic(ms)) { + if (!PREACTION(ms)) { + result = sys_trim(ms, pad); + POSTACTION(ms); + } + } + else { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); + } + return result; +} + +void mspace_malloc_stats(mspace msp) { + mstate ms = (mstate)msp; + if (ok_magic(ms)) { + internal_malloc_stats(ms); + } + else { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); + } +} + +size_t mspace_footprint(mspace msp) { + size_t result = 0; + mstate ms = (mstate)msp; + if (ok_magic(ms)) { + result = ms->footprint; + } + else { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); + } + return result; +} + + +size_t mspace_max_footprint(mspace msp) { + size_t result = 0; + mstate ms = (mstate)msp; + if (ok_magic(ms)) { + result = ms->max_footprint; + } + else { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); + } + return result; +} + + +#if !NO_MALLINFO +struct mallinfo mspace_mallinfo(mspace msp) { + mstate ms = (mstate)msp; + if (!ok_magic(ms)) { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); + } + return internal_mallinfo(ms); +} +#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ + +size_t mspace_usable_size(void* mem) { + if (mem != 0) { + mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); + if (cinuse(p)) + return chunksize(p) - overhead_for(p); + } + return 0; +} + +int mspace_mallopt(int param_number, int value) { + return change_mparam(param_number, value); +} + +#endif /* MSPACES */ + +/* -------------------- Alternative MORECORE functions ------------------- */ + +/* + Guidelines for creating a custom version of MORECORE: + + * For best performance, MORECORE should allocate in multiples of pagesize. + * MORECORE may allocate more memory than requested. (Or even less, + but this will usually result in a malloc failure.) + * MORECORE must not allocate memory when given argument zero, but + instead return one past the end address of memory from previous + nonzero call. + * For best performance, consecutive calls to MORECORE with positive + arguments should return increasing addresses, indicating that + space has been contiguously extended. + * Even though consecutive calls to MORECORE need not return contiguous + addresses, it must be OK for malloc'ed chunks to span multiple + regions in those cases where they do happen to be contiguous. + * MORECORE need not handle negative arguments -- it may instead + just return MFAIL when given negative arguments. + Negative arguments are always multiples of pagesize. MORECORE + must not misinterpret negative args as large positive unsigned + args. You can suppress all such calls from even occurring by defining + MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM, + + As an example alternative MORECORE, here is a custom allocator + kindly contributed for pre-OSX macOS. It uses virtually but not + necessarily physically contiguous non-paged memory (locked in, + present and won't get swapped out). You can use it by uncommenting + this section, adding some #includes, and setting up the appropriate + defines above: + + #define MORECORE osMoreCore + + There is also a shutdown routine that should somehow be called for + cleanup upon program exit. + + #define MAX_POOL_ENTRIES 100 + #define MINIMUM_MORECORE_SIZE (64 * 1024U) + static int next_os_pool; + void *our_os_pools[MAX_POOL_ENTRIES]; + + void *osMoreCore(int size) + { + void *ptr = 0; + static void *sbrk_top = 0; + + if (size > 0) + { + if (size < MINIMUM_MORECORE_SIZE) + size = MINIMUM_MORECORE_SIZE; + if (CurrentExecutionLevel() == kTaskLevel) + ptr = PoolAllocateResident(size + RM_PAGE_SIZE, 0); + if (ptr == 0) + { + return (void *) MFAIL; + } + // save ptrs so they can be freed during cleanup + our_os_pools[next_os_pool] = ptr; + next_os_pool++; + ptr = (void *) ((((size_t) ptr) + RM_PAGE_MASK) & ~RM_PAGE_MASK); + sbrk_top = (char *) ptr + size; + return ptr; + } + else if (size < 0) + { + // we don't currently support shrink behavior + return (void *) MFAIL; + } + else + { + return sbrk_top; + } + } + + // cleanup any allocated memory pools + // called as last thing before shutting down driver + + void osCleanupMem(void) + { + void **ptr; + + for (ptr = our_os_pools; ptr < &our_os_pools[MAX_POOL_ENTRIES]; ptr++) + if (*ptr) + { + PoolDeallocate(*ptr); + *ptr = 0; + } + } + +*/ + + +/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +History: + V2.8.4 (not yet released) + * Add mspace_mmap_large_chunks; thanks to Jean Brouwers + * Fix insufficient sys_alloc padding when using 16byte alignment + * Fix bad error check in mspace_footprint + * Adaptations for ptmalloc, courtesy of Wolfram Gloger. + * Reentrant spin locks, courtesy of Earl Chew and others + * Win32 improvements, courtesy of Niall Douglas and Earl Chew + * Add NO_SEGMENT_TRAVERSAL and MAX_RELEASE_CHECK_RATE options + * Extension hook in malloc_state + * Various small adjustments to reduce warnings on some compilers + * Various configuration extensions/changes for more platforms. Thanks + to all who contributed these. + + V2.8.3 Thu Sep 22 11:16:32 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee) + * Add max_footprint functions + * Ensure all appropriate literals are size_t + * Fix conditional compilation problem for some #define settings + * Avoid concatenating segments with the one provided + in create_mspace_with_base + * Rename some variables to avoid compiler shadowing warnings + * Use explicit lock initialization. + * Better handling of sbrk interference. + * Simplify and fix segment insertion, trimming and mspace_destroy + * Reinstate REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES option from 2.7.x + * Thanks especially to Dennis Flanagan for help on these. + + V2.8.2 Sun Jun 12 16:01:10 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee) + * Fix memalign brace error. + + V2.8.1 Wed Jun 8 16:11:46 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee) + * Fix improper #endif nesting in C++ + * Add explicit casts needed for C++ + + V2.8.0 Mon May 30 14:09:02 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee) + * Use trees for large bins + * Support mspaces + * Use segments to unify sbrk-based and mmap-based system allocation, + removing need for emulation on most platforms without sbrk. + * Default safety checks + * Optional footer checks. Thanks to William Robertson for the idea. + * Internal code refactoring + * Incorporate suggestions and platform-specific changes. + Thanks to Dennis Flanagan, Colin Plumb, Niall Douglas, + Aaron Bachmann, Emery Berger, and others. + * Speed up non-fastbin processing enough to remove fastbins. + * Remove useless cfree() to avoid conflicts with other apps. + * Remove internal memcpy, memset. Compilers handle builtins better. + * Remove some options that no one ever used and rename others. + + V2.7.2 Sat Aug 17 09:07:30 2002 Doug Lea (dl at gee) + * Fix malloc_state bitmap array misdeclaration + + V2.7.1 Thu Jul 25 10:58:03 2002 Doug Lea (dl at gee) + * Allow tuning of FIRST_SORTED_BIN_SIZE + * Use PTR_UINT as type for all ptr->int casts. Thanks to John Belmonte. + * Better detection and support for non-contiguousness of MORECORE. + Thanks to Andreas Mueller, Conal Walsh, and Wolfram Gloger + * Bypass most of malloc if no frees. Thanks To Emery Berger. + * Fix freeing of old top non-contiguous chunk im sysmalloc. + * Raised default trim and map thresholds to 256K. + * Fix mmap-related #defines. Thanks to Lubos Lunak. + * Fix copy macros; added LACKS_FCNTL_H. Thanks to Neal Walfield. + * Branch-free bin calculation + * Default trim and mmap thresholds now 256K. + + V2.7.0 Sun Mar 11 14:14:06 2001 Doug Lea (dl at gee) + * Introduce independent_comalloc and independent_calloc. + Thanks to Michael Pachos for motivation and help. + * Make optional .h file available + * Allow > 2GB requests on 32bit systems. + * new WIN32 sbrk, mmap, munmap, lock code from <Walter@GeNeSys-e.de>. + Thanks also to Andreas Mueller <a.mueller at paradatec.de>, + and Anonymous. + * Allow override of MALLOC_ALIGNMENT (Thanks to Ruud Waij for + helping test this.) + * memalign: check alignment arg + * realloc: don't try to shift chunks backwards, since this + leads to more fragmentation in some programs and doesn't + seem to help in any others. + * Collect all cases in malloc requiring system memory into sysmalloc + * Use mmap as backup to sbrk + * Place all internal state in malloc_state + * Introduce fastbins (although similar to 2.5.1) + * Many minor tunings and cosmetic improvements + * Introduce USE_PUBLIC_MALLOC_WRAPPERS, USE_MALLOC_LOCK + * Introduce MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION, MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS + Thanks to Tony E. Bennett <tbennett@nvidia.com> and others. + * Include errno.h to support default failure action. + + V2.6.6 Sun Dec 5 07:42:19 1999 Doug Lea (dl at gee) + * return null for negative arguments + * Added Several WIN32 cleanups from Martin C. Fong <mcfong at yahoo.com> + * Add 'LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H' for those systems without 'sys/param.h' + (e.g. WIN32 platforms) + * Cleanup header file inclusion for WIN32 platforms + * Cleanup code to avoid Microsoft Visual C++ compiler complaints + * Add 'USE_DL_PREFIX' to quickly allow co-existence with existing + memory allocation routines + * Set 'malloc_getpagesize' for WIN32 platforms (needs more work) + * Use 'assert' rather than 'ASSERT' in WIN32 code to conform to + usage of 'assert' in non-WIN32 code + * Improve WIN32 'sbrk()' emulation's 'findRegion()' routine to + avoid infinite loop + * Always call 'fREe()' rather than 'free()' + + V2.6.5 Wed Jun 17 15:57:31 1998 Doug Lea (dl at gee) + * Fixed ordering problem with boundary-stamping + + V2.6.3 Sun May 19 08:17:58 1996 Doug Lea (dl at gee) + * Added pvalloc, as recommended by H.J. Liu + * Added 64bit pointer support mainly from Wolfram Gloger + * Added anonymously donated WIN32 sbrk emulation + * Malloc, calloc, getpagesize: add optimizations from Raymond Nijssen + * malloc_extend_top: fix mask error that caused wastage after + foreign sbrks + * Add linux mremap support code from HJ Liu + + V2.6.2 Tue Dec 5 06:52:55 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee) + * Integrated most documentation with the code. + * Add support for mmap, with help from + Wolfram Gloger (Gloger@lrz.uni-muenchen.de). + * Use last_remainder in more cases. + * Pack bins using idea from colin@nyx10.cs.du.edu + * Use ordered bins instead of best-fit threshhold + * Eliminate block-local decls to simplify tracing and debugging. + * Support another case of realloc via move into top + * Fix error occuring when initial sbrk_base not word-aligned. + * Rely on page size for units instead of SBRK_UNIT to + avoid surprises about sbrk alignment conventions. + * Add mallinfo, mallopt. Thanks to Raymond Nijssen + (raymond@es.ele.tue.nl) for the suggestion. + * Add `pad' argument to malloc_trim and top_pad mallopt parameter. + * More precautions for cases where other routines call sbrk, + courtesy of Wolfram Gloger (Gloger@lrz.uni-muenchen.de). + * Added macros etc., allowing use in linux libc from + H.J. Lu (hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu) + * Inverted this history list + + V2.6.1 Sat Dec 2 14:10:57 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee) + * Re-tuned and fixed to behave more nicely with V2.6.0 changes. + * Removed all preallocation code since under current scheme + the work required to undo bad preallocations exceeds + the work saved in good cases for most test programs. + * No longer use return list or unconsolidated bins since + no scheme using them consistently outperforms those that don't + given above changes. + * Use best fit for very large chunks to prevent some worst-cases. + * Added some support for debugging + + V2.6.0 Sat Nov 4 07:05:23 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee) + * Removed footers when chunks are in use. Thanks to + Paul Wilson (wilson@cs.texas.edu) for the suggestion. + + V2.5.4 Wed Nov 1 07:54:51 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee) + * Added malloc_trim, with help from Wolfram Gloger + (wmglo@Dent.MED.Uni-Muenchen.DE). + + V2.5.3 Tue Apr 26 10:16:01 1994 Doug Lea (dl at g) + + V2.5.2 Tue Apr 5 16:20:40 1994 Doug Lea (dl at g) + * realloc: try to expand in both directions + * malloc: swap order of clean-bin strategy; + * realloc: only conditionally expand backwards + * Try not to scavenge used bins + * Use bin counts as a guide to preallocation + * Occasionally bin return list chunks in first scan + * Add a few optimizations from colin@nyx10.cs.du.edu + + V2.5.1 Sat Aug 14 15:40:43 1993 Doug Lea (dl at g) + * faster bin computation & slightly different binning + * merged all consolidations to one part of malloc proper + (eliminating old malloc_find_space & malloc_clean_bin) + * Scan 2 returns chunks (not just 1) + * Propagate failure in realloc if malloc returns 0 + * Add stuff to allow compilation on non-ANSI compilers + from kpv@research.att.com + + V2.5 Sat Aug 7 07:41:59 1993 Doug Lea (dl at g.oswego.edu) + * removed potential for odd address access in prev_chunk + * removed dependency on getpagesize.h + * misc cosmetics and a bit more internal documentation + * anticosmetics: mangled names in macros to evade debugger strangeness + * tested on sparc, hp-700, dec-mips, rs6000 + with gcc & native cc (hp, dec only) allowing + Detlefs & Zorn comparison study (in SIGPLAN Notices.) + + Trial version Fri Aug 28 13:14:29 1992 Doug Lea (dl at g.oswego.edu) + * Based loosely on libg++-1.2X malloc. (It retains some of the overall + structure of old version, but most details differ.) + +*/ + + diff --git a/compat/nedmalloc/nedmalloc.c b/compat/nedmalloc/nedmalloc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d9a17a8057 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/nedmalloc/nedmalloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,966 @@ +/* Alternative malloc implementation for multiple threads without +lock contention based on dlmalloc. (C) 2005-2006 Niall Douglas + +Boost Software License - Version 1.0 - August 17th, 2003 + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person or organization +obtaining a copy of the software and accompanying documentation covered by +this license (the "Software") to use, reproduce, display, distribute, +execute, and transmit the Software, and to prepare derivative works of the +Software, and to permit third-parties to whom the Software is furnished to +do so, all subject to the following: + +The copyright notices in the Software and this entire statement, including +the above license grant, this restriction and the following disclaimer, +must be included in all copies of the Software, in whole or in part, and +all derivative works of the Software, unless such copies or derivative +works are solely in the form of machine-executable object code generated by +a source language processor. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT +SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE +FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +*/ + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +/* Enable full aliasing on MSVC */ +/*#pragma optimize("a", on)*/ +#endif + +/*#define FULLSANITYCHECKS*/ + +#include "nedmalloc.h" +#if defined(WIN32) + #include <malloc.h> +#endif +#define MSPACES 1 +#define ONLY_MSPACES 1 +#ifndef USE_LOCKS + #define USE_LOCKS 1 +#endif +#define FOOTERS 1 /* Need to enable footers so frees lock the right mspace */ +#undef DEBUG /* dlmalloc wants DEBUG either 0 or 1 */ +#ifdef _DEBUG + #define DEBUG 1 +#else + #define DEBUG 0 +#endif +#ifdef NDEBUG /* Disable assert checking on release builds */ + #undef DEBUG +#endif +/* The default of 64Kb means we spend too much time kernel-side */ +#ifndef DEFAULT_GRANULARITY +#define DEFAULT_GRANULARITY (1*1024*1024) +#endif +/*#define USE_SPIN_LOCKS 0*/ + + +/*#define FORCEINLINE*/ +#include "malloc.c.h" +#ifdef NDEBUG /* Disable assert checking on release builds */ + #undef DEBUG +#endif + +/* The maximum concurrent threads in a pool possible */ +#ifndef MAXTHREADSINPOOL +#define MAXTHREADSINPOOL 16 +#endif +/* The maximum number of threadcaches which can be allocated */ +#ifndef THREADCACHEMAXCACHES +#define THREADCACHEMAXCACHES 256 +#endif +/* The maximum size to be allocated from the thread cache */ +#ifndef THREADCACHEMAX +#define THREADCACHEMAX 8192 +#endif +#if 0 +/* The number of cache entries for finer grained bins. This is (topbitpos(THREADCACHEMAX)-4)*2 */ +#define THREADCACHEMAXBINS ((13-4)*2) +#else +/* The number of cache entries. This is (topbitpos(THREADCACHEMAX)-4) */ +#define THREADCACHEMAXBINS (13-4) +#endif +/* Point at which the free space in a thread cache is garbage collected */ +#ifndef THREADCACHEMAXFREESPACE +#define THREADCACHEMAXFREESPACE (512*1024) +#endif + + +#ifdef WIN32 + #define TLSVAR DWORD + #define TLSALLOC(k) (*(k)=TlsAlloc(), TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES==*(k)) + #define TLSFREE(k) (!TlsFree(k)) + #define TLSGET(k) TlsGetValue(k) + #define TLSSET(k, a) (!TlsSetValue(k, a)) + #ifdef DEBUG +static LPVOID ChkedTlsGetValue(DWORD idx) +{ + LPVOID ret=TlsGetValue(idx); + assert(S_OK==GetLastError()); + return ret; +} + #undef TLSGET + #define TLSGET(k) ChkedTlsGetValue(k) + #endif +#else + #define TLSVAR pthread_key_t + #define TLSALLOC(k) pthread_key_create(k, 0) + #define TLSFREE(k) pthread_key_delete(k) + #define TLSGET(k) pthread_getspecific(k) + #define TLSSET(k, a) pthread_setspecific(k, a) +#endif + +#if 0 +/* Only enable if testing with valgrind. Causes misoperation */ +#define mspace_malloc(p, s) malloc(s) +#define mspace_realloc(p, m, s) realloc(m, s) +#define mspace_calloc(p, n, s) calloc(n, s) +#define mspace_free(p, m) free(m) +#endif + + +#if defined(__cplusplus) +#if !defined(NO_NED_NAMESPACE) +namespace nedalloc { +#else +extern "C" { +#endif +#endif + +size_t nedblksize(void *mem) THROWSPEC +{ +#if 0 + /* Only enable if testing with valgrind. Causes misoperation */ + return THREADCACHEMAX; +#else + if(mem) + { + mchunkptr p=mem2chunk(mem); + assert(cinuse(p)); /* If this fails, someone tried to free a block twice */ + if(cinuse(p)) + return chunksize(p)-overhead_for(p); + } + return 0; +#endif +} + +void nedsetvalue(void *v) THROWSPEC { nedpsetvalue(0, v); } +void * nedmalloc(size_t size) THROWSPEC { return nedpmalloc(0, size); } +void * nedcalloc(size_t no, size_t size) THROWSPEC { return nedpcalloc(0, no, size); } +void * nedrealloc(void *mem, size_t size) THROWSPEC { return nedprealloc(0, mem, size); } +void nedfree(void *mem) THROWSPEC { nedpfree(0, mem); } +void * nedmemalign(size_t alignment, size_t bytes) THROWSPEC { return nedpmemalign(0, alignment, bytes); } +#if !NO_MALLINFO +struct mallinfo nedmallinfo(void) THROWSPEC { return nedpmallinfo(0); } +#endif +int nedmallopt(int parno, int value) THROWSPEC { return nedpmallopt(0, parno, value); } +int nedmalloc_trim(size_t pad) THROWSPEC { return nedpmalloc_trim(0, pad); } +void nedmalloc_stats() THROWSPEC { nedpmalloc_stats(0); } +size_t nedmalloc_footprint() THROWSPEC { return nedpmalloc_footprint(0); } +void **nedindependent_calloc(size_t elemsno, size_t elemsize, void **chunks) THROWSPEC { return nedpindependent_calloc(0, elemsno, elemsize, chunks); } +void **nedindependent_comalloc(size_t elems, size_t *sizes, void **chunks) THROWSPEC { return nedpindependent_comalloc(0, elems, sizes, chunks); } + +struct threadcacheblk_t; +typedef struct threadcacheblk_t threadcacheblk; +struct threadcacheblk_t +{ /* Keep less than 16 bytes on 32 bit systems and 32 bytes on 64 bit systems */ +#ifdef FULLSANITYCHECKS + unsigned int magic; +#endif + unsigned int lastUsed, size; + threadcacheblk *next, *prev; +}; +typedef struct threadcache_t +{ +#ifdef FULLSANITYCHECKS + unsigned int magic1; +#endif + int mymspace; /* Last mspace entry this thread used */ + long threadid; + unsigned int mallocs, frees, successes; + size_t freeInCache; /* How much free space is stored in this cache */ + threadcacheblk *bins[(THREADCACHEMAXBINS+1)*2]; +#ifdef FULLSANITYCHECKS + unsigned int magic2; +#endif +} threadcache; +struct nedpool_t +{ + MLOCK_T mutex; + void *uservalue; + int threads; /* Max entries in m to use */ + threadcache *caches[THREADCACHEMAXCACHES]; + TLSVAR mycache; /* Thread cache for this thread. 0 for unset, negative for use mspace-1 directly, otherwise is cache-1 */ + mstate m[MAXTHREADSINPOOL+1]; /* mspace entries for this pool */ +}; +static nedpool syspool; + +static FORCEINLINE unsigned int size2binidx(size_t _size) THROWSPEC +{ /* 8=1000 16=10000 20=10100 24=11000 32=100000 48=110000 4096=1000000000000 */ + unsigned int topbit, size=(unsigned int)(_size>>4); + /* 16=1 20=1 24=1 32=10 48=11 64=100 96=110 128=1000 4096=100000000 */ + +#if defined(__GNUC__) + topbit = sizeof(size)*__CHAR_BIT__ - 1 - __builtin_clz(size); +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 + { + unsigned long bsrTopBit; + + _BitScanReverse(&bsrTopBit, size); + + topbit = bsrTopBit; + } +#else +#if 0 + union { + unsigned asInt[2]; + double asDouble; + }; + int n; + + asDouble = (double)size + 0.5; + topbit = (asInt[!FOX_BIGENDIAN] >> 20) - 1023; +#else + { + unsigned int x=size; + x = x | (x >> 1); + x = x | (x >> 2); + x = x | (x >> 4); + x = x | (x >> 8); + x = x | (x >>16); + x = ~x; + x = x - ((x >> 1) & 0x55555555); + x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); + x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; + x = x + (x << 8); + x = x + (x << 16); + topbit=31 - (x >> 24); + } +#endif +#endif + return topbit; +} + + +#ifdef FULLSANITYCHECKS +static void tcsanitycheck(threadcacheblk **ptr) THROWSPEC +{ + assert((ptr[0] && ptr[1]) || (!ptr[0] && !ptr[1])); + if(ptr[0] && ptr[1]) + { + assert(nedblksize(ptr[0])>=sizeof(threadcacheblk)); + assert(nedblksize(ptr[1])>=sizeof(threadcacheblk)); + assert(*(unsigned int *) "NEDN"==ptr[0]->magic); + assert(*(unsigned int *) "NEDN"==ptr[1]->magic); + assert(!ptr[0]->prev); + assert(!ptr[1]->next); + if(ptr[0]==ptr[1]) + { + assert(!ptr[0]->next); + assert(!ptr[1]->prev); + } + } +} +static void tcfullsanitycheck(threadcache *tc) THROWSPEC +{ + threadcacheblk **tcbptr=tc->bins; + int n; + for(n=0; n<=THREADCACHEMAXBINS; n++, tcbptr+=2) + { + threadcacheblk *b, *ob=0; + tcsanitycheck(tcbptr); + for(b=tcbptr[0]; b; ob=b, b=b->next) + { + assert(*(unsigned int *) "NEDN"==b->magic); + assert(!ob || ob->next==b); + assert(!ob || b->prev==ob); + } + } +} +#endif + +static NOINLINE void RemoveCacheEntries(nedpool *p, threadcache *tc, unsigned int age) THROWSPEC +{ +#ifdef FULLSANITYCHECKS + tcfullsanitycheck(tc); +#endif + if(tc->freeInCache) + { + threadcacheblk **tcbptr=tc->bins; + int n; + for(n=0; n<=THREADCACHEMAXBINS; n++, tcbptr+=2) + { + threadcacheblk **tcb=tcbptr+1; /* come from oldest end of list */ + /*tcsanitycheck(tcbptr);*/ + for(; *tcb && tc->frees-(*tcb)->lastUsed>=age; ) + { + threadcacheblk *f=*tcb; + size_t blksize=f->size; /*nedblksize(f);*/ + assert(blksize<=nedblksize(f)); + assert(blksize); +#ifdef FULLSANITYCHECKS + assert(*(unsigned int *) "NEDN"==(*tcb)->magic); +#endif + *tcb=(*tcb)->prev; + if(*tcb) + (*tcb)->next=0; + else + *tcbptr=0; + tc->freeInCache-=blksize; + assert((long) tc->freeInCache>=0); + mspace_free(0, f); + /*tcsanitycheck(tcbptr);*/ + } + } + } +#ifdef FULLSANITYCHECKS + tcfullsanitycheck(tc); +#endif +} +static void DestroyCaches(nedpool *p) THROWSPEC +{ + if(p->caches) + { + threadcache *tc; + int n; + for(n=0; n<THREADCACHEMAXCACHES; n++) + { + if((tc=p->caches[n])) + { + tc->frees++; + RemoveCacheEntries(p, tc, 0); + assert(!tc->freeInCache); + tc->mymspace=-1; + tc->threadid=0; + mspace_free(0, tc); + p->caches[n]=0; + } + } + } +} + +static NOINLINE threadcache *AllocCache(nedpool *p) THROWSPEC +{ + threadcache *tc=0; + int n, end; + ACQUIRE_LOCK(&p->mutex); + for(n=0; n<THREADCACHEMAXCACHES && p->caches[n]; n++); + if(THREADCACHEMAXCACHES==n) + { /* List exhausted, so disable for this thread */ + RELEASE_LOCK(&p->mutex); + return 0; + } + tc=p->caches[n]=(threadcache *) mspace_calloc(p->m[0], 1, sizeof(threadcache)); + if(!tc) + { + RELEASE_LOCK(&p->mutex); + return 0; + } +#ifdef FULLSANITYCHECKS + tc->magic1=*(unsigned int *)"NEDMALC1"; + tc->magic2=*(unsigned int *)"NEDMALC2"; +#endif + tc->threadid=(long)(size_t)CURRENT_THREAD; + for(end=0; p->m[end]; end++); + tc->mymspace=tc->threadid % end; + RELEASE_LOCK(&p->mutex); + if(TLSSET(p->mycache, (void *)(size_t)(n+1))) abort(); + return tc; +} + +static void *threadcache_malloc(nedpool *p, threadcache *tc, size_t *size) THROWSPEC +{ + void *ret=0; + unsigned int bestsize; + unsigned int idx=size2binidx(*size); + size_t blksize=0; + threadcacheblk *blk, **binsptr; +#ifdef FULLSANITYCHECKS + tcfullsanitycheck(tc); +#endif + /* Calculate best fit bin size */ + bestsize=1<<(idx+4); +#if 0 + /* Finer grained bin fit */ + idx<<=1; + if(*size>bestsize) + { + idx++; + bestsize+=bestsize>>1; + } + if(*size>bestsize) + { + idx++; + bestsize=1<<(4+(idx>>1)); + } +#else + if(*size>bestsize) + { + idx++; + bestsize<<=1; + } +#endif + assert(bestsize>=*size); + if(*size<bestsize) *size=bestsize; + assert(*size<=THREADCACHEMAX); + assert(idx<=THREADCACHEMAXBINS); + binsptr=&tc->bins[idx*2]; + /* Try to match close, but move up a bin if necessary */ + blk=*binsptr; + if(!blk || blk->size<*size) + { /* Bump it up a bin */ + if(idx<THREADCACHEMAXBINS) + { + idx++; + binsptr+=2; + blk=*binsptr; + } + } + if(blk) + { + blksize=blk->size; /*nedblksize(blk);*/ + assert(nedblksize(blk)>=blksize); + assert(blksize>=*size); + if(blk->next) + blk->next->prev=0; + *binsptr=blk->next; + if(!*binsptr) + binsptr[1]=0; +#ifdef FULLSANITYCHECKS + blk->magic=0; +#endif + assert(binsptr[0]!=blk && binsptr[1]!=blk); + assert(nedblksize(blk)>=sizeof(threadcacheblk) && nedblksize(blk)<=THREADCACHEMAX+CHUNK_OVERHEAD); + /*printf("malloc: %p, %p, %p, %lu\n", p, tc, blk, (long) size);*/ + ret=(void *) blk; + } + ++tc->mallocs; + if(ret) + { + assert(blksize>=*size); + ++tc->successes; + tc->freeInCache-=blksize; + assert((long) tc->freeInCache>=0); + } +#if defined(DEBUG) && 0 + if(!(tc->mallocs & 0xfff)) + { + printf("*** threadcache=%u, mallocs=%u (%f), free=%u (%f), freeInCache=%u\n", (unsigned int) tc->threadid, tc->mallocs, + (float) tc->successes/tc->mallocs, tc->frees, (float) tc->successes/tc->frees, (unsigned int) tc->freeInCache); + } +#endif +#ifdef FULLSANITYCHECKS + tcfullsanitycheck(tc); +#endif + return ret; +} +static NOINLINE void ReleaseFreeInCache(nedpool *p, threadcache *tc, int mymspace) THROWSPEC +{ + unsigned int age=THREADCACHEMAXFREESPACE/8192; + /*ACQUIRE_LOCK(&p->m[mymspace]->mutex);*/ + while(age && tc->freeInCache>=THREADCACHEMAXFREESPACE) + { + RemoveCacheEntries(p, tc, age); + /*printf("*** Removing cache entries older than %u (%u)\n", age, (unsigned int) tc->freeInCache);*/ + age>>=1; + } + /*RELEASE_LOCK(&p->m[mymspace]->mutex);*/ +} +static void threadcache_free(nedpool *p, threadcache *tc, int mymspace, void *mem, size_t size) THROWSPEC +{ + unsigned int bestsize; + unsigned int idx=size2binidx(size); + threadcacheblk **binsptr, *tck=(threadcacheblk *) mem; + assert(size>=sizeof(threadcacheblk) && size<=THREADCACHEMAX+CHUNK_OVERHEAD); +#ifdef DEBUG + { /* Make sure this is a valid memory block */ + mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); + mstate fm = get_mstate_for(p); + if (!ok_magic(fm)) { + USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p); + return; + } + } +#endif +#ifdef FULLSANITYCHECKS + tcfullsanitycheck(tc); +#endif + /* Calculate best fit bin size */ + bestsize=1<<(idx+4); +#if 0 + /* Finer grained bin fit */ + idx<<=1; + if(size>bestsize) + { + unsigned int biggerbestsize=bestsize+bestsize<<1; + if(size>=biggerbestsize) + { + idx++; + bestsize=biggerbestsize; + } + } +#endif + if(bestsize!=size) /* dlmalloc can round up, so we round down to preserve indexing */ + size=bestsize; + binsptr=&tc->bins[idx*2]; + assert(idx<=THREADCACHEMAXBINS); + if(tck==*binsptr) + { + fprintf(stderr, "Attempt to free already freed memory block %p - aborting!\n", tck); + abort(); + } +#ifdef FULLSANITYCHECKS + tck->magic=*(unsigned int *) "NEDN"; +#endif + tck->lastUsed=++tc->frees; + tck->size=(unsigned int) size; + tck->next=*binsptr; + tck->prev=0; + if(tck->next) + tck->next->prev=tck; + else + binsptr[1]=tck; + assert(!*binsptr || (*binsptr)->size==tck->size); + *binsptr=tck; + assert(tck==tc->bins[idx*2]); + assert(tc->bins[idx*2+1]==tck || binsptr[0]->next->prev==tck); + /*printf("free: %p, %p, %p, %lu\n", p, tc, mem, (long) size);*/ + tc->freeInCache+=size; +#ifdef FULLSANITYCHECKS + tcfullsanitycheck(tc); +#endif +#if 1 + if(tc->freeInCache>=THREADCACHEMAXFREESPACE) + ReleaseFreeInCache(p, tc, mymspace); +#endif +} + + + + +static NOINLINE int InitPool(nedpool *p, size_t capacity, int threads) THROWSPEC +{ /* threads is -1 for system pool */ + ensure_initialization(); + ACQUIRE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); + if(p->threads) goto done; + if(INITIAL_LOCK(&p->mutex)) goto err; + if(TLSALLOC(&p->mycache)) goto err; + if(!(p->m[0]=(mstate) create_mspace(capacity, 1))) goto err; + p->m[0]->extp=p; + p->threads=(threads<1 || threads>MAXTHREADSINPOOL) ? MAXTHREADSINPOOL : threads; +done: + RELEASE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); + return 1; +err: + if(threads<0) + abort(); /* If you can't allocate for system pool, we're screwed */ + DestroyCaches(p); + if(p->m[0]) + { + destroy_mspace(p->m[0]); + p->m[0]=0; + } + if(p->mycache) + { + if(TLSFREE(p->mycache)) abort(); + p->mycache=0; + } + RELEASE_MALLOC_GLOBAL_LOCK(); + return 0; +} +static NOINLINE mstate FindMSpace(nedpool *p, threadcache *tc, int *lastUsed, size_t size) THROWSPEC +{ /* Gets called when thread's last used mspace is in use. The strategy + is to run through the list of all available mspaces looking for an + unlocked one and if we fail, we create a new one so long as we don't + exceed p->threads */ + int n, end; + for(n=end=*lastUsed+1; p->m[n]; end=++n) + { + if(TRY_LOCK(&p->m[n]->mutex)) goto found; + } + for(n=0; n<*lastUsed && p->m[n]; n++) + { + if(TRY_LOCK(&p->m[n]->mutex)) goto found; + } + if(end<p->threads) + { + mstate temp; + if(!(temp=(mstate) create_mspace(size, 1))) + goto badexit; + /* Now we're ready to modify the lists, we lock */ + ACQUIRE_LOCK(&p->mutex); + while(p->m[end] && end<p->threads) + end++; + if(end>=p->threads) + { /* Drat, must destroy it now */ + RELEASE_LOCK(&p->mutex); + destroy_mspace((mspace) temp); + goto badexit; + } + /* We really want to make sure this goes into memory now but we + have to be careful of breaking aliasing rules, so write it twice */ + *((volatile struct malloc_state **) &p->m[end])=p->m[end]=temp; + ACQUIRE_LOCK(&p->m[end]->mutex); + /*printf("Created mspace idx %d\n", end);*/ + RELEASE_LOCK(&p->mutex); + n=end; + goto found; + } + /* Let it lock on the last one it used */ +badexit: + ACQUIRE_LOCK(&p->m[*lastUsed]->mutex); + return p->m[*lastUsed]; +found: + *lastUsed=n; + if(tc) + tc->mymspace=n; + else + { + if(TLSSET(p->mycache, (void *)(size_t)(-(n+1)))) abort(); + } + return p->m[n]; +} + +nedpool *nedcreatepool(size_t capacity, int threads) THROWSPEC +{ + nedpool *ret; + if(!(ret=(nedpool *) nedpcalloc(0, 1, sizeof(nedpool)))) return 0; + if(!InitPool(ret, capacity, threads)) + { + nedpfree(0, ret); + return 0; + } + return ret; +} +void neddestroypool(nedpool *p) THROWSPEC +{ + int n; + ACQUIRE_LOCK(&p->mutex); + DestroyCaches(p); + for(n=0; p->m[n]; n++) + { + destroy_mspace(p->m[n]); + p->m[n]=0; + } + RELEASE_LOCK(&p->mutex); + if(TLSFREE(p->mycache)) abort(); + nedpfree(0, p); +} + +void nedpsetvalue(nedpool *p, void *v) THROWSPEC +{ + if(!p) { p=&syspool; if(!syspool.threads) InitPool(&syspool, 0, -1); } + p->uservalue=v; +} +void *nedgetvalue(nedpool **p, void *mem) THROWSPEC +{ + nedpool *np=0; + mchunkptr mcp=mem2chunk(mem); + mstate fm; + if(!(is_aligned(chunk2mem(mcp))) && mcp->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) return 0; + if(!cinuse(mcp)) return 0; + if(!next_pinuse(mcp)) return 0; + if(!is_mmapped(mcp) && !pinuse(mcp)) + { + if(next_chunk(prev_chunk(mcp))!=mcp) return 0; + } + fm=get_mstate_for(mcp); + if(!ok_magic(fm)) return 0; + if(!ok_address(fm, mcp)) return 0; + if(!fm->extp) return 0; + np=(nedpool *) fm->extp; + if(p) *p=np; + return np->uservalue; +} + +void neddisablethreadcache(nedpool *p) THROWSPEC +{ + int mycache; + if(!p) + { + p=&syspool; + if(!syspool.threads) InitPool(&syspool, 0, -1); + } + mycache=(int)(size_t) TLSGET(p->mycache); + if(!mycache) + { /* Set to mspace 0 */ + if(TLSSET(p->mycache, (void *)-1)) abort(); + } + else if(mycache>0) + { /* Set to last used mspace */ + threadcache *tc=p->caches[mycache-1]; +#if defined(DEBUG) + printf("Threadcache utilisation: %lf%% in cache with %lf%% lost to other threads\n", + 100.0*tc->successes/tc->mallocs, 100.0*((double) tc->mallocs-tc->frees)/tc->mallocs); +#endif + if(TLSSET(p->mycache, (void *)(size_t)(-tc->mymspace))) abort(); + tc->frees++; + RemoveCacheEntries(p, tc, 0); + assert(!tc->freeInCache); + tc->mymspace=-1; + tc->threadid=0; + mspace_free(0, p->caches[mycache-1]); + p->caches[mycache-1]=0; + } +} + +#define GETMSPACE(m,p,tc,ms,s,action) \ + do \ + { \ + mstate m = GetMSpace((p),(tc),(ms),(s)); \ + action; \ + RELEASE_LOCK(&m->mutex); \ + } while (0) + +static FORCEINLINE mstate GetMSpace(nedpool *p, threadcache *tc, int mymspace, size_t size) THROWSPEC +{ /* Returns a locked and ready for use mspace */ + mstate m=p->m[mymspace]; + assert(m); + if(!TRY_LOCK(&p->m[mymspace]->mutex)) m=FindMSpace(p, tc, &mymspace, size);\ + /*assert(IS_LOCKED(&p->m[mymspace]->mutex));*/ + return m; +} +static FORCEINLINE void GetThreadCache(nedpool **p, threadcache **tc, int *mymspace, size_t *size) THROWSPEC +{ + int mycache; + if(size && *size<sizeof(threadcacheblk)) *size=sizeof(threadcacheblk); + if(!*p) + { + *p=&syspool; + if(!syspool.threads) InitPool(&syspool, 0, -1); + } + mycache=(int)(size_t) TLSGET((*p)->mycache); + if(mycache>0) + { + *tc=(*p)->caches[mycache-1]; + *mymspace=(*tc)->mymspace; + } + else if(!mycache) + { + *tc=AllocCache(*p); + if(!*tc) + { /* Disable */ + if(TLSSET((*p)->mycache, (void *)-1)) abort(); + *mymspace=0; + } + else + *mymspace=(*tc)->mymspace; + } + else + { + *tc=0; + *mymspace=-mycache-1; + } + assert(*mymspace>=0); + assert((long)(size_t)CURRENT_THREAD==(*tc)->threadid); +#ifdef FULLSANITYCHECKS + if(*tc) + { + if(*(unsigned int *)"NEDMALC1"!=(*tc)->magic1 || *(unsigned int *)"NEDMALC2"!=(*tc)->magic2) + { + abort(); + } + } +#endif +} + +void * nedpmalloc(nedpool *p, size_t size) THROWSPEC +{ + void *ret=0; + threadcache *tc; + int mymspace; + GetThreadCache(&p, &tc, &mymspace, &size); +#if THREADCACHEMAX + if(tc && size<=THREADCACHEMAX) + { /* Use the thread cache */ + ret=threadcache_malloc(p, tc, &size); + } +#endif + if(!ret) + { /* Use this thread's mspace */ + GETMSPACE(m, p, tc, mymspace, size, + ret=mspace_malloc(m, size)); + } + return ret; +} +void * nedpcalloc(nedpool *p, size_t no, size_t size) THROWSPEC +{ + size_t rsize=size*no; + void *ret=0; + threadcache *tc; + int mymspace; + GetThreadCache(&p, &tc, &mymspace, &rsize); +#if THREADCACHEMAX + if(tc && rsize<=THREADCACHEMAX) + { /* Use the thread cache */ + if((ret=threadcache_malloc(p, tc, &rsize))) + memset(ret, 0, rsize); + } +#endif + if(!ret) + { /* Use this thread's mspace */ + GETMSPACE(m, p, tc, mymspace, rsize, + ret=mspace_calloc(m, 1, rsize)); + } + return ret; +} +void * nedprealloc(nedpool *p, void *mem, size_t size) THROWSPEC +{ + void *ret=0; + threadcache *tc; + int mymspace; + if(!mem) return nedpmalloc(p, size); + GetThreadCache(&p, &tc, &mymspace, &size); +#if THREADCACHEMAX + if(tc && size && size<=THREADCACHEMAX) + { /* Use the thread cache */ + size_t memsize=nedblksize(mem); + assert(memsize); + if((ret=threadcache_malloc(p, tc, &size))) + { + memcpy(ret, mem, memsize<size ? memsize : size); + if(memsize<=THREADCACHEMAX) + threadcache_free(p, tc, mymspace, mem, memsize); + else + mspace_free(0, mem); + } + } +#endif + if(!ret) + { /* Reallocs always happen in the mspace they happened in, so skip + locking the preferred mspace for this thread */ + ret=mspace_realloc(0, mem, size); + } + return ret; +} +void nedpfree(nedpool *p, void *mem) THROWSPEC +{ /* Frees always happen in the mspace they happened in, so skip + locking the preferred mspace for this thread */ + threadcache *tc; + int mymspace; + size_t memsize; + assert(mem); + GetThreadCache(&p, &tc, &mymspace, 0); +#if THREADCACHEMAX + memsize=nedblksize(mem); + assert(memsize); + if(mem && tc && memsize<=(THREADCACHEMAX+CHUNK_OVERHEAD)) + threadcache_free(p, tc, mymspace, mem, memsize); + else +#endif + mspace_free(0, mem); +} +void * nedpmemalign(nedpool *p, size_t alignment, size_t bytes) THROWSPEC +{ + void *ret; + threadcache *tc; + int mymspace; + GetThreadCache(&p, &tc, &mymspace, &bytes); + { /* Use this thread's mspace */ + GETMSPACE(m, p, tc, mymspace, bytes, + ret=mspace_memalign(m, alignment, bytes)); + } + return ret; +} +#if !NO_MALLINFO +struct mallinfo nedpmallinfo(nedpool *p) THROWSPEC +{ + int n; + struct mallinfo ret={0}; + if(!p) { p=&syspool; if(!syspool.threads) InitPool(&syspool, 0, -1); } + for(n=0; p->m[n]; n++) + { + struct mallinfo t=mspace_mallinfo(p->m[n]); + ret.arena+=t.arena; + ret.ordblks+=t.ordblks; + ret.hblkhd+=t.hblkhd; + ret.usmblks+=t.usmblks; + ret.uordblks+=t.uordblks; + ret.fordblks+=t.fordblks; + ret.keepcost+=t.keepcost; + } + return ret; +} +#endif +int nedpmallopt(nedpool *p, int parno, int value) THROWSPEC +{ + return mspace_mallopt(parno, value); +} +int nedpmalloc_trim(nedpool *p, size_t pad) THROWSPEC +{ + int n, ret=0; + if(!p) { p=&syspool; if(!syspool.threads) InitPool(&syspool, 0, -1); } + for(n=0; p->m[n]; n++) + { + ret+=mspace_trim(p->m[n], pad); + } + return ret; +} +void nedpmalloc_stats(nedpool *p) THROWSPEC +{ + int n; + if(!p) { p=&syspool; if(!syspool.threads) InitPool(&syspool, 0, -1); } + for(n=0; p->m[n]; n++) + { + mspace_malloc_stats(p->m[n]); + } +} +size_t nedpmalloc_footprint(nedpool *p) THROWSPEC +{ + size_t ret=0; + int n; + if(!p) { p=&syspool; if(!syspool.threads) InitPool(&syspool, 0, -1); } + for(n=0; p->m[n]; n++) + { + ret+=mspace_footprint(p->m[n]); + } + return ret; +} +void **nedpindependent_calloc(nedpool *p, size_t elemsno, size_t elemsize, void **chunks) THROWSPEC +{ + void **ret; + threadcache *tc; + int mymspace; + GetThreadCache(&p, &tc, &mymspace, &elemsize); + GETMSPACE(m, p, tc, mymspace, elemsno*elemsize, + ret=mspace_independent_calloc(m, elemsno, elemsize, chunks)); + return ret; +} +void **nedpindependent_comalloc(nedpool *p, size_t elems, size_t *sizes, void **chunks) THROWSPEC +{ + void **ret; + threadcache *tc; + int mymspace; + size_t i, *adjustedsizes=(size_t *) alloca(elems*sizeof(size_t)); + if(!adjustedsizes) return 0; + for(i=0; i<elems; i++) + adjustedsizes[i]=sizes[i]<sizeof(threadcacheblk) ? sizeof(threadcacheblk) : sizes[i]; + GetThreadCache(&p, &tc, &mymspace, 0); + GETMSPACE(m, p, tc, mymspace, 0, + ret=mspace_independent_comalloc(m, elems, adjustedsizes, chunks)); + return ret; +} + +#ifdef OVERRIDE_STRDUP +/* + * This implementation is purely there to override the libc version, to + * avoid a crash due to allocation and free on different 'heaps'. + */ +char *strdup(const char *s1) +{ + char *s2 = 0; + if (s1) { + s2 = malloc(strlen(s1) + 1); + strcpy(s2, s1); + } + return s2; +} +#endif + +#if defined(__cplusplus) +} +#endif diff --git a/compat/nedmalloc/nedmalloc.h b/compat/nedmalloc/nedmalloc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f960e66063 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/nedmalloc/nedmalloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +/* nedalloc, an alternative malloc implementation for multiple threads without +lock contention based on dlmalloc v2.8.3. (C) 2005 Niall Douglas + +Boost Software License - Version 1.0 - August 17th, 2003 + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person or organization +obtaining a copy of the software and accompanying documentation covered by +this license (the "Software") to use, reproduce, display, distribute, +execute, and transmit the Software, and to prepare derivative works of the +Software, and to permit third-parties to whom the Software is furnished to +do so, all subject to the following: + +The copyright notices in the Software and this entire statement, including +the above license grant, this restriction and the following disclaimer, +must be included in all copies of the Software, in whole or in part, and +all derivative works of the Software, unless such copies or derivative +works are solely in the form of machine-executable object code generated by +a source language processor. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT +SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE +FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +*/ + +#ifndef NEDMALLOC_H +#define NEDMALLOC_H + + +/* See malloc.c.h for what each function does. + +REPLACE_SYSTEM_ALLOCATOR causes nedalloc's functions to be called malloc, +free etc. instead of nedmalloc, nedfree etc. You may or may not want this. + +NO_NED_NAMESPACE prevents the functions from being defined in the nedalloc +namespace when in C++ (uses the global namespace instead). + +EXTSPEC can be defined to be __declspec(dllexport) or +__attribute__ ((visibility("default"))) or whatever you like. It defaults +to extern. + +USE_LOCKS can be 2 if you want to define your own MLOCK_T, INITIAL_LOCK, +ACQUIRE_LOCK, RELEASE_LOCK, TRY_LOCK, IS_LOCKED and NULL_LOCK_INITIALIZER. + +*/ + +#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */ + +#ifndef EXTSPEC + #define EXTSPEC extern +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400 + #define MALLOCATTR __declspec(restrict) +#endif +#ifdef __GNUC__ + #define MALLOCATTR __attribute__ ((malloc)) +#endif +#ifndef MALLOCATTR + #define MALLOCATTR +#endif + +#ifdef REPLACE_SYSTEM_ALLOCATOR + #define nedmalloc malloc + #define nedcalloc calloc + #define nedrealloc realloc + #define nedfree free + #define nedmemalign memalign + #define nedmallinfo mallinfo + #define nedmallopt mallopt + #define nedmalloc_trim malloc_trim + #define nedmalloc_stats malloc_stats + #define nedmalloc_footprint malloc_footprint + #define nedindependent_calloc independent_calloc + #define nedindependent_comalloc independent_comalloc + #ifdef _MSC_VER + #define nedblksize _msize + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef NO_MALLINFO +#define NO_MALLINFO 0 +#endif + +#if !NO_MALLINFO +struct mallinfo; +#endif + +#if defined(__cplusplus) + #if !defined(NO_NED_NAMESPACE) +namespace nedalloc { + #else +extern "C" { + #endif + #define THROWSPEC throw() +#else + #define THROWSPEC +#endif + +/* These are the global functions */ + +/* Gets the usable size of an allocated block. Note this will always be bigger than what was +asked for due to rounding etc. +*/ +EXTSPEC size_t nedblksize(void *mem) THROWSPEC; + +EXTSPEC void nedsetvalue(void *v) THROWSPEC; + +EXTSPEC MALLOCATTR void * nedmalloc(size_t size) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC MALLOCATTR void * nedcalloc(size_t no, size_t size) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC MALLOCATTR void * nedrealloc(void *mem, size_t size) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC void nedfree(void *mem) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC MALLOCATTR void * nedmemalign(size_t alignment, size_t bytes) THROWSPEC; +#if !NO_MALLINFO +EXTSPEC struct mallinfo nedmallinfo(void) THROWSPEC; +#endif +EXTSPEC int nedmallopt(int parno, int value) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC int nedmalloc_trim(size_t pad) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC void nedmalloc_stats(void) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC size_t nedmalloc_footprint(void) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC MALLOCATTR void **nedindependent_calloc(size_t elemsno, size_t elemsize, void **chunks) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC MALLOCATTR void **nedindependent_comalloc(size_t elems, size_t *sizes, void **chunks) THROWSPEC; + +/* These are the pool functions */ +struct nedpool_t; +typedef struct nedpool_t nedpool; + +/* Creates a memory pool for use with the nedp* functions below. +Capacity is how much to allocate immediately (if you know you'll be allocating a lot +of memory very soon) which you can leave at zero. Threads specifies how many threads +will *normally* be accessing the pool concurrently. Setting this to zero means it +extends on demand, but be careful of this as it can rapidly consume system resources +where bursts of concurrent threads use a pool at once. +*/ +EXTSPEC MALLOCATTR nedpool *nedcreatepool(size_t capacity, int threads) THROWSPEC; + +/* Destroys a memory pool previously created by nedcreatepool(). +*/ +EXTSPEC void neddestroypool(nedpool *p) THROWSPEC; + +/* Sets a value to be associated with a pool. You can retrieve this value by passing +any memory block allocated from that pool. +*/ +EXTSPEC void nedpsetvalue(nedpool *p, void *v) THROWSPEC; +/* Gets a previously set value using nedpsetvalue() or zero if memory is unknown. +Optionally can also retrieve pool. +*/ +EXTSPEC void *nedgetvalue(nedpool **p, void *mem) THROWSPEC; + +/* Disables the thread cache for the calling thread, returning any existing cache +data to the central pool. +*/ +EXTSPEC void neddisablethreadcache(nedpool *p) THROWSPEC; + +EXTSPEC MALLOCATTR void * nedpmalloc(nedpool *p, size_t size) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC MALLOCATTR void * nedpcalloc(nedpool *p, size_t no, size_t size) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC MALLOCATTR void * nedprealloc(nedpool *p, void *mem, size_t size) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC void nedpfree(nedpool *p, void *mem) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC MALLOCATTR void * nedpmemalign(nedpool *p, size_t alignment, size_t bytes) THROWSPEC; +#if !NO_MALLINFO +EXTSPEC struct mallinfo nedpmallinfo(nedpool *p) THROWSPEC; +#endif +EXTSPEC int nedpmallopt(nedpool *p, int parno, int value) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC int nedpmalloc_trim(nedpool *p, size_t pad) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC void nedpmalloc_stats(nedpool *p) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC size_t nedpmalloc_footprint(nedpool *p) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC MALLOCATTR void **nedpindependent_calloc(nedpool *p, size_t elemsno, size_t elemsize, void **chunks) THROWSPEC; +EXTSPEC MALLOCATTR void **nedpindependent_comalloc(nedpool *p, size_t elems, size_t *sizes, void **chunks) THROWSPEC; + +#if defined(__cplusplus) +} +#endif + +#undef MALLOCATTR +#undef EXTSPEC + +#endif diff --git a/compat/pread.c b/compat/pread.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..978cac4ec9 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/pread.c @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +ssize_t git_pread(int fd, void *buf, size_t count, off_t offset) +{ + off_t current_offset; + ssize_t rc; + + current_offset = lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_CUR); + + if (lseek(fd, offset, SEEK_SET) < 0) + return -1; + + rc = read_in_full(fd, buf, count); + + if (current_offset != lseek(fd, current_offset, SEEK_SET)) + return -1; + return rc; +} diff --git a/compat/qsort.c b/compat/qsort.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d93dce2cf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/qsort.c @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +/* + * A merge sort implementation, simplified from the qsort implementation + * by Mike Haertel, which is a part of the GNU C Library. + */ + +static void msort_with_tmp(void *b, size_t n, size_t s, + int (*cmp)(const void *, const void *), + char *t) +{ + char *tmp; + char *b1, *b2; + size_t n1, n2; + + if (n <= 1) + return; + + n1 = n / 2; + n2 = n - n1; + b1 = b; + b2 = (char *)b + (n1 * s); + + msort_with_tmp(b1, n1, s, cmp, t); + msort_with_tmp(b2, n2, s, cmp, t); + + tmp = t; + + while (n1 > 0 && n2 > 0) { + if (cmp(b1, b2) <= 0) { + memcpy(tmp, b1, s); + tmp += s; + b1 += s; + --n1; + } else { + memcpy(tmp, b2, s); + tmp += s; + b2 += s; + --n2; + } + } + if (n1 > 0) + memcpy(tmp, b1, n1 * s); + memcpy(b, t, (n - n2) * s); +} + +void git_qsort(void *b, size_t n, size_t s, + int (*cmp)(const void *, const void *)) +{ + const size_t size = n * s; + char buf[1024]; + + if (size < sizeof(buf)) { + /* The temporary array fits on the small on-stack buffer. */ + msort_with_tmp(b, n, s, cmp, buf); + } else { + /* It's somewhat large, so malloc it. */ + char *tmp = malloc(size); + msort_with_tmp(b, n, s, cmp, tmp); + free(tmp); + } +} diff --git a/compat/regex/regex.c b/compat/regex/regex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..556d8ab11f --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/regex/regex.c @@ -0,0 +1,4924 @@ +/* Extended regular expression matching and search library, + version 0.12. + (Implements POSIX draft P10003.2/D11.2, except for + internationalization features.) + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ + +/* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file. */ +#if defined (_AIX) && !defined (REGEX_MALLOC) + #pragma alloca +#endif + +#define _GNU_SOURCE + +/* We need this for `regex.h', and perhaps for the Emacs include files. */ +#include <sys/types.h> + +/* We used to test for `BSTRING' here, but only GCC and Emacs define + `BSTRING', as far as I know, and neither of them use this code. */ +#include <string.h> +#ifndef bcmp +#define bcmp(s1, s2, n) memcmp ((s1), (s2), (n)) +#endif +#ifndef bcopy +#define bcopy(s, d, n) memcpy ((d), (s), (n)) +#endif +#ifndef bzero +#define bzero(s, n) memset ((s), 0, (n)) +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> + + +/* Define the syntax stuff for \<, \>, etc. */ + +/* This must be nonzero for the wordchar and notwordchar pattern + commands in re_match_2. */ +#ifndef Sword +#define Sword 1 +#endif + +#ifdef SYNTAX_TABLE + +extern char *re_syntax_table; + +#else /* not SYNTAX_TABLE */ + +/* How many characters in the character set. */ +#define CHAR_SET_SIZE 256 + +static char re_syntax_table[CHAR_SET_SIZE]; + +static void +init_syntax_once () +{ + register int c; + static int done = 0; + + if (done) + return; + + bzero (re_syntax_table, sizeof re_syntax_table); + + for (c = 'a'; c <= 'z'; c++) + re_syntax_table[c] = Sword; + + for (c = 'A'; c <= 'Z'; c++) + re_syntax_table[c] = Sword; + + for (c = '0'; c <= '9'; c++) + re_syntax_table[c] = Sword; + + re_syntax_table['_'] = Sword; + + done = 1; +} + +#endif /* not SYNTAX_TABLE */ + +#define SYNTAX(c) re_syntax_table[c] + + +/* Get the interface, including the syntax bits. */ +#include "regex.h" + +/* isalpha etc. are used for the character classes. */ +#include <ctype.h> + +#ifndef isascii +#define isascii(c) 1 +#endif + +#ifdef isblank +#define ISBLANK(c) (isascii (c) && isblank (c)) +#else +#define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t') +#endif +#ifdef isgraph +#define ISGRAPH(c) (isascii (c) && isgraph (c)) +#else +#define ISGRAPH(c) (isascii (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c)) +#endif + +#define ISPRINT(c) (isascii (c) && isprint (c)) +#define ISDIGIT(c) (isascii (c) && isdigit (c)) +#define ISALNUM(c) (isascii (c) && isalnum (c)) +#define ISALPHA(c) (isascii (c) && isalpha (c)) +#define ISCNTRL(c) (isascii (c) && iscntrl (c)) +#define ISLOWER(c) (isascii (c) && islower (c)) +#define ISPUNCT(c) (isascii (c) && ispunct (c)) +#define ISSPACE(c) (isascii (c) && isspace (c)) +#define ISUPPER(c) (isascii (c) && isupper (c)) +#define ISXDIGIT(c) (isascii (c) && isxdigit (c)) + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +/* We remove any previous definition of `SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR', + since ours (we hope) works properly with all combinations of + machines, compilers, `char' and `unsigned char' argument types. + (Per Bothner suggested the basic approach.) */ +#undef SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR +#if __STDC__ +#define SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR(c) ((signed char) (c)) +#else /* not __STDC__ */ +/* As in Harbison and Steele. */ +#define SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR(c) ((((unsigned char) (c)) ^ 128) - 128) +#endif + +/* Should we use malloc or alloca? If REGEX_MALLOC is not defined, we + use `alloca' instead of `malloc'. This is because using malloc in + re_search* or re_match* could cause memory leaks when C-g is used in + Emacs; also, malloc is slower and causes storage fragmentation. On + the other hand, malloc is more portable, and easier to debug. + + Because we sometimes use alloca, some routines have to be macros, + not functions -- `alloca'-allocated space disappears at the end of the + function it is called in. */ + +#ifdef REGEX_MALLOC + +#define REGEX_ALLOCATE malloc +#define REGEX_REALLOCATE(source, osize, nsize) realloc (source, nsize) + +#else /* not REGEX_MALLOC */ + +/* Emacs already defines alloca, sometimes. */ +#ifndef alloca + +/* Make alloca work the best possible way. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#define alloca __builtin_alloca +#else /* not __GNUC__ */ +#if HAVE_ALLOCA_H +#include <alloca.h> +#else /* not __GNUC__ or HAVE_ALLOCA_H */ +#ifndef _AIX /* Already did AIX, up at the top. */ +char *alloca (); +#endif /* not _AIX */ +#endif /* not HAVE_ALLOCA_H */ +#endif /* not __GNUC__ */ + +#endif /* not alloca */ + +#define REGEX_ALLOCATE alloca + +/* Assumes a `char *destination' variable. */ +#define REGEX_REALLOCATE(source, osize, nsize) \ + (destination = (char *) alloca (nsize), \ + bcopy (source, destination, osize), \ + destination) + +#endif /* not REGEX_MALLOC */ + + +/* True if `size1' is non-NULL and PTR is pointing anywhere inside + `string1' or just past its end. This works if PTR is NULL, which is + a good thing. */ +#define FIRST_STRING_P(ptr) \ + (size1 && string1 <= (ptr) && (ptr) <= string1 + size1) + +/* (Re)Allocate N items of type T using malloc, or fail. */ +#define TALLOC(n, t) ((t *) malloc ((n) * sizeof (t))) +#define RETALLOC(addr, n, t) ((addr) = (t *) realloc (addr, (n) * sizeof (t))) +#define REGEX_TALLOC(n, t) ((t *) REGEX_ALLOCATE ((n) * sizeof (t))) + +#define BYTEWIDTH 8 /* In bits. */ + +#define STREQ(s1, s2) ((strcmp (s1, s2) == 0)) + +#define MAX(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) + +typedef char boolean; +#define false 0 +#define true 1 + +/* These are the command codes that appear in compiled regular + expressions. Some opcodes are followed by argument bytes. A + command code can specify any interpretation whatsoever for its + arguments. Zero bytes may appear in the compiled regular expression. + + The value of `exactn' is needed in search.c (search_buffer) in Emacs. + So regex.h defines a symbol `RE_EXACTN_VALUE' to be 1; the value of + `exactn' we use here must also be 1. */ + +typedef enum +{ + no_op = 0, + + /* Followed by one byte giving n, then by n literal bytes. */ + exactn = 1, + + /* Matches any (more or less) character. */ + anychar, + + /* Matches any one char belonging to specified set. First + following byte is number of bitmap bytes. Then come bytes + for a bitmap saying which chars are in. Bits in each byte + are ordered low-bit-first. A character is in the set if its + bit is 1. A character too large to have a bit in the map is + automatically not in the set. */ + charset, + + /* Same parameters as charset, but match any character that is + not one of those specified. */ + charset_not, + + /* Start remembering the text that is matched, for storing in a + register. Followed by one byte with the register number, in + the range 0 to one less than the pattern buffer's re_nsub + field. Then followed by one byte with the number of groups + inner to this one. (This last has to be part of the + start_memory only because we need it in the on_failure_jump + of re_match_2.) */ + start_memory, + + /* Stop remembering the text that is matched and store it in a + memory register. Followed by one byte with the register + number, in the range 0 to one less than `re_nsub' in the + pattern buffer, and one byte with the number of inner groups, + just like `start_memory'. (We need the number of inner + groups here because we don't have any easy way of finding the + corresponding start_memory when we're at a stop_memory.) */ + stop_memory, + + /* Match a duplicate of something remembered. Followed by one + byte containing the register number. */ + duplicate, + + /* Fail unless at beginning of line. */ + begline, + + /* Fail unless at end of line. */ + endline, + + /* Succeeds if at beginning of buffer (if emacs) or at beginning + of string to be matched (if not). */ + begbuf, + + /* Analogously, for end of buffer/string. */ + endbuf, + + /* Followed by two byte relative address to which to jump. */ + jump, + + /* Same as jump, but marks the end of an alternative. */ + jump_past_alt, + + /* Followed by two-byte relative address of place to resume at + in case of failure. */ + on_failure_jump, + + /* Like on_failure_jump, but pushes a placeholder instead of the + current string position when executed. */ + on_failure_keep_string_jump, + + /* Throw away latest failure point and then jump to following + two-byte relative address. */ + pop_failure_jump, + + /* Change to pop_failure_jump if know won't have to backtrack to + match; otherwise change to jump. This is used to jump + back to the beginning of a repeat. If what follows this jump + clearly won't match what the repeat does, such that we can be + sure that there is no use backtracking out of repetitions + already matched, then we change it to a pop_failure_jump. + Followed by two-byte address. */ + maybe_pop_jump, + + /* Jump to following two-byte address, and push a dummy failure + point. This failure point will be thrown away if an attempt + is made to use it for a failure. A `+' construct makes this + before the first repeat. Also used as an intermediary kind + of jump when compiling an alternative. */ + dummy_failure_jump, + + /* Push a dummy failure point and continue. Used at the end of + alternatives. */ + push_dummy_failure, + + /* Followed by two-byte relative address and two-byte number n. + After matching N times, jump to the address upon failure. */ + succeed_n, + + /* Followed by two-byte relative address, and two-byte number n. + Jump to the address N times, then fail. */ + jump_n, + + /* Set the following two-byte relative address to the + subsequent two-byte number. The address *includes* the two + bytes of number. */ + set_number_at, + + wordchar, /* Matches any word-constituent character. */ + notwordchar, /* Matches any char that is not a word-constituent. */ + + wordbeg, /* Succeeds if at word beginning. */ + wordend, /* Succeeds if at word end. */ + + wordbound, /* Succeeds if at a word boundary. */ + notwordbound /* Succeeds if not at a word boundary. */ + +#ifdef emacs + ,before_dot, /* Succeeds if before point. */ + at_dot, /* Succeeds if at point. */ + after_dot, /* Succeeds if after point. */ + + /* Matches any character whose syntax is specified. Followed by + a byte which contains a syntax code, e.g., Sword. */ + syntaxspec, + + /* Matches any character whose syntax is not that specified. */ + notsyntaxspec +#endif /* emacs */ +} re_opcode_t; + +/* Common operations on the compiled pattern. */ + +/* Store NUMBER in two contiguous bytes starting at DESTINATION. */ + +#define STORE_NUMBER(destination, number) \ + do { \ + (destination)[0] = (number) & 0377; \ + (destination)[1] = (number) >> 8; \ + } while (0) + +/* Same as STORE_NUMBER, except increment DESTINATION to + the byte after where the number is stored. Therefore, DESTINATION + must be an lvalue. */ + +#define STORE_NUMBER_AND_INCR(destination, number) \ + do { \ + STORE_NUMBER (destination, number); \ + (destination) += 2; \ + } while (0) + +/* Put into DESTINATION a number stored in two contiguous bytes starting + at SOURCE. */ + +#define EXTRACT_NUMBER(destination, source) \ + do { \ + (destination) = *(source) & 0377; \ + (destination) += SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR (*((source) + 1)) << 8; \ + } while (0) + +#ifdef DEBUG +static void +extract_number (dest, source) + int *dest; + unsigned char *source; +{ + int temp = SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR (*(source + 1)); + *dest = *source & 0377; + *dest += temp << 8; +} + +#ifndef EXTRACT_MACROS /* To debug the macros. */ +#undef EXTRACT_NUMBER +#define EXTRACT_NUMBER(dest, src) extract_number (&dest, src) +#endif /* not EXTRACT_MACROS */ + +#endif /* DEBUG */ + +/* Same as EXTRACT_NUMBER, except increment SOURCE to after the number. + SOURCE must be an lvalue. */ + +#define EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR(destination, source) \ + do { \ + EXTRACT_NUMBER (destination, source); \ + (source) += 2; \ + } while (0) + +#ifdef DEBUG +static void +extract_number_and_incr (destination, source) + int *destination; + unsigned char **source; +{ + extract_number (destination, *source); + *source += 2; +} + +#ifndef EXTRACT_MACROS +#undef EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR +#define EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR(dest, src) \ + extract_number_and_incr (&dest, &src) +#endif /* not EXTRACT_MACROS */ + +#endif /* DEBUG */ + +/* If DEBUG is defined, Regex prints many voluminous messages about what + it is doing (if the variable `debug' is nonzero). If linked with the + main program in `iregex.c', you can enter patterns and strings + interactively. And if linked with the main program in `main.c' and + the other test files, you can run the already-written tests. */ + +#ifdef DEBUG + +/* We use standard I/O for debugging. */ +#include <stdio.h> + +/* It is useful to test things that ``must'' be true when debugging. */ +#include <assert.h> + +static int debug = 0; + +#define DEBUG_STATEMENT(e) e +#define DEBUG_PRINT1(x) if (debug) printf (x) +#define DEBUG_PRINT2(x1, x2) if (debug) printf (x1, x2) +#define DEBUG_PRINT3(x1, x2, x3) if (debug) printf (x1, x2, x3) +#define DEBUG_PRINT4(x1, x2, x3, x4) if (debug) printf (x1, x2, x3, x4) +#define DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN(p, s, e) \ + if (debug) print_partial_compiled_pattern (s, e) +#define DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING(w, s1, sz1, s2, sz2) \ + if (debug) print_double_string (w, s1, sz1, s2, sz2) + + +extern void printchar (); + +/* Print the fastmap in human-readable form. */ + +void +print_fastmap (fastmap) + char *fastmap; +{ + unsigned was_a_range = 0; + unsigned i = 0; + + while (i < (1 << BYTEWIDTH)) + { + if (fastmap[i++]) + { + was_a_range = 0; + printchar (i - 1); + while (i < (1 << BYTEWIDTH) && fastmap[i]) + { + was_a_range = 1; + i++; + } + if (was_a_range) + { + printf ("-"); + printchar (i - 1); + } + } + } + putchar ('\n'); +} + + +/* Print a compiled pattern string in human-readable form, starting at + the START pointer into it and ending just before the pointer END. */ + +void +print_partial_compiled_pattern (start, end) + unsigned char *start; + unsigned char *end; +{ + int mcnt, mcnt2; + unsigned char *p = start; + unsigned char *pend = end; + + if (start == NULL) + { + printf ("(null)\n"); + return; + } + + /* Loop over pattern commands. */ + while (p < pend) + { + switch ((re_opcode_t) *p++) + { + case no_op: + printf ("/no_op"); + break; + + case exactn: + mcnt = *p++; + printf ("/exactn/%d", mcnt); + do + { + putchar ('/'); + printchar (*p++); + } + while (--mcnt); + break; + + case start_memory: + mcnt = *p++; + printf ("/start_memory/%d/%d", mcnt, *p++); + break; + + case stop_memory: + mcnt = *p++; + printf ("/stop_memory/%d/%d", mcnt, *p++); + break; + + case duplicate: + printf ("/duplicate/%d", *p++); + break; + + case anychar: + printf ("/anychar"); + break; + + case charset: + case charset_not: + { + register int c; + + printf ("/charset%s", + (re_opcode_t) *(p - 1) == charset_not ? "_not" : ""); + + assert (p + *p < pend); + + for (c = 0; c < *p; c++) + { + unsigned bit; + unsigned char map_byte = p[1 + c]; + + putchar ('/'); + + for (bit = 0; bit < BYTEWIDTH; bit++) + if (map_byte & (1 << bit)) + printchar (c * BYTEWIDTH + bit); + } + p += 1 + *p; + break; + } + + case begline: + printf ("/begline"); + break; + + case endline: + printf ("/endline"); + break; + + case on_failure_jump: + extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); + printf ("/on_failure_jump/0/%d", mcnt); + break; + + case on_failure_keep_string_jump: + extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); + printf ("/on_failure_keep_string_jump/0/%d", mcnt); + break; + + case dummy_failure_jump: + extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); + printf ("/dummy_failure_jump/0/%d", mcnt); + break; + + case push_dummy_failure: + printf ("/push_dummy_failure"); + break; + + case maybe_pop_jump: + extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); + printf ("/maybe_pop_jump/0/%d", mcnt); + break; + + case pop_failure_jump: + extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); + printf ("/pop_failure_jump/0/%d", mcnt); + break; + + case jump_past_alt: + extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); + printf ("/jump_past_alt/0/%d", mcnt); + break; + + case jump: + extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); + printf ("/jump/0/%d", mcnt); + break; + + case succeed_n: + extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); + extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt2, &p); + printf ("/succeed_n/0/%d/0/%d", mcnt, mcnt2); + break; + + case jump_n: + extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); + extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt2, &p); + printf ("/jump_n/0/%d/0/%d", mcnt, mcnt2); + break; + + case set_number_at: + extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); + extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt2, &p); + printf ("/set_number_at/0/%d/0/%d", mcnt, mcnt2); + break; + + case wordbound: + printf ("/wordbound"); + break; + + case notwordbound: + printf ("/notwordbound"); + break; + + case wordbeg: + printf ("/wordbeg"); + break; + + case wordend: + printf ("/wordend"); + +#ifdef emacs + case before_dot: + printf ("/before_dot"); + break; + + case at_dot: + printf ("/at_dot"); + break; + + case after_dot: + printf ("/after_dot"); + break; + + case syntaxspec: + printf ("/syntaxspec"); + mcnt = *p++; + printf ("/%d", mcnt); + break; + + case notsyntaxspec: + printf ("/notsyntaxspec"); + mcnt = *p++; + printf ("/%d", mcnt); + break; +#endif /* emacs */ + + case wordchar: + printf ("/wordchar"); + break; + + case notwordchar: + printf ("/notwordchar"); + break; + + case begbuf: + printf ("/begbuf"); + break; + + case endbuf: + printf ("/endbuf"); + break; + + default: + printf ("?%d", *(p-1)); + } + } + printf ("/\n"); +} + + +void +print_compiled_pattern (bufp) + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; +{ + unsigned char *buffer = bufp->buffer; + + print_partial_compiled_pattern (buffer, buffer + bufp->used); + printf ("%d bytes used/%d bytes allocated.\n", bufp->used, bufp->allocated); + + if (bufp->fastmap_accurate && bufp->fastmap) + { + printf ("fastmap: "); + print_fastmap (bufp->fastmap); + } + + printf ("re_nsub: %d\t", bufp->re_nsub); + printf ("regs_alloc: %d\t", bufp->regs_allocated); + printf ("can_be_null: %d\t", bufp->can_be_null); + printf ("newline_anchor: %d\n", bufp->newline_anchor); + printf ("no_sub: %d\t", bufp->no_sub); + printf ("not_bol: %d\t", bufp->not_bol); + printf ("not_eol: %d\t", bufp->not_eol); + printf ("syntax: %d\n", bufp->syntax); + /* Perhaps we should print the translate table? */ +} + + +void +print_double_string (where, string1, size1, string2, size2) + const char *where; + const char *string1; + const char *string2; + int size1; + int size2; +{ + unsigned this_char; + + if (where == NULL) + printf ("(null)"); + else + { + if (FIRST_STRING_P (where)) + { + for (this_char = where - string1; this_char < size1; this_char++) + printchar (string1[this_char]); + + where = string2; + } + + for (this_char = where - string2; this_char < size2; this_char++) + printchar (string2[this_char]); + } +} + +#else /* not DEBUG */ + +#undef assert +#define assert(e) + +#define DEBUG_STATEMENT(e) +#define DEBUG_PRINT1(x) +#define DEBUG_PRINT2(x1, x2) +#define DEBUG_PRINT3(x1, x2, x3) +#define DEBUG_PRINT4(x1, x2, x3, x4) +#define DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN(p, s, e) +#define DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING(w, s1, sz1, s2, sz2) + +#endif /* not DEBUG */ + +/* Set by `re_set_syntax' to the current regexp syntax to recognize. Can + also be assigned to arbitrarily: each pattern buffer stores its own + syntax, so it can be changed between regex compilations. */ +reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options = RE_SYNTAX_EMACS; + + +/* Specify the precise syntax of regexps for compilation. This provides + for compatibility for various utilities which historically have + different, incompatible syntaxes. + + The argument SYNTAX is a bit mask comprised of the various bits + defined in regex.h. We return the old syntax. */ + +reg_syntax_t +re_set_syntax (syntax) + reg_syntax_t syntax; +{ + reg_syntax_t ret = re_syntax_options; + + re_syntax_options = syntax; + return ret; +} + +/* This table gives an error message for each of the error codes listed + in regex.h. Obviously the order here has to be same as there. */ + +static const char *re_error_msg[] = + { NULL, /* REG_NOERROR */ + "No match", /* REG_NOMATCH */ + "Invalid regular expression", /* REG_BADPAT */ + "Invalid collation character", /* REG_ECOLLATE */ + "Invalid character class name", /* REG_ECTYPE */ + "Trailing backslash", /* REG_EESCAPE */ + "Invalid back reference", /* REG_ESUBREG */ + "Unmatched [ or [^", /* REG_EBRACK */ + "Unmatched ( or \\(", /* REG_EPAREN */ + "Unmatched \\{", /* REG_EBRACE */ + "Invalid content of \\{\\}", /* REG_BADBR */ + "Invalid range end", /* REG_ERANGE */ + "Memory exhausted", /* REG_ESPACE */ + "Invalid preceding regular expression", /* REG_BADRPT */ + "Premature end of regular expression", /* REG_EEND */ + "Regular expression too big", /* REG_ESIZE */ + "Unmatched ) or \\)", /* REG_ERPAREN */ + }; + +/* Subroutine declarations and macros for regex_compile. */ + +static void store_op1 (), store_op2 (); +static void insert_op1 (), insert_op2 (); +static boolean at_begline_loc_p (), at_endline_loc_p (); +static boolean group_in_compile_stack (); +static reg_errcode_t compile_range (); + +/* Fetch the next character in the uncompiled pattern---translating it + if necessary. Also cast from a signed character in the constant + string passed to us by the user to an unsigned char that we can use + as an array index (in, e.g., `translate'). */ +#define PATFETCH(c) \ + do {if (p == pend) return REG_EEND; \ + c = (unsigned char) *p++; \ + if (translate) c = translate[c]; \ + } while (0) + +/* Fetch the next character in the uncompiled pattern, with no + translation. */ +#define PATFETCH_RAW(c) \ + do {if (p == pend) return REG_EEND; \ + c = (unsigned char) *p++; \ + } while (0) + +/* Go backwards one character in the pattern. */ +#define PATUNFETCH p-- + + +/* If `translate' is non-null, return translate[D], else just D. We + cast the subscript to translate because some data is declared as + `char *', to avoid warnings when a string constant is passed. But + when we use a character as a subscript we must make it unsigned. */ +#define TRANSLATE(d) (translate ? translate[(unsigned char) (d)] : (d)) + + +/* Macros for outputting the compiled pattern into `buffer'. */ + +/* If the buffer isn't allocated when it comes in, use this. */ +#define INIT_BUF_SIZE 32 + +/* Make sure we have at least N more bytes of space in buffer. */ +#define GET_BUFFER_SPACE(n) \ + while (b - bufp->buffer + (n) > bufp->allocated) \ + EXTEND_BUFFER () + +/* Make sure we have one more byte of buffer space and then add C to it. */ +#define BUF_PUSH(c) \ + do { \ + GET_BUFFER_SPACE (1); \ + *b++ = (unsigned char) (c); \ + } while (0) + + +/* Ensure we have two more bytes of buffer space and then append C1 and C2. */ +#define BUF_PUSH_2(c1, c2) \ + do { \ + GET_BUFFER_SPACE (2); \ + *b++ = (unsigned char) (c1); \ + *b++ = (unsigned char) (c2); \ + } while (0) + + +/* As with BUF_PUSH_2, except for three bytes. */ +#define BUF_PUSH_3(c1, c2, c3) \ + do { \ + GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3); \ + *b++ = (unsigned char) (c1); \ + *b++ = (unsigned char) (c2); \ + *b++ = (unsigned char) (c3); \ + } while (0) + + +/* Store a jump with opcode OP at LOC to location TO. We store a + relative address offset by the three bytes the jump itself occupies. */ +#define STORE_JUMP(op, loc, to) \ + store_op1 (op, loc, (to) - (loc) - 3) + +/* Likewise, for a two-argument jump. */ +#define STORE_JUMP2(op, loc, to, arg) \ + store_op2 (op, loc, (to) - (loc) - 3, arg) + +/* Like `STORE_JUMP', but for inserting. Assume `b' is the buffer end. */ +#define INSERT_JUMP(op, loc, to) \ + insert_op1 (op, loc, (to) - (loc) - 3, b) + +/* Like `STORE_JUMP2', but for inserting. Assume `b' is the buffer end. */ +#define INSERT_JUMP2(op, loc, to, arg) \ + insert_op2 (op, loc, (to) - (loc) - 3, arg, b) + + +/* This is not an arbitrary limit: the arguments which represent offsets + into the pattern are two bytes long. So if 2^16 bytes turns out to + be too small, many things would have to change. */ +#define MAX_BUF_SIZE (1L << 16) + + +/* Extend the buffer by twice its current size via realloc and + reset the pointers that pointed into the old block to point to the + correct places in the new one. If extending the buffer results in it + being larger than MAX_BUF_SIZE, then flag memory exhausted. */ +#define EXTEND_BUFFER() \ + do { \ + unsigned char *old_buffer = bufp->buffer; \ + if (bufp->allocated == MAX_BUF_SIZE) \ + return REG_ESIZE; \ + bufp->allocated <<= 1; \ + if (bufp->allocated > MAX_BUF_SIZE) \ + bufp->allocated = MAX_BUF_SIZE; \ + bufp->buffer = (unsigned char *) realloc (bufp->buffer, bufp->allocated);\ + if (bufp->buffer == NULL) \ + return REG_ESPACE; \ + /* If the buffer moved, move all the pointers into it. */ \ + if (old_buffer != bufp->buffer) \ + { \ + b = (b - old_buffer) + bufp->buffer; \ + begalt = (begalt - old_buffer) + bufp->buffer; \ + if (fixup_alt_jump) \ + fixup_alt_jump = (fixup_alt_jump - old_buffer) + bufp->buffer;\ + if (laststart) \ + laststart = (laststart - old_buffer) + bufp->buffer; \ + if (pending_exact) \ + pending_exact = (pending_exact - old_buffer) + bufp->buffer; \ + } \ + } while (0) + + +/* Since we have one byte reserved for the register number argument to + {start,stop}_memory, the maximum number of groups we can report + things about is what fits in that byte. */ +#define MAX_REGNUM 255 + +/* But patterns can have more than `MAX_REGNUM' registers. We just + ignore the excess. */ +typedef unsigned regnum_t; + + +/* Macros for the compile stack. */ + +/* Since offsets can go either forwards or backwards, this type needs to + be able to hold values from -(MAX_BUF_SIZE - 1) to MAX_BUF_SIZE - 1. */ +typedef int pattern_offset_t; + +typedef struct +{ + pattern_offset_t begalt_offset; + pattern_offset_t fixup_alt_jump; + pattern_offset_t inner_group_offset; + pattern_offset_t laststart_offset; + regnum_t regnum; +} compile_stack_elt_t; + + +typedef struct +{ + compile_stack_elt_t *stack; + unsigned size; + unsigned avail; /* Offset of next open position. */ +} compile_stack_type; + + +#define INIT_COMPILE_STACK_SIZE 32 + +#define COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY (compile_stack.avail == 0) +#define COMPILE_STACK_FULL (compile_stack.avail == compile_stack.size) + +/* The next available element. */ +#define COMPILE_STACK_TOP (compile_stack.stack[compile_stack.avail]) + + +/* Set the bit for character C in a list. */ +#define SET_LIST_BIT(c) \ + (b[((unsigned char) (c)) / BYTEWIDTH] \ + |= 1 << (((unsigned char) c) % BYTEWIDTH)) + + +/* Get the next unsigned number in the uncompiled pattern. */ +#define GET_UNSIGNED_NUMBER(num) \ + { if (p != pend) \ + { \ + PATFETCH (c); \ + while (ISDIGIT (c)) \ + { \ + if (num < 0) \ + num = 0; \ + num = num * 10 + c - '0'; \ + if (p == pend) \ + break; \ + PATFETCH (c); \ + } \ + } \ + } + +#define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 6 /* Namely, `xdigit'. */ + +#define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) \ + (STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper") \ + || STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit") \ + || STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit") \ + || STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print") \ + || STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph") \ + || STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank")) + +/* `regex_compile' compiles PATTERN (of length SIZE) according to SYNTAX. + Returns one of error codes defined in `regex.h', or zero for success. + + Assumes the `allocated' (and perhaps `buffer') and `translate' + fields are set in BUFP on entry. + + If it succeeds, results are put in BUFP (if it returns an error, the + contents of BUFP are undefined): + `buffer' is the compiled pattern; + `syntax' is set to SYNTAX; + `used' is set to the length of the compiled pattern; + `fastmap_accurate' is zero; + `re_nsub' is the number of subexpressions in PATTERN; + `not_bol' and `not_eol' are zero; + + The `fastmap' and `newline_anchor' fields are neither + examined nor set. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +regex_compile (pattern, size, syntax, bufp) + const char *pattern; + int size; + reg_syntax_t syntax; + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; +{ + /* We fetch characters from PATTERN here. Even though PATTERN is + `char *' (i.e., signed), we declare these variables as unsigned, so + they can be reliably used as array indices. */ + register unsigned char c, c1; + + /* A random temporary spot in PATTERN. */ + const char *p1; + + /* Points to the end of the buffer, where we should append. */ + register unsigned char *b; + + /* Keeps track of unclosed groups. */ + compile_stack_type compile_stack; + + /* Points to the current (ending) position in the pattern. */ + const char *p = pattern; + const char *pend = pattern + size; + + /* How to translate the characters in the pattern. */ + char *translate = bufp->translate; + + /* Address of the count-byte of the most recently inserted `exactn' + command. This makes it possible to tell if a new exact-match + character can be added to that command or if the character requires + a new `exactn' command. */ + unsigned char *pending_exact = 0; + + /* Address of start of the most recently finished expression. + This tells, e.g., postfix * where to find the start of its + operand. Reset at the beginning of groups and alternatives. */ + unsigned char *laststart = 0; + + /* Address of beginning of regexp, or inside of last group. */ + unsigned char *begalt; + + /* Place in the uncompiled pattern (i.e., the {) to + which to go back if the interval is invalid. */ + const char *beg_interval; + + /* Address of the place where a forward jump should go to the end of + the containing expression. Each alternative of an `or' -- except the + last -- ends with a forward jump of this sort. */ + unsigned char *fixup_alt_jump = 0; + + /* Counts open-groups as they are encountered. Remembered for the + matching close-group on the compile stack, so the same register + number is put in the stop_memory as the start_memory. */ + regnum_t regnum = 0; + +#ifdef DEBUG + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nCompiling pattern: "); + if (debug) + { + unsigned debug_count; + + for (debug_count = 0; debug_count < size; debug_count++) + printchar (pattern[debug_count]); + putchar ('\n'); + } +#endif /* DEBUG */ + + /* Initialize the compile stack. */ + compile_stack.stack = TALLOC (INIT_COMPILE_STACK_SIZE, compile_stack_elt_t); + if (compile_stack.stack == NULL) + return REG_ESPACE; + + compile_stack.size = INIT_COMPILE_STACK_SIZE; + compile_stack.avail = 0; + + /* Initialize the pattern buffer. */ + bufp->syntax = syntax; + bufp->fastmap_accurate = 0; + bufp->not_bol = bufp->not_eol = 0; + + /* Set `used' to zero, so that if we return an error, the pattern + printer (for debugging) will think there's no pattern. We reset it + at the end. */ + bufp->used = 0; + + /* Always count groups, whether or not bufp->no_sub is set. */ + bufp->re_nsub = 0; + +#if !defined (emacs) && !defined (SYNTAX_TABLE) + /* Initialize the syntax table. */ + init_syntax_once (); +#endif + + if (bufp->allocated == 0) + { + if (bufp->buffer) + { /* If zero allocated, but buffer is non-null, try to realloc + enough space. This loses if buffer's address is bogus, but + that is the user's responsibility. */ + RETALLOC (bufp->buffer, INIT_BUF_SIZE, unsigned char); + } + else + { /* Caller did not allocate a buffer. Do it for them. */ + bufp->buffer = TALLOC (INIT_BUF_SIZE, unsigned char); + } + if (!bufp->buffer) return REG_ESPACE; + + bufp->allocated = INIT_BUF_SIZE; + } + + begalt = b = bufp->buffer; + + /* Loop through the uncompiled pattern until we're at the end. */ + while (p != pend) + { + PATFETCH (c); + + switch (c) + { + case '^': + { + if ( /* If at start of pattern, it's an operator. */ + p == pattern + 1 + /* If context independent, it's an operator. */ + || syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS + /* Otherwise, depends on what's come before. */ + || at_begline_loc_p (pattern, p, syntax)) + BUF_PUSH (begline); + else + goto normal_char; + } + break; + + + case '$': + { + if ( /* If at end of pattern, it's an operator. */ + p == pend + /* If context independent, it's an operator. */ + || syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS + /* Otherwise, depends on what's next. */ + || at_endline_loc_p (p, pend, syntax)) + BUF_PUSH (endline); + else + goto normal_char; + } + break; + + + case '+': + case '?': + if ((syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM) + || (syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS)) + goto normal_char; + handle_plus: + case '*': + /* If there is no previous pattern... */ + if (!laststart) + { + if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS) + return REG_BADRPT; + else if (!(syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS)) + goto normal_char; + } + + { + /* Are we optimizing this jump? */ + boolean keep_string_p = false; + + /* 1 means zero (many) matches is allowed. */ + char zero_times_ok = 0, many_times_ok = 0; + + /* If there is a sequence of repetition chars, collapse it + down to just one (the right one). We can't combine + interval operators with these because of, e.g., `a{2}*', + which should only match an even number of `a's. */ + + for (;;) + { + zero_times_ok |= c != '+'; + many_times_ok |= c != '?'; + + if (p == pend) + break; + + PATFETCH (c); + + if (c == '*' + || (!(syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM) && (c == '+' || c == '?'))) + ; + + else if (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM && c == '\\') + { + if (p == pend) return REG_EESCAPE; + + PATFETCH (c1); + if (!(c1 == '+' || c1 == '?')) + { + PATUNFETCH; + PATUNFETCH; + break; + } + + c = c1; + } + else + { + PATUNFETCH; + break; + } + + /* If we get here, we found another repeat character. */ + } + + /* Star, etc. applied to an empty pattern is equivalent + to an empty pattern. */ + if (!laststart) + break; + + /* Now we know whether or not zero matches is allowed + and also whether or not two or more matches is allowed. */ + if (many_times_ok) + { /* More than one repetition is allowed, so put in at the + end a backward relative jump from `b' to before the next + jump we're going to put in below (which jumps from + laststart to after this jump). + + But if we are at the `*' in the exact sequence `.*\n', + insert an unconditional jump backwards to the ., + instead of the beginning of the loop. This way we only + push a failure point once, instead of every time + through the loop. */ + assert (p - 1 > pattern); + + /* Allocate the space for the jump. */ + GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3); + + /* We know we are not at the first character of the pattern, + because laststart was nonzero. And we've already + incremented `p', by the way, to be the character after + the `*'. Do we have to do something analogous here + for null bytes, because of RE_DOT_NOT_NULL? */ + if (TRANSLATE (*(p - 2)) == TRANSLATE ('.') + && zero_times_ok + && p < pend && TRANSLATE (*p) == TRANSLATE ('\n') + && !(syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE)) + { /* We have .*\n. */ + STORE_JUMP (jump, b, laststart); + keep_string_p = true; + } + else + /* Anything else. */ + STORE_JUMP (maybe_pop_jump, b, laststart - 3); + + /* We've added more stuff to the buffer. */ + b += 3; + } + + /* On failure, jump from laststart to b + 3, which will be the + end of the buffer after this jump is inserted. */ + GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3); + INSERT_JUMP (keep_string_p ? on_failure_keep_string_jump + : on_failure_jump, + laststart, b + 3); + pending_exact = 0; + b += 3; + + if (!zero_times_ok) + { + /* At least one repetition is required, so insert a + `dummy_failure_jump' before the initial + `on_failure_jump' instruction of the loop. This + effects a skip over that instruction the first time + we hit that loop. */ + GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3); + INSERT_JUMP (dummy_failure_jump, laststart, laststart + 6); + b += 3; + } + } + break; + + + case '.': + laststart = b; + BUF_PUSH (anychar); + break; + + + case '[': + { + boolean had_char_class = false; + + if (p == pend) return REG_EBRACK; + + /* Ensure that we have enough space to push a charset: the + opcode, the length count, and the bitset; 34 bytes in all. */ + GET_BUFFER_SPACE (34); + + laststart = b; + + /* We test `*p == '^' twice, instead of using an if + statement, so we only need one BUF_PUSH. */ + BUF_PUSH (*p == '^' ? charset_not : charset); + if (*p == '^') + p++; + + /* Remember the first position in the bracket expression. */ + p1 = p; + + /* Push the number of bytes in the bitmap. */ + BUF_PUSH ((1 << BYTEWIDTH) / BYTEWIDTH); + + /* Clear the whole map. */ + bzero (b, (1 << BYTEWIDTH) / BYTEWIDTH); + + /* charset_not matches newline according to a syntax bit. */ + if ((re_opcode_t) b[-2] == charset_not + && (syntax & RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE)) + SET_LIST_BIT ('\n'); + + /* Read in characters and ranges, setting map bits. */ + for (;;) + { + if (p == pend) return REG_EBRACK; + + PATFETCH (c); + + /* \ might escape characters inside [...] and [^...]. */ + if ((syntax & RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS) && c == '\\') + { + if (p == pend) return REG_EESCAPE; + + PATFETCH (c1); + SET_LIST_BIT (c1); + continue; + } + + /* Could be the end of the bracket expression. If it's + not (i.e., when the bracket expression is `[]' so + far), the ']' character bit gets set way below. */ + if (c == ']' && p != p1 + 1) + break; + + /* Look ahead to see if it's a range when the last thing + was a character class. */ + if (had_char_class && c == '-' && *p != ']') + return REG_ERANGE; + + /* Look ahead to see if it's a range when the last thing + was a character: if this is a hyphen not at the + beginning or the end of a list, then it's the range + operator. */ + if (c == '-' + && !(p - 2 >= pattern && p[-2] == '[') + && !(p - 3 >= pattern && p[-3] == '[' && p[-2] == '^') + && *p != ']') + { + reg_errcode_t ret + = compile_range (&p, pend, translate, syntax, b); + if (ret != REG_NOERROR) return ret; + } + + else if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] != ']') + { /* This handles ranges made up of characters only. */ + reg_errcode_t ret; + + /* Move past the `-'. */ + PATFETCH (c1); + + ret = compile_range (&p, pend, translate, syntax, b); + if (ret != REG_NOERROR) return ret; + } + + /* See if we're at the beginning of a possible character + class. */ + + else if (syntax & RE_CHAR_CLASSES && c == '[' && *p == ':') + { /* Leave room for the null. */ + char str[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1]; + + PATFETCH (c); + c1 = 0; + + /* If pattern is `[[:'. */ + if (p == pend) return REG_EBRACK; + + for (;;) + { + PATFETCH (c); + if (c == ':' || c == ']' || p == pend + || c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH) + break; + str[c1++] = c; + } + str[c1] = '\0'; + + /* If isn't a word bracketed by `[:' and:`]': + undo the ending character, the letters, and leave + the leading `:' and `[' (but set bits for them). */ + if (c == ':' && *p == ']') + { + int ch; + boolean is_alnum = STREQ (str, "alnum"); + boolean is_alpha = STREQ (str, "alpha"); + boolean is_blank = STREQ (str, "blank"); + boolean is_cntrl = STREQ (str, "cntrl"); + boolean is_digit = STREQ (str, "digit"); + boolean is_graph = STREQ (str, "graph"); + boolean is_lower = STREQ (str, "lower"); + boolean is_print = STREQ (str, "print"); + boolean is_punct = STREQ (str, "punct"); + boolean is_space = STREQ (str, "space"); + boolean is_upper = STREQ (str, "upper"); + boolean is_xdigit = STREQ (str, "xdigit"); + + if (!IS_CHAR_CLASS (str)) return REG_ECTYPE; + + /* Throw away the ] at the end of the character + class. */ + PATFETCH (c); + + if (p == pend) return REG_EBRACK; + + for (ch = 0; ch < 1 << BYTEWIDTH; ch++) + { + if ( (is_alnum && ISALNUM (ch)) + || (is_alpha && ISALPHA (ch)) + || (is_blank && ISBLANK (ch)) + || (is_cntrl && ISCNTRL (ch)) + || (is_digit && ISDIGIT (ch)) + || (is_graph && ISGRAPH (ch)) + || (is_lower && ISLOWER (ch)) + || (is_print && ISPRINT (ch)) + || (is_punct && ISPUNCT (ch)) + || (is_space && ISSPACE (ch)) + || (is_upper && ISUPPER (ch)) + || (is_xdigit && ISXDIGIT (ch))) + SET_LIST_BIT (ch); + } + had_char_class = true; + } + else + { + c1++; + while (c1--) + PATUNFETCH; + SET_LIST_BIT ('['); + SET_LIST_BIT (':'); + had_char_class = false; + } + } + else + { + had_char_class = false; + SET_LIST_BIT (c); + } + } + + /* Discard any (non)matching list bytes that are all 0 at the + end of the map. Decrease the map-length byte too. */ + while ((int) b[-1] > 0 && b[b[-1] - 1] == 0) + b[-1]--; + b += b[-1]; + } + break; + + + case '(': + if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS) + goto handle_open; + else + goto normal_char; + + + case ')': + if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS) + goto handle_close; + else + goto normal_char; + + + case '\n': + if (syntax & RE_NEWLINE_ALT) + goto handle_alt; + else + goto normal_char; + + + case '|': + if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR) + goto handle_alt; + else + goto normal_char; + + + case '{': + if (syntax & RE_INTERVALS && syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES) + goto handle_interval; + else + goto normal_char; + + + case '\\': + if (p == pend) return REG_EESCAPE; + + /* Do not translate the character after the \, so that we can + distinguish, e.g., \B from \b, even if we normally would + translate, e.g., B to b. */ + PATFETCH_RAW (c); + + switch (c) + { + case '(': + if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS) + goto normal_backslash; + + handle_open: + bufp->re_nsub++; + regnum++; + + if (COMPILE_STACK_FULL) + { + RETALLOC (compile_stack.stack, compile_stack.size << 1, + compile_stack_elt_t); + if (compile_stack.stack == NULL) return REG_ESPACE; + + compile_stack.size <<= 1; + } + + /* These are the values to restore when we hit end of this + group. They are all relative offsets, so that if the + whole pattern moves because of realloc, they will still + be valid. */ + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.begalt_offset = begalt - bufp->buffer; + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.fixup_alt_jump + = fixup_alt_jump ? fixup_alt_jump - bufp->buffer + 1 : 0; + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.laststart_offset = b - bufp->buffer; + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.regnum = regnum; + + /* We will eventually replace the 0 with the number of + groups inner to this one. But do not push a + start_memory for groups beyond the last one we can + represent in the compiled pattern. */ + if (regnum <= MAX_REGNUM) + { + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.inner_group_offset = b - bufp->buffer + 2; + BUF_PUSH_3 (start_memory, regnum, 0); + } + + compile_stack.avail++; + + fixup_alt_jump = 0; + laststart = 0; + begalt = b; + /* If we've reached MAX_REGNUM groups, then this open + won't actually generate any code, so we'll have to + clear pending_exact explicitly. */ + pending_exact = 0; + break; + + + case ')': + if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS) goto normal_backslash; + + if (COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY) + { + if (syntax & RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD) + goto normal_backslash; + else + return REG_ERPAREN; + } + + handle_close: + if (fixup_alt_jump) + { /* Push a dummy failure point at the end of the + alternative for a possible future + `pop_failure_jump' to pop. See comments at + `push_dummy_failure' in `re_match_2'. */ + BUF_PUSH (push_dummy_failure); + + /* We allocated space for this jump when we assigned + to `fixup_alt_jump', in the `handle_alt' case below. */ + STORE_JUMP (jump_past_alt, fixup_alt_jump, b - 1); + } + + /* See similar code for backslashed left paren above. */ + if (COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY) + { + if (syntax & RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD) + goto normal_char; + else + return REG_ERPAREN; + } + + /* Since we just checked for an empty stack above, this + ``can't happen''. */ + assert (compile_stack.avail != 0); + { + /* We don't just want to restore into `regnum', because + later groups should continue to be numbered higher, + as in `(ab)c(de)' -- the second group is #2. */ + regnum_t this_group_regnum; + + compile_stack.avail--; + begalt = bufp->buffer + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.begalt_offset; + fixup_alt_jump + = COMPILE_STACK_TOP.fixup_alt_jump + ? bufp->buffer + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.fixup_alt_jump - 1 + : 0; + laststart = bufp->buffer + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.laststart_offset; + this_group_regnum = COMPILE_STACK_TOP.regnum; + /* If we've reached MAX_REGNUM groups, then this open + won't actually generate any code, so we'll have to + clear pending_exact explicitly. */ + pending_exact = 0; + + /* We're at the end of the group, so now we know how many + groups were inside this one. */ + if (this_group_regnum <= MAX_REGNUM) + { + unsigned char *inner_group_loc + = bufp->buffer + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.inner_group_offset; + + *inner_group_loc = regnum - this_group_regnum; + BUF_PUSH_3 (stop_memory, this_group_regnum, + regnum - this_group_regnum); + } + } + break; + + + case '|': /* `\|'. */ + if (syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS || syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR) + goto normal_backslash; + handle_alt: + if (syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) + goto normal_char; + + /* Insert before the previous alternative a jump which + jumps to this alternative if the former fails. */ + GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3); + INSERT_JUMP (on_failure_jump, begalt, b + 6); + pending_exact = 0; + b += 3; + + /* The alternative before this one has a jump after it + which gets executed if it gets matched. Adjust that + jump so it will jump to this alternative's analogous + jump (put in below, which in turn will jump to the next + (if any) alternative's such jump, etc.). The last such + jump jumps to the correct final destination. A picture: + _____ _____ + | | | | + | v | v + a | b | c + + If we are at `b', then fixup_alt_jump right now points to a + three-byte space after `a'. We'll put in the jump, set + fixup_alt_jump to right after `b', and leave behind three + bytes which we'll fill in when we get to after `c'. */ + + if (fixup_alt_jump) + STORE_JUMP (jump_past_alt, fixup_alt_jump, b); + + /* Mark and leave space for a jump after this alternative, + to be filled in later either by next alternative or + when know we're at the end of a series of alternatives. */ + fixup_alt_jump = b; + GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3); + b += 3; + + laststart = 0; + begalt = b; + break; + + + case '{': + /* If \{ is a literal. */ + if (!(syntax & RE_INTERVALS) + /* If we're at `\{' and it's not the open-interval + operator. */ + || ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)) + || (p - 2 == pattern && p == pend)) + goto normal_backslash; + + handle_interval: + { + /* If got here, then the syntax allows intervals. */ + + /* At least (most) this many matches must be made. */ + int lower_bound = -1, upper_bound = -1; + + beg_interval = p - 1; + + if (p == pend) + { + if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES) + goto unfetch_interval; + else + return REG_EBRACE; + } + + GET_UNSIGNED_NUMBER (lower_bound); + + if (c == ',') + { + GET_UNSIGNED_NUMBER (upper_bound); + if (upper_bound < 0) upper_bound = RE_DUP_MAX; + } + else + /* Interval such as `{1}' => match exactly once. */ + upper_bound = lower_bound; + + if (lower_bound < 0 || upper_bound > RE_DUP_MAX + || lower_bound > upper_bound) + { + if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES) + goto unfetch_interval; + else + return REG_BADBR; + } + + if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)) + { + if (c != '\\') return REG_EBRACE; + + PATFETCH (c); + } + + if (c != '}') + { + if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES) + goto unfetch_interval; + else + return REG_BADBR; + } + + /* We just parsed a valid interval. */ + + /* If it's invalid to have no preceding re. */ + if (!laststart) + { + if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS) + return REG_BADRPT; + else if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS) + laststart = b; + else + goto unfetch_interval; + } + + /* If the upper bound is zero, don't want to succeed at + all; jump from `laststart' to `b + 3', which will be + the end of the buffer after we insert the jump. */ + if (upper_bound == 0) + { + GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3); + INSERT_JUMP (jump, laststart, b + 3); + b += 3; + } + + /* Otherwise, we have a nontrivial interval. When + we're all done, the pattern will look like: + set_number_at <jump count> <upper bound> + set_number_at <succeed_n count> <lower bound> + succeed_n <after jump addr> <succeed_n count> + <body of loop> + jump_n <succeed_n addr> <jump count> + (The upper bound and `jump_n' are omitted if + `upper_bound' is 1, though.) */ + else + { /* If the upper bound is > 1, we need to insert + more at the end of the loop. */ + unsigned nbytes = 10 + (upper_bound > 1) * 10; + + GET_BUFFER_SPACE (nbytes); + + /* Initialize lower bound of the `succeed_n', even + though it will be set during matching by its + attendant `set_number_at' (inserted next), + because `re_compile_fastmap' needs to know. + Jump to the `jump_n' we might insert below. */ + INSERT_JUMP2 (succeed_n, laststart, + b + 5 + (upper_bound > 1) * 5, + lower_bound); + b += 5; + + /* Code to initialize the lower bound. Insert + before the `succeed_n'. The `5' is the last two + bytes of this `set_number_at', plus 3 bytes of + the following `succeed_n'. */ + insert_op2 (set_number_at, laststart, 5, lower_bound, b); + b += 5; + + if (upper_bound > 1) + { /* More than one repetition is allowed, so + append a backward jump to the `succeed_n' + that starts this interval. + + When we've reached this during matching, + we'll have matched the interval once, so + jump back only `upper_bound - 1' times. */ + STORE_JUMP2 (jump_n, b, laststart + 5, + upper_bound - 1); + b += 5; + + /* The location we want to set is the second + parameter of the `jump_n'; that is `b-2' as + an absolute address. `laststart' will be + the `set_number_at' we're about to insert; + `laststart+3' the number to set, the source + for the relative address. But we are + inserting into the middle of the pattern -- + so everything is getting moved up by 5. + Conclusion: (b - 2) - (laststart + 3) + 5, + i.e., b - laststart. + + We insert this at the beginning of the loop + so that if we fail during matching, we'll + reinitialize the bounds. */ + insert_op2 (set_number_at, laststart, b - laststart, + upper_bound - 1, b); + b += 5; + } + } + pending_exact = 0; + beg_interval = NULL; + } + break; + + unfetch_interval: + /* If an invalid interval, match the characters as literals. */ + assert (beg_interval); + p = beg_interval; + beg_interval = NULL; + + /* normal_char and normal_backslash need `c'. */ + PATFETCH (c); + + if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)) + { + if (p > pattern && p[-1] == '\\') + goto normal_backslash; + } + goto normal_char; + +#ifdef emacs + /* There is no way to specify the before_dot and after_dot + operators. rms says this is ok. --karl */ + case '=': + BUF_PUSH (at_dot); + break; + + case 's': + laststart = b; + PATFETCH (c); + BUF_PUSH_2 (syntaxspec, syntax_spec_code[c]); + break; + + case 'S': + laststart = b; + PATFETCH (c); + BUF_PUSH_2 (notsyntaxspec, syntax_spec_code[c]); + break; +#endif /* emacs */ + + + case 'w': + laststart = b; + BUF_PUSH (wordchar); + break; + + + case 'W': + laststart = b; + BUF_PUSH (notwordchar); + break; + + + case '<': + BUF_PUSH (wordbeg); + break; + + case '>': + BUF_PUSH (wordend); + break; + + case 'b': + BUF_PUSH (wordbound); + break; + + case 'B': + BUF_PUSH (notwordbound); + break; + + case '`': + BUF_PUSH (begbuf); + break; + + case '\'': + BUF_PUSH (endbuf); + break; + + case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': + case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_REFS) + goto normal_char; + + c1 = c - '0'; + + if (c1 > regnum) + return REG_ESUBREG; + + /* Can't back reference to a subexpression if inside of it. */ + if (group_in_compile_stack (compile_stack, c1)) + goto normal_char; + + laststart = b; + BUF_PUSH_2 (duplicate, c1); + break; + + + case '+': + case '?': + if (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM) + goto handle_plus; + else + goto normal_backslash; + + default: + normal_backslash: + /* You might think it would be useful for \ to mean + not to translate; but if we don't translate it + it will never match anything. */ + c = TRANSLATE (c); + goto normal_char; + } + break; + + + default: + /* Expects the character in `c'. */ + normal_char: + /* If no exactn currently being built. */ + if (!pending_exact + + /* If last exactn not at current position. */ + || pending_exact + *pending_exact + 1 != b + + /* We have only one byte following the exactn for the count. */ + || *pending_exact == (1 << BYTEWIDTH) - 1 + + /* If followed by a repetition operator. */ + || *p == '*' || *p == '^' + || ((syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM) + ? *p == '\\' && (p[1] == '+' || p[1] == '?') + : (*p == '+' || *p == '?')) + || ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) + && ((syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES) + ? *p == '{' + : (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] == '{')))) + { + /* Start building a new exactn. */ + + laststart = b; + + BUF_PUSH_2 (exactn, 0); + pending_exact = b - 1; + } + + BUF_PUSH (c); + (*pending_exact)++; + break; + } /* switch (c) */ + } /* while p != pend */ + + + /* Through the pattern now. */ + + if (fixup_alt_jump) + STORE_JUMP (jump_past_alt, fixup_alt_jump, b); + + if (!COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY) + return REG_EPAREN; + + free (compile_stack.stack); + + /* We have succeeded; set the length of the buffer. */ + bufp->used = b - bufp->buffer; + +#ifdef DEBUG + if (debug) + { + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nCompiled pattern: "); + print_compiled_pattern (bufp); + } +#endif /* DEBUG */ + + return REG_NOERROR; +} /* regex_compile */ + +/* Subroutines for `regex_compile'. */ + +/* Store OP at LOC followed by two-byte integer parameter ARG. */ + +static void +store_op1 (op, loc, arg) + re_opcode_t op; + unsigned char *loc; + int arg; +{ + *loc = (unsigned char) op; + STORE_NUMBER (loc + 1, arg); +} + + +/* Like `store_op1', but for two two-byte parameters ARG1 and ARG2. */ + +static void +store_op2 (op, loc, arg1, arg2) + re_opcode_t op; + unsigned char *loc; + int arg1, arg2; +{ + *loc = (unsigned char) op; + STORE_NUMBER (loc + 1, arg1); + STORE_NUMBER (loc + 3, arg2); +} + + +/* Copy the bytes from LOC to END to open up three bytes of space at LOC + for OP followed by two-byte integer parameter ARG. */ + +static void +insert_op1 (op, loc, arg, end) + re_opcode_t op; + unsigned char *loc; + int arg; + unsigned char *end; +{ + register unsigned char *pfrom = end; + register unsigned char *pto = end + 3; + + while (pfrom != loc) + *--pto = *--pfrom; + + store_op1 (op, loc, arg); +} + + +/* Like `insert_op1', but for two two-byte parameters ARG1 and ARG2. */ + +static void +insert_op2 (op, loc, arg1, arg2, end) + re_opcode_t op; + unsigned char *loc; + int arg1, arg2; + unsigned char *end; +{ + register unsigned char *pfrom = end; + register unsigned char *pto = end + 5; + + while (pfrom != loc) + *--pto = *--pfrom; + + store_op2 (op, loc, arg1, arg2); +} + + +/* P points to just after a ^ in PATTERN. Return true if that ^ comes + after an alternative or a begin-subexpression. We assume there is at + least one character before the ^. */ + +static boolean +at_begline_loc_p (pattern, p, syntax) + const char *pattern, *p; + reg_syntax_t syntax; +{ + const char *prev = p - 2; + boolean prev_prev_backslash = prev > pattern && prev[-1] == '\\'; + + return + /* After a subexpression? */ + (*prev == '(' && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS || prev_prev_backslash)) + /* After an alternative? */ + || (*prev == '|' && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR || prev_prev_backslash)); +} + + +/* The dual of at_begline_loc_p. This one is for $. We assume there is + at least one character after the $, i.e., `P < PEND'. */ + +static boolean +at_endline_loc_p (p, pend, syntax) + const char *p, *pend; + int syntax; +{ + const char *next = p; + boolean next_backslash = *next == '\\'; + const char *next_next = p + 1 < pend ? p + 1 : NULL; + + return + /* Before a subexpression? */ + (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS ? *next == ')' + : next_backslash && next_next && *next_next == ')') + /* Before an alternative? */ + || (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR ? *next == '|' + : next_backslash && next_next && *next_next == '|'); +} + + +/* Returns true if REGNUM is in one of COMPILE_STACK's elements and + false if it's not. */ + +static boolean +group_in_compile_stack (compile_stack, regnum) + compile_stack_type compile_stack; + regnum_t regnum; +{ + int this_element; + + for (this_element = compile_stack.avail - 1; + this_element >= 0; + this_element--) + if (compile_stack.stack[this_element].regnum == regnum) + return true; + + return false; +} + + +/* Read the ending character of a range (in a bracket expression) from the + uncompiled pattern *P_PTR (which ends at PEND). We assume the + starting character is in `P[-2]'. (`P[-1]' is the character `-'.) + Then we set the translation of all bits between the starting and + ending characters (inclusive) in the compiled pattern B. + + Return an error code. + + We use these short variable names so we can use the same macros as + `regex_compile' itself. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +compile_range (p_ptr, pend, translate, syntax, b) + const char **p_ptr, *pend; + char *translate; + reg_syntax_t syntax; + unsigned char *b; +{ + unsigned this_char; + + const char *p = *p_ptr; + int range_start, range_end; + + if (p == pend) + return REG_ERANGE; + + /* Even though the pattern is a signed `char *', we need to fetch + with unsigned char *'s; if the high bit of the pattern character + is set, the range endpoints will be negative if we fetch using a + signed char *. + + We also want to fetch the endpoints without translating them; the + appropriate translation is done in the bit-setting loop below. */ + range_start = ((unsigned char *) p)[-2]; + range_end = ((unsigned char *) p)[0]; + + /* Have to increment the pointer into the pattern string, so the + caller isn't still at the ending character. */ + (*p_ptr)++; + + /* If the start is after the end, the range is empty. */ + if (range_start > range_end) + return syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES ? REG_ERANGE : REG_NOERROR; + + /* Here we see why `this_char' has to be larger than an `unsigned + char' -- the range is inclusive, so if `range_end' == 0xff + (assuming 8-bit characters), we would otherwise go into an infinite + loop, since all characters <= 0xff. */ + for (this_char = range_start; this_char <= range_end; this_char++) + { + SET_LIST_BIT (TRANSLATE (this_char)); + } + + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Failure stack declarations and macros; both re_compile_fastmap and + re_match_2 use a failure stack. These have to be macros because of + REGEX_ALLOCATE. */ + + +/* Number of failure points for which to initially allocate space + when matching. If this number is exceeded, we allocate more + space, so it is not a hard limit. */ +#ifndef INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC +#define INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC 5 +#endif + +/* Roughly the maximum number of failure points on the stack. Would be + exactly that if always used MAX_FAILURE_SPACE each time we failed. + This is a variable only so users of regex can assign to it; we never + change it ourselves. */ +int re_max_failures = 2000; + +typedef const unsigned char *fail_stack_elt_t; + +typedef struct +{ + fail_stack_elt_t *stack; + unsigned size; + unsigned avail; /* Offset of next open position. */ +} fail_stack_type; + +#define FAIL_STACK_EMPTY() (fail_stack.avail == 0) +#define FAIL_STACK_PTR_EMPTY() (fail_stack_ptr->avail == 0) +#define FAIL_STACK_FULL() (fail_stack.avail == fail_stack.size) +#define FAIL_STACK_TOP() (fail_stack.stack[fail_stack.avail]) + + +/* Initialize `fail_stack'. Do `return -2' if the alloc fails. */ + +#define INIT_FAIL_STACK() \ + do { \ + fail_stack.stack = (fail_stack_elt_t *) \ + REGEX_ALLOCATE (INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t)); \ + \ + if (fail_stack.stack == NULL) \ + return -2; \ + \ + fail_stack.size = INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC; \ + fail_stack.avail = 0; \ + } while (0) + + +/* Double the size of FAIL_STACK, up to approximately `re_max_failures' items. + + Return 1 if succeeds, and 0 if either ran out of memory + allocating space for it or it was already too large. + + REGEX_REALLOCATE requires `destination' be declared. */ + +#define DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK(fail_stack) \ + ((fail_stack).size > re_max_failures * MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS \ + ? 0 \ + : ((fail_stack).stack = (fail_stack_elt_t *) \ + REGEX_REALLOCATE ((fail_stack).stack, \ + (fail_stack).size * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t), \ + ((fail_stack).size << 1) * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t)), \ + \ + (fail_stack).stack == NULL \ + ? 0 \ + : ((fail_stack).size <<= 1, \ + 1))) + + +/* Push PATTERN_OP on FAIL_STACK. + + Return 1 if was able to do so and 0 if ran out of memory allocating + space to do so. */ +#define PUSH_PATTERN_OP(pattern_op, fail_stack) \ + ((FAIL_STACK_FULL () \ + && !DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK (fail_stack)) \ + ? 0 \ + : ((fail_stack).stack[(fail_stack).avail++] = pattern_op, \ + 1)) + +/* This pushes an item onto the failure stack. Must be a four-byte + value. Assumes the variable `fail_stack'. Probably should only + be called from within `PUSH_FAILURE_POINT'. */ +#define PUSH_FAILURE_ITEM(item) \ + fail_stack.stack[fail_stack.avail++] = (fail_stack_elt_t) item + +/* The complement operation. Assumes `fail_stack' is nonempty. */ +#define POP_FAILURE_ITEM() fail_stack.stack[--fail_stack.avail] + +/* Used to omit pushing failure point id's when we're not debugging. */ +#ifdef DEBUG +#define DEBUG_PUSH PUSH_FAILURE_ITEM +#define DEBUG_POP(item_addr) *(item_addr) = POP_FAILURE_ITEM () +#else +#define DEBUG_PUSH(item) +#define DEBUG_POP(item_addr) +#endif + + +/* Push the information about the state we will need + if we ever fail back to it. + + Requires variables fail_stack, regstart, regend, reg_info, and + num_regs be declared. DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK requires `destination' be + declared. + + Does `return FAILURE_CODE' if runs out of memory. */ + +#define PUSH_FAILURE_POINT(pattern_place, string_place, failure_code) \ + do { \ + char *destination; \ + /* Must be int, so when we don't save any registers, the arithmetic \ + of 0 + -1 isn't done as unsigned. */ \ + int this_reg; \ + \ + DEBUG_STATEMENT (failure_id++); \ + DEBUG_STATEMENT (nfailure_points_pushed++); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\nPUSH_FAILURE_POINT #%u:\n", failure_id); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Before push, next avail: %d\n", (fail_stack).avail);\ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" size: %d\n", (fail_stack).size);\ + \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" slots needed: %d\n", NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" available: %d\n", REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS); \ + \ + /* Ensure we have enough space allocated for what we will push. */ \ + while (REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS < NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS) \ + { \ + if (!DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK (fail_stack)) \ + return failure_code; \ + \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\n Doubled stack; size now: %d\n", \ + (fail_stack).size); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" slots available: %d\n", REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS);\ + } \ + \ + /* Push the info, starting with the registers. */ \ + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\n"); \ + \ + for (this_reg = lowest_active_reg; this_reg <= highest_active_reg; \ + this_reg++) \ + { \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Pushing reg: %d\n", this_reg); \ + DEBUG_STATEMENT (num_regs_pushed++); \ + \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" start: 0x%x\n", regstart[this_reg]); \ + PUSH_FAILURE_ITEM (regstart[this_reg]); \ + \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" end: 0x%x\n", regend[this_reg]); \ + PUSH_FAILURE_ITEM (regend[this_reg]); \ + \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" info: 0x%x\n ", reg_info[this_reg]); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" match_null=%d", \ + REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[this_reg])); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" active=%d", IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[this_reg])); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" matched_something=%d", \ + MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[this_reg])); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" ever_matched=%d", \ + EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[this_reg])); \ + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\n"); \ + PUSH_FAILURE_ITEM (reg_info[this_reg].word); \ + } \ + \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Pushing low active reg: %d\n", lowest_active_reg);\ + PUSH_FAILURE_ITEM (lowest_active_reg); \ + \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Pushing high active reg: %d\n", highest_active_reg);\ + PUSH_FAILURE_ITEM (highest_active_reg); \ + \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Pushing pattern 0x%x: ", pattern_place); \ + DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN (bufp, pattern_place, pend); \ + PUSH_FAILURE_ITEM (pattern_place); \ + \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Pushing string 0x%x: `", string_place); \ + DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING (string_place, string1, size1, string2, \ + size2); \ + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("'\n"); \ + PUSH_FAILURE_ITEM (string_place); \ + \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Pushing failure id: %u\n", failure_id); \ + DEBUG_PUSH (failure_id); \ + } while (0) + +/* This is the number of items that are pushed and popped on the stack + for each register. */ +#define NUM_REG_ITEMS 3 + +/* Individual items aside from the registers. */ +#ifdef DEBUG +#define NUM_NONREG_ITEMS 5 /* Includes failure point id. */ +#else +#define NUM_NONREG_ITEMS 4 +#endif + +/* We push at most this many items on the stack. */ +#define MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS ((num_regs - 1) * NUM_REG_ITEMS + NUM_NONREG_ITEMS) + +/* We actually push this many items. */ +#define NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS \ + ((highest_active_reg - lowest_active_reg + 1) * NUM_REG_ITEMS \ + + NUM_NONREG_ITEMS) + +/* How many items can still be added to the stack without overflowing it. */ +#define REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS ((fail_stack).size - (fail_stack).avail) + + +/* Pops what PUSH_FAIL_STACK pushes. + + We restore into the parameters, all of which should be lvalues: + STR -- the saved data position. + PAT -- the saved pattern position. + LOW_REG, HIGH_REG -- the highest and lowest active registers. + REGSTART, REGEND -- arrays of string positions. + REG_INFO -- array of information about each subexpression. + + Also assumes the variables `fail_stack' and (if debugging), `bufp', + `pend', `string1', `size1', `string2', and `size2'. */ + +#define POP_FAILURE_POINT(str, pat, low_reg, high_reg, regstart, regend, reg_info)\ +{ \ + DEBUG_STATEMENT (fail_stack_elt_t failure_id;) \ + int this_reg; \ + const unsigned char *string_temp; \ + \ + assert (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ()); \ + \ + /* Remove failure points and point to how many regs pushed. */ \ + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("POP_FAILURE_POINT:\n"); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Before pop, next avail: %d\n", fail_stack.avail); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" size: %d\n", fail_stack.size); \ + \ + assert (fail_stack.avail >= NUM_NONREG_ITEMS); \ + \ + DEBUG_POP (&failure_id); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Popping failure id: %u\n", failure_id); \ + \ + /* If the saved string location is NULL, it came from an \ + on_failure_keep_string_jump opcode, and we want to throw away the \ + saved NULL, thus retaining our current position in the string. */ \ + string_temp = POP_FAILURE_ITEM (); \ + if (string_temp != NULL) \ + str = (const char *) string_temp; \ + \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Popping string 0x%x: `", str); \ + DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING (str, string1, size1, string2, size2); \ + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("'\n"); \ + \ + pat = (unsigned char *) POP_FAILURE_ITEM (); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Popping pattern 0x%x: ", pat); \ + DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN (bufp, pat, pend); \ + \ + /* Restore register info. */ \ + high_reg = (unsigned) POP_FAILURE_ITEM (); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Popping high active reg: %d\n", high_reg); \ + \ + low_reg = (unsigned) POP_FAILURE_ITEM (); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Popping low active reg: %d\n", low_reg); \ + \ + for (this_reg = high_reg; this_reg >= low_reg; this_reg--) \ + { \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Popping reg: %d\n", this_reg); \ + \ + reg_info[this_reg].word = POP_FAILURE_ITEM (); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" info: 0x%x\n", reg_info[this_reg]); \ + \ + regend[this_reg] = (const char *) POP_FAILURE_ITEM (); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" end: 0x%x\n", regend[this_reg]); \ + \ + regstart[this_reg] = (const char *) POP_FAILURE_ITEM (); \ + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" start: 0x%x\n", regstart[this_reg]); \ + } \ + \ + DEBUG_STATEMENT (nfailure_points_popped++); \ +} /* POP_FAILURE_POINT */ + +/* re_compile_fastmap computes a ``fastmap'' for the compiled pattern in + BUFP. A fastmap records which of the (1 << BYTEWIDTH) possible + characters can start a string that matches the pattern. This fastmap + is used by re_search to skip quickly over impossible starting points. + + The caller must supply the address of a (1 << BYTEWIDTH)-byte data + area as BUFP->fastmap. + + We set the `fastmap', `fastmap_accurate', and `can_be_null' fields in + the pattern buffer. + + Returns 0 if we succeed, -2 if an internal error. */ + +int +re_compile_fastmap (bufp) + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; +{ + int j, k; + fail_stack_type fail_stack; +#ifndef REGEX_MALLOC + char *destination; +#endif + /* We don't push any register information onto the failure stack. */ + unsigned num_regs = 0; + + register char *fastmap = bufp->fastmap; + unsigned char *pattern = bufp->buffer; + unsigned long size = bufp->used; + const unsigned char *p = pattern; + register unsigned char *pend = pattern + size; + + /* Assume that each path through the pattern can be null until + proven otherwise. We set this false at the bottom of switch + statement, to which we get only if a particular path doesn't + match the empty string. */ + boolean path_can_be_null = true; + + /* We aren't doing a `succeed_n' to begin with. */ + boolean succeed_n_p = false; + + assert (fastmap != NULL && p != NULL); + + INIT_FAIL_STACK (); + bzero (fastmap, 1 << BYTEWIDTH); /* Assume nothing's valid. */ + bufp->fastmap_accurate = 1; /* It will be when we're done. */ + bufp->can_be_null = 0; + + while (p != pend || !FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ()) + { + if (p == pend) + { + bufp->can_be_null |= path_can_be_null; + + /* Reset for next path. */ + path_can_be_null = true; + + p = fail_stack.stack[--fail_stack.avail]; + } + + /* We should never be about to go beyond the end of the pattern. */ + assert (p < pend); + +#ifdef SWITCH_ENUM_BUG + switch ((int) ((re_opcode_t) *p++)) +#else + switch ((re_opcode_t) *p++) +#endif + { + + /* I guess the idea here is to simply not bother with a fastmap + if a backreference is used, since it's too hard to figure out + the fastmap for the corresponding group. Setting + `can_be_null' stops `re_search_2' from using the fastmap, so + that is all we do. */ + case duplicate: + bufp->can_be_null = 1; + return 0; + + + /* Following are the cases which match a character. These end + with `break'. */ + + case exactn: + fastmap[p[1]] = 1; + break; + + + case charset: + for (j = *p++ * BYTEWIDTH - 1; j >= 0; j--) + if (p[j / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (j % BYTEWIDTH))) + fastmap[j] = 1; + break; + + + case charset_not: + /* Chars beyond end of map must be allowed. */ + for (j = *p * BYTEWIDTH; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++) + fastmap[j] = 1; + + for (j = *p++ * BYTEWIDTH - 1; j >= 0; j--) + if (!(p[j / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (j % BYTEWIDTH)))) + fastmap[j] = 1; + break; + + + case wordchar: + for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++) + if (SYNTAX (j) == Sword) + fastmap[j] = 1; + break; + + + case notwordchar: + for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++) + if (SYNTAX (j) != Sword) + fastmap[j] = 1; + break; + + + case anychar: + /* `.' matches anything ... */ + for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++) + fastmap[j] = 1; + + /* ... except perhaps newline. */ + if (!(bufp->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE)) + fastmap['\n'] = 0; + + /* Return if we have already set `can_be_null'; if we have, + then the fastmap is irrelevant. Something's wrong here. */ + else if (bufp->can_be_null) + return 0; + + /* Otherwise, have to check alternative paths. */ + break; + + +#ifdef emacs + case syntaxspec: + k = *p++; + for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++) + if (SYNTAX (j) == (enum syntaxcode) k) + fastmap[j] = 1; + break; + + + case notsyntaxspec: + k = *p++; + for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++) + if (SYNTAX (j) != (enum syntaxcode) k) + fastmap[j] = 1; + break; + + + /* All cases after this match the empty string. These end with + `continue'. */ + + + case before_dot: + case at_dot: + case after_dot: + continue; +#endif /* not emacs */ + + + case no_op: + case begline: + case endline: + case begbuf: + case endbuf: + case wordbound: + case notwordbound: + case wordbeg: + case wordend: + case push_dummy_failure: + continue; + + + case jump_n: + case pop_failure_jump: + case maybe_pop_jump: + case jump: + case jump_past_alt: + case dummy_failure_jump: + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (j, p); + p += j; + if (j > 0) + continue; + + /* Jump backward implies we just went through the body of a + loop and matched nothing. Opcode jumped to should be + `on_failure_jump' or `succeed_n'. Just treat it like an + ordinary jump. For a * loop, it has pushed its failure + point already; if so, discard that as redundant. */ + if ((re_opcode_t) *p != on_failure_jump + && (re_opcode_t) *p != succeed_n) + continue; + + p++; + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (j, p); + p += j; + + /* If what's on the stack is where we are now, pop it. */ + if (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY () + && fail_stack.stack[fail_stack.avail - 1] == p) + fail_stack.avail--; + + continue; + + + case on_failure_jump: + case on_failure_keep_string_jump: + handle_on_failure_jump: + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (j, p); + + /* For some patterns, e.g., `(a?)?', `p+j' here points to the + end of the pattern. We don't want to push such a point, + since when we restore it above, entering the switch will + increment `p' past the end of the pattern. We don't need + to push such a point since we obviously won't find any more + fastmap entries beyond `pend'. Such a pattern can match + the null string, though. */ + if (p + j < pend) + { + if (!PUSH_PATTERN_OP (p + j, fail_stack)) + return -2; + } + else + bufp->can_be_null = 1; + + if (succeed_n_p) + { + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (k, p); /* Skip the n. */ + succeed_n_p = false; + } + + continue; + + + case succeed_n: + /* Get to the number of times to succeed. */ + p += 2; + + /* Increment p past the n for when k != 0. */ + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (k, p); + if (k == 0) + { + p -= 4; + succeed_n_p = true; /* Spaghetti code alert. */ + goto handle_on_failure_jump; + } + continue; + + + case set_number_at: + p += 4; + continue; + + + case start_memory: + case stop_memory: + p += 2; + continue; + + + default: + abort (); /* We have listed all the cases. */ + } /* switch *p++ */ + + /* Getting here means we have found the possible starting + characters for one path of the pattern -- and that the empty + string does not match. We need not follow this path further. + Instead, look at the next alternative (remembered on the + stack), or quit if no more. The test at the top of the loop + does these things. */ + path_can_be_null = false; + p = pend; + } /* while p */ + + /* Set `can_be_null' for the last path (also the first path, if the + pattern is empty). */ + bufp->can_be_null |= path_can_be_null; + return 0; +} /* re_compile_fastmap */ + +/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and + ENDS. Subsequent matches using PATTERN_BUFFER and REGS will use + this memory for recording register information. STARTS and ENDS + must be allocated using the malloc library routine, and must each + be at least NUM_REGS * sizeof (regoff_t) bytes long. + + If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own + register data. + + Unless this function is called, the first search or match using + PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without + freeing the old data. */ + +void +re_set_registers (bufp, regs, num_regs, starts, ends) + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; + struct re_registers *regs; + unsigned num_regs; + regoff_t *starts, *ends; +{ + if (num_regs) + { + bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_REALLOCATE; + regs->num_regs = num_regs; + regs->start = starts; + regs->end = ends; + } + else + { + bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED; + regs->num_regs = 0; + regs->start = regs->end = (regoff_t *) 0; + } +} + +/* Searching routines. */ + +/* Like re_search_2, below, but only one string is specified, and + doesn't let you say where to stop matching. */ + +int +re_search (bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs) + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; + const char *string; + int size, startpos, range; + struct re_registers *regs; +{ + return re_search_2 (bufp, NULL, 0, string, size, startpos, range, + regs, size); +} + + +/* Using the compiled pattern in BUFP->buffer, first tries to match the + virtual concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2, starting first at index + STARTPOS, then at STARTPOS + 1, and so on. + + STRING1 and STRING2 have length SIZE1 and SIZE2, respectively. + + RANGE is how far to scan while trying to match. RANGE = 0 means try + only at STARTPOS; in general, the last start tried is STARTPOS + + RANGE. + + In REGS, return the indices of the virtual concatenation of STRING1 + and STRING2 that matched the entire BUFP->buffer and its contained + subexpressions. + + Do not consider matching one past the index STOP in the virtual + concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2. + + We return either the position in the strings at which the match was + found, -1 if no match, or -2 if error (such as failure + stack overflow). */ + +int +re_search_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, startpos, range, regs, stop) + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; + const char *string1, *string2; + int size1, size2; + int startpos; + int range; + struct re_registers *regs; + int stop; +{ + int val; + register char *fastmap = bufp->fastmap; + register char *translate = bufp->translate; + int total_size = size1 + size2; + int endpos = startpos + range; + + /* Check for out-of-range STARTPOS. */ + if (startpos < 0 || startpos > total_size) + return -1; + + /* Fix up RANGE if it might eventually take us outside + the virtual concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2. */ + if (endpos < -1) + range = -1 - startpos; + else if (endpos > total_size) + range = total_size - startpos; + + /* If the search isn't to be a backwards one, don't waste time in a + search for a pattern that must be anchored. */ + if (bufp->used > 0 && (re_opcode_t) bufp->buffer[0] == begbuf && range > 0) + { + if (startpos > 0) + return -1; + else + range = 1; + } + + /* Update the fastmap now if not correct already. */ + if (fastmap && !bufp->fastmap_accurate) + if (re_compile_fastmap (bufp) == -2) + return -2; + + /* Loop through the string, looking for a place to start matching. */ + for (;;) + { + /* If a fastmap is supplied, skip quickly over characters that + cannot be the start of a match. If the pattern can match the + null string, however, we don't need to skip characters; we want + the first null string. */ + if (fastmap && startpos < total_size && !bufp->can_be_null) + { + if (range > 0) /* Searching forwards. */ + { + register const char *d; + register int lim = 0; + int irange = range; + + if (startpos < size1 && startpos + range >= size1) + lim = range - (size1 - startpos); + + d = (startpos >= size1 ? string2 - size1 : string1) + startpos; + + /* Written out as an if-else to avoid testing `translate' + inside the loop. */ + if (translate) + while (range > lim + && !fastmap[(unsigned char) + translate[(unsigned char) *d++]]) + range--; + else + while (range > lim && !fastmap[(unsigned char) *d++]) + range--; + + startpos += irange - range; + } + else /* Searching backwards. */ + { + register char c = (size1 == 0 || startpos >= size1 + ? string2[startpos - size1] + : string1[startpos]); + + if (!fastmap[(unsigned char) TRANSLATE (c)]) + goto advance; + } + } + + /* If can't match the null string, and that's all we have left, fail. */ + if (range >= 0 && startpos == total_size && fastmap + && !bufp->can_be_null) + return -1; + + val = re_match_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, + startpos, regs, stop); + if (val >= 0) + return startpos; + + if (val == -2) + return -2; + + advance: + if (!range) + break; + else if (range > 0) + { + range--; + startpos++; + } + else + { + range++; + startpos--; + } + } + return -1; +} /* re_search_2 */ + +/* Declarations and macros for re_match_2. */ + +static int bcmp_translate (); +static boolean alt_match_null_string_p (), + common_op_match_null_string_p (), + group_match_null_string_p (); + +/* Structure for per-register (a.k.a. per-group) information. + This must not be longer than one word, because we push this value + onto the failure stack. Other register information, such as the + starting and ending positions (which are addresses), and the list of + inner groups (which is a bits list) are maintained in separate + variables. + + We are making a (strictly speaking) nonportable assumption here: that + the compiler will pack our bit fields into something that fits into + the type of `word', i.e., is something that fits into one item on the + failure stack. */ +typedef union +{ + fail_stack_elt_t word; + struct + { + /* This field is one if this group can match the empty string, + zero if not. If not yet determined, `MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE'. */ +#define MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE 3 + unsigned match_null_string_p : 2; + unsigned is_active : 1; + unsigned matched_something : 1; + unsigned ever_matched_something : 1; + } bits; +} register_info_type; + +#define REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P(R) ((R).bits.match_null_string_p) +#define IS_ACTIVE(R) ((R).bits.is_active) +#define MATCHED_SOMETHING(R) ((R).bits.matched_something) +#define EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING(R) ((R).bits.ever_matched_something) + + +/* Call this when have matched a real character; it sets `matched' flags + for the subexpressions which we are currently inside. Also records + that those subexprs have matched. */ +#define SET_REGS_MATCHED() \ + do \ + { \ + unsigned r; \ + for (r = lowest_active_reg; r <= highest_active_reg; r++) \ + { \ + MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[r]) \ + = EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[r]) \ + = 1; \ + } \ + } \ + while (0) + + +/* This converts PTR, a pointer into one of the search strings `string1' + and `string2' into an offset from the beginning of that string. */ +#define POINTER_TO_OFFSET(ptr) \ + (FIRST_STRING_P (ptr) ? (ptr) - string1 : (ptr) - string2 + size1) + +/* Registers are set to a sentinel when they haven't yet matched. */ +#define REG_UNSET_VALUE ((char *) -1) +#define REG_UNSET(e) ((e) == REG_UNSET_VALUE) + + +/* Macros for dealing with the split strings in re_match_2. */ + +#define MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING (dend == end_match_1) + +/* Call before fetching a character with *d. This switches over to + string2 if necessary. */ +#define PREFETCH() \ + while (d == dend) \ + { \ + /* End of string2 => fail. */ \ + if (dend == end_match_2) \ + goto fail; \ + /* End of string1 => advance to string2. */ \ + d = string2; \ + dend = end_match_2; \ + } + + +/* Test if at very beginning or at very end of the virtual concatenation + of `string1' and `string2'. If only one string, it's `string2'. */ +#define AT_STRINGS_BEG(d) ((d) == (size1 ? string1 : string2) || !size2) +#define AT_STRINGS_END(d) ((d) == end2) + + +/* Test if D points to a character which is word-constituent. We have + two special cases to check for: if past the end of string1, look at + the first character in string2; and if before the beginning of + string2, look at the last character in string1. */ +#define WORDCHAR_P(d) \ + (SYNTAX ((d) == end1 ? *string2 \ + : (d) == string2 - 1 ? *(end1 - 1) : *(d)) \ + == Sword) + +/* Test if the character before D and the one at D differ with respect + to being word-constituent. */ +#define AT_WORD_BOUNDARY(d) \ + (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) || AT_STRINGS_END (d) \ + || WORDCHAR_P (d - 1) != WORDCHAR_P (d)) + + +/* Free everything we malloc. */ +#ifdef REGEX_MALLOC +#define FREE_VAR(var) if (var) free (var); var = NULL +#define FREE_VARIABLES() \ + do { \ + FREE_VAR (fail_stack.stack); \ + FREE_VAR (regstart); \ + FREE_VAR (regend); \ + FREE_VAR (old_regstart); \ + FREE_VAR (old_regend); \ + FREE_VAR (best_regstart); \ + FREE_VAR (best_regend); \ + FREE_VAR (reg_info); \ + FREE_VAR (reg_dummy); \ + FREE_VAR (reg_info_dummy); \ + } while (0) +#else /* not REGEX_MALLOC */ +/* Some MIPS systems (at least) want this to free alloca'd storage. */ +#define FREE_VARIABLES() alloca (0) +#endif /* not REGEX_MALLOC */ + + +/* These values must meet several constraints. They must not be valid + register values; since we have a limit of 255 registers (because + we use only one byte in the pattern for the register number), we can + use numbers larger than 255. They must differ by 1, because of + NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS above. And the value for the lowest register must + be larger than the value for the highest register, so we do not try + to actually save any registers when none are active. */ +#define NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG (1 << BYTEWIDTH) +#define NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG (NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG + 1) + +/* Matching routines. */ + +#ifndef emacs /* Emacs never uses this. */ +/* re_match is like re_match_2 except it takes only a single string. */ + +int +re_match (bufp, string, size, pos, regs) + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; + const char *string; + int size, pos; + struct re_registers *regs; + { + return re_match_2 (bufp, NULL, 0, string, size, pos, regs, size); +} +#endif /* not emacs */ + + +/* re_match_2 matches the compiled pattern in BUFP against the + the (virtual) concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2 (of length SIZE1 + and SIZE2, respectively). We start matching at POS, and stop + matching at STOP. + + If REGS is non-null and the `no_sub' field of BUFP is nonzero, we + store offsets for the substring each group matched in REGS. See the + documentation for exactly how many groups we fill. + + We return -1 if no match, -2 if an internal error (such as the + failure stack overflowing). Otherwise, we return the length of the + matched substring. */ + +int +re_match_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop) + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; + const char *string1, *string2; + int size1, size2; + int pos; + struct re_registers *regs; + int stop; +{ + /* General temporaries. */ + int mcnt; + unsigned char *p1; + + /* Just past the end of the corresponding string. */ + const char *end1, *end2; + + /* Pointers into string1 and string2, just past the last characters in + each to consider matching. */ + const char *end_match_1, *end_match_2; + + /* Where we are in the data, and the end of the current string. */ + const char *d, *dend; + + /* Where we are in the pattern, and the end of the pattern. */ + unsigned char *p = bufp->buffer; + register unsigned char *pend = p + bufp->used; + + /* We use this to map every character in the string. */ + char *translate = bufp->translate; + + /* Failure point stack. Each place that can handle a failure further + down the line pushes a failure point on this stack. It consists of + restart, regend, and reg_info for all registers corresponding to + the subexpressions we're currently inside, plus the number of such + registers, and, finally, two char *'s. The first char * is where + to resume scanning the pattern; the second one is where to resume + scanning the strings. If the latter is zero, the failure point is + a ``dummy''; if a failure happens and the failure point is a dummy, + it gets discarded and the next next one is tried. */ + fail_stack_type fail_stack; +#ifdef DEBUG + static unsigned failure_id = 0; + unsigned nfailure_points_pushed = 0, nfailure_points_popped = 0; +#endif + + /* We fill all the registers internally, independent of what we + return, for use in backreferences. The number here includes + an element for register zero. */ + unsigned num_regs = bufp->re_nsub + 1; + + /* The currently active registers. */ + unsigned lowest_active_reg = NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG; + unsigned highest_active_reg = NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG; + + /* Information on the contents of registers. These are pointers into + the input strings; they record just what was matched (on this + attempt) by a subexpression part of the pattern, that is, the + regnum-th regstart pointer points to where in the pattern we began + matching and the regnum-th regend points to right after where we + stopped matching the regnum-th subexpression. (The zeroth register + keeps track of what the whole pattern matches.) */ + const char **regstart = NULL, **regend = NULL; + + /* If a group that's operated upon by a repetition operator fails to + match anything, then the register for its start will need to be + restored because it will have been set to wherever in the string we + are when we last see its open-group operator. Similarly for a + register's end. */ + const char **old_regstart = NULL, **old_regend = NULL; + + /* The is_active field of reg_info helps us keep track of which (possibly + nested) subexpressions we are currently in. The matched_something + field of reg_info[reg_num] helps us tell whether or not we have + matched any of the pattern so far this time through the reg_num-th + subexpression. These two fields get reset each time through any + loop their register is in. */ + register_info_type *reg_info = NULL; + + /* The following record the register info as found in the above + variables when we find a match better than any we've seen before. + This happens as we backtrack through the failure points, which in + turn happens only if we have not yet matched the entire string. */ + unsigned best_regs_set = false; + const char **best_regstart = NULL, **best_regend = NULL; + + /* Logically, this is `best_regend[0]'. But we don't want to have to + allocate space for that if we're not allocating space for anything + else (see below). Also, we never need info about register 0 for + any of the other register vectors, and it seems rather a kludge to + treat `best_regend' differently than the rest. So we keep track of + the end of the best match so far in a separate variable. We + initialize this to NULL so that when we backtrack the first time + and need to test it, it's not garbage. */ + const char *match_end = NULL; + + /* Used when we pop values we don't care about. */ + const char **reg_dummy = NULL; + register_info_type *reg_info_dummy = NULL; + +#ifdef DEBUG + /* Counts the total number of registers pushed. */ + unsigned num_regs_pushed = 0; +#endif + + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\n\nEntering re_match_2.\n"); + + INIT_FAIL_STACK (); + + /* Do not bother to initialize all the register variables if there are + no groups in the pattern, as it takes a fair amount of time. If + there are groups, we include space for register 0 (the whole + pattern), even though we never use it, since it simplifies the + array indexing. We should fix this. */ + if (bufp->re_nsub) + { + regstart = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *); + regend = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *); + old_regstart = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *); + old_regend = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *); + best_regstart = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *); + best_regend = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *); + reg_info = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, register_info_type); + reg_dummy = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *); + reg_info_dummy = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, register_info_type); + + if (!(regstart && regend && old_regstart && old_regend && reg_info + && best_regstart && best_regend && reg_dummy && reg_info_dummy)) + { + FREE_VARIABLES (); + return -2; + } + } +#ifdef REGEX_MALLOC + else + { + /* We must initialize all our variables to NULL, so that + `FREE_VARIABLES' doesn't try to free them. */ + regstart = regend = old_regstart = old_regend = best_regstart + = best_regend = reg_dummy = NULL; + reg_info = reg_info_dummy = (register_info_type *) NULL; + } +#endif /* REGEX_MALLOC */ + + /* The starting position is bogus. */ + if (pos < 0 || pos > size1 + size2) + { + FREE_VARIABLES (); + return -1; + } + + /* Initialize subexpression text positions to -1 to mark ones that no + start_memory/stop_memory has been seen for. Also initialize the + register information struct. */ + for (mcnt = 1; mcnt < num_regs; mcnt++) + { + regstart[mcnt] = regend[mcnt] + = old_regstart[mcnt] = old_regend[mcnt] = REG_UNSET_VALUE; + + REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[mcnt]) = MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE; + IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[mcnt]) = 0; + MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[mcnt]) = 0; + EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[mcnt]) = 0; + } + + /* We move `string1' into `string2' if the latter's empty -- but not if + `string1' is null. */ + if (size2 == 0 && string1 != NULL) + { + string2 = string1; + size2 = size1; + string1 = 0; + size1 = 0; + } + end1 = string1 + size1; + end2 = string2 + size2; + + /* Compute where to stop matching, within the two strings. */ + if (stop <= size1) + { + end_match_1 = string1 + stop; + end_match_2 = string2; + } + else + { + end_match_1 = end1; + end_match_2 = string2 + stop - size1; + } + + /* `p' scans through the pattern as `d' scans through the data. + `dend' is the end of the input string that `d' points within. `d' + is advanced into the following input string whenever necessary, but + this happens before fetching; therefore, at the beginning of the + loop, `d' can be pointing at the end of a string, but it cannot + equal `string2'. */ + if (size1 > 0 && pos <= size1) + { + d = string1 + pos; + dend = end_match_1; + } + else + { + d = string2 + pos - size1; + dend = end_match_2; + } + + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("The compiled pattern is: "); + DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN (bufp, p, pend); + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("The string to match is: `"); + DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING (d, string1, size1, string2, size2); + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("'\n"); + + /* This loops over pattern commands. It exits by returning from the + function if the match is complete, or it drops through if the match + fails at this starting point in the input data. */ + for (;;) + { + DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\n0x%x: ", p); + + if (p == pend) + { /* End of pattern means we might have succeeded. */ + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("end of pattern ... "); + + /* If we haven't matched the entire string, and we want the + longest match, try backtracking. */ + if (d != end_match_2) + { + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("backtracking.\n"); + + if (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ()) + { /* More failure points to try. */ + boolean same_str_p = (FIRST_STRING_P (match_end) + == MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING); + + /* If exceeds best match so far, save it. */ + if (!best_regs_set + || (same_str_p && d > match_end) + || (!same_str_p && !MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING)) + { + best_regs_set = true; + match_end = d; + + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nSAVING match as best so far.\n"); + + for (mcnt = 1; mcnt < num_regs; mcnt++) + { + best_regstart[mcnt] = regstart[mcnt]; + best_regend[mcnt] = regend[mcnt]; + } + } + goto fail; + } + + /* If no failure points, don't restore garbage. */ + else if (best_regs_set) + { + restore_best_regs: + /* Restore best match. It may happen that `dend == + end_match_1' while the restored d is in string2. + For example, the pattern `x.*y.*z' against the + strings `x-' and `y-z-', if the two strings are + not consecutive in memory. */ + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("Restoring best registers.\n"); + + d = match_end; + dend = ((d >= string1 && d <= end1) + ? end_match_1 : end_match_2); + + for (mcnt = 1; mcnt < num_regs; mcnt++) + { + regstart[mcnt] = best_regstart[mcnt]; + regend[mcnt] = best_regend[mcnt]; + } + } + } /* d != end_match_2 */ + + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("Accepting match.\n"); + + /* If caller wants register contents data back, do it. */ + if (regs && !bufp->no_sub) + { + /* Have the register data arrays been allocated? */ + if (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_UNALLOCATED) + { /* No. So allocate them with malloc. We need one + extra element beyond `num_regs' for the `-1' marker + GNU code uses. */ + regs->num_regs = MAX (RE_NREGS, num_regs + 1); + regs->start = TALLOC (regs->num_regs, regoff_t); + regs->end = TALLOC (regs->num_regs, regoff_t); + if (regs->start == NULL || regs->end == NULL) + return -2; + bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_REALLOCATE; + } + else if (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_REALLOCATE) + { /* Yes. If we need more elements than were already + allocated, reallocate them. If we need fewer, just + leave it alone. */ + if (regs->num_regs < num_regs + 1) + { + regs->num_regs = num_regs + 1; + RETALLOC (regs->start, regs->num_regs, regoff_t); + RETALLOC (regs->end, regs->num_regs, regoff_t); + if (regs->start == NULL || regs->end == NULL) + return -2; + } + } + else + assert (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_FIXED); + + /* Convert the pointer data in `regstart' and `regend' to + indices. Register zero has to be set differently, + since we haven't kept track of any info for it. */ + if (regs->num_regs > 0) + { + regs->start[0] = pos; + regs->end[0] = (MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING ? d - string1 + : d - string2 + size1); + } + + /* Go through the first `min (num_regs, regs->num_regs)' + registers, since that is all we initialized. */ + for (mcnt = 1; mcnt < MIN (num_regs, regs->num_regs); mcnt++) + { + if (REG_UNSET (regstart[mcnt]) || REG_UNSET (regend[mcnt])) + regs->start[mcnt] = regs->end[mcnt] = -1; + else + { + regs->start[mcnt] = POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regstart[mcnt]); + regs->end[mcnt] = POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regend[mcnt]); + } + } + + /* If the regs structure we return has more elements than + were in the pattern, set the extra elements to -1. If + we (re)allocated the registers, this is the case, + because we always allocate enough to have at least one + -1 at the end. */ + for (mcnt = num_regs; mcnt < regs->num_regs; mcnt++) + regs->start[mcnt] = regs->end[mcnt] = -1; + } /* regs && !bufp->no_sub */ + + FREE_VARIABLES (); + DEBUG_PRINT4 ("%u failure points pushed, %u popped (%u remain).\n", + nfailure_points_pushed, nfailure_points_popped, + nfailure_points_pushed - nfailure_points_popped); + DEBUG_PRINT2 ("%u registers pushed.\n", num_regs_pushed); + + mcnt = d - pos - (MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING + ? string1 + : string2 - size1); + + DEBUG_PRINT2 ("Returning %d from re_match_2.\n", mcnt); + + return mcnt; + } + + /* Otherwise match next pattern command. */ +#ifdef SWITCH_ENUM_BUG + switch ((int) ((re_opcode_t) *p++)) +#else + switch ((re_opcode_t) *p++) +#endif + { + /* Ignore these. Used to ignore the n of succeed_n's which + currently have n == 0. */ + case no_op: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING no_op.\n"); + break; + + + /* Match the next n pattern characters exactly. The following + byte in the pattern defines n, and the n bytes after that + are the characters to match. */ + case exactn: + mcnt = *p++; + DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING exactn %d.\n", mcnt); + + /* This is written out as an if-else so we don't waste time + testing `translate' inside the loop. */ + if (translate) + { + do + { + PREFETCH (); + if (translate[(unsigned char) *d++] != (char) *p++) + goto fail; + } + while (--mcnt); + } + else + { + do + { + PREFETCH (); + if (*d++ != (char) *p++) goto fail; + } + while (--mcnt); + } + SET_REGS_MATCHED (); + break; + + + /* Match any character except possibly a newline or a null. */ + case anychar: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING anychar.\n"); + + PREFETCH (); + + if ((!(bufp->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE) && TRANSLATE (*d) == '\n') + || (bufp->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL && TRANSLATE (*d) == '\000')) + goto fail; + + SET_REGS_MATCHED (); + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Matched `%d'.\n", *d); + d++; + break; + + + case charset: + case charset_not: + { + register unsigned char c; + boolean not = (re_opcode_t) *(p - 1) == charset_not; + + DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING charset%s.\n", not ? "_not" : ""); + + PREFETCH (); + c = TRANSLATE (*d); /* The character to match. */ + + /* Cast to `unsigned' instead of `unsigned char' in case the + bit list is a full 32 bytes long. */ + if (c < (unsigned) (*p * BYTEWIDTH) + && p[1 + c / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (c % BYTEWIDTH))) + not = !not; + + p += 1 + *p; + + if (!not) goto fail; + + SET_REGS_MATCHED (); + d++; + break; + } + + + /* The beginning of a group is represented by start_memory. + The arguments are the register number in the next byte, and the + number of groups inner to this one in the next. The text + matched within the group is recorded (in the internal + registers data structure) under the register number. */ + case start_memory: + DEBUG_PRINT3 ("EXECUTING start_memory %d (%d):\n", *p, p[1]); + + /* Find out if this group can match the empty string. */ + p1 = p; /* To send to group_match_null_string_p. */ + + if (REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p]) == MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE) + REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p]) + = group_match_null_string_p (&p1, pend, reg_info); + + /* Save the position in the string where we were the last time + we were at this open-group operator in case the group is + operated upon by a repetition operator, e.g., with `(a*)*b' + against `ab'; then we want to ignore where we are now in + the string in case this attempt to match fails. */ + old_regstart[*p] = REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p]) + ? REG_UNSET (regstart[*p]) ? d : regstart[*p] + : regstart[*p]; + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" old_regstart: %d\n", + POINTER_TO_OFFSET (old_regstart[*p])); + + regstart[*p] = d; + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" regstart: %d\n", POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regstart[*p])); + + IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[*p]) = 1; + MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p]) = 0; + + /* This is the new highest active register. */ + highest_active_reg = *p; + + /* If nothing was active before, this is the new lowest active + register. */ + if (lowest_active_reg == NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG) + lowest_active_reg = *p; + + /* Move past the register number and inner group count. */ + p += 2; + break; + + + /* The stop_memory opcode represents the end of a group. Its + arguments are the same as start_memory's: the register + number, and the number of inner groups. */ + case stop_memory: + DEBUG_PRINT3 ("EXECUTING stop_memory %d (%d):\n", *p, p[1]); + + /* We need to save the string position the last time we were at + this close-group operator in case the group is operated + upon by a repetition operator, e.g., with `((a*)*(b*)*)*' + against `aba'; then we want to ignore where we are now in + the string in case this attempt to match fails. */ + old_regend[*p] = REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p]) + ? REG_UNSET (regend[*p]) ? d : regend[*p] + : regend[*p]; + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" old_regend: %d\n", + POINTER_TO_OFFSET (old_regend[*p])); + + regend[*p] = d; + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" regend: %d\n", POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regend[*p])); + + /* This register isn't active anymore. */ + IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[*p]) = 0; + + /* If this was the only register active, nothing is active + anymore. */ + if (lowest_active_reg == highest_active_reg) + { + lowest_active_reg = NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG; + highest_active_reg = NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG; + } + else + { /* We must scan for the new highest active register, since + it isn't necessarily one less than now: consider + (a(b)c(d(e)f)g). When group 3 ends, after the f), the + new highest active register is 1. */ + unsigned char r = *p - 1; + while (r > 0 && !IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[r])) + r--; + + /* If we end up at register zero, that means that we saved + the registers as the result of an `on_failure_jump', not + a `start_memory', and we jumped to past the innermost + `stop_memory'. For example, in ((.)*) we save + registers 1 and 2 as a result of the *, but when we pop + back to the second ), we are at the stop_memory 1. + Thus, nothing is active. */ + if (r == 0) + { + lowest_active_reg = NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG; + highest_active_reg = NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG; + } + else + highest_active_reg = r; + } + + /* If just failed to match something this time around with a + group that's operated on by a repetition operator, try to + force exit from the ``loop'', and restore the register + information for this group that we had before trying this + last match. */ + if ((!MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p]) + || (re_opcode_t) p[-3] == start_memory) + && (p + 2) < pend) + { + boolean is_a_jump_n = false; + + p1 = p + 2; + mcnt = 0; + switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1++) + { + case jump_n: + is_a_jump_n = true; + case pop_failure_jump: + case maybe_pop_jump: + case jump: + case dummy_failure_jump: + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); + if (is_a_jump_n) + p1 += 2; + break; + + default: + /* do nothing */ ; + } + p1 += mcnt; + + /* If the next operation is a jump backwards in the pattern + to an on_failure_jump right before the start_memory + corresponding to this stop_memory, exit from the loop + by forcing a failure after pushing on the stack the + on_failure_jump's jump in the pattern, and d. */ + if (mcnt < 0 && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == on_failure_jump + && (re_opcode_t) p1[3] == start_memory && p1[4] == *p) + { + /* If this group ever matched anything, then restore + what its registers were before trying this last + failed match, e.g., with `(a*)*b' against `ab' for + regstart[1], and, e.g., with `((a*)*(b*)*)*' + against `aba' for regend[3]. + + Also restore the registers for inner groups for, + e.g., `((a*)(b*))*' against `aba' (register 3 would + otherwise get trashed). */ + + if (EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p])) + { + unsigned r; + + EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p]) = 0; + + /* Restore this and inner groups' (if any) registers. */ + for (r = *p; r < *p + *(p + 1); r++) + { + regstart[r] = old_regstart[r]; + + /* xx why this test? */ + if ((int) old_regend[r] >= (int) regstart[r]) + regend[r] = old_regend[r]; + } + } + p1++; + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); + PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (p1 + mcnt, d, -2); + + goto fail; + } + } + + /* Move past the register number and the inner group count. */ + p += 2; + break; + + + /* \<digit> has been turned into a `duplicate' command which is + followed by the numeric value of <digit> as the register number. */ + case duplicate: + { + register const char *d2, *dend2; + int regno = *p++; /* Get which register to match against. */ + DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING duplicate %d.\n", regno); + + /* Can't back reference a group which we've never matched. */ + if (REG_UNSET (regstart[regno]) || REG_UNSET (regend[regno])) + goto fail; + + /* Where in input to try to start matching. */ + d2 = regstart[regno]; + + /* Where to stop matching; if both the place to start and + the place to stop matching are in the same string, then + set to the place to stop, otherwise, for now have to use + the end of the first string. */ + + dend2 = ((FIRST_STRING_P (regstart[regno]) + == FIRST_STRING_P (regend[regno])) + ? regend[regno] : end_match_1); + for (;;) + { + /* If necessary, advance to next segment in register + contents. */ + while (d2 == dend2) + { + if (dend2 == end_match_2) break; + if (dend2 == regend[regno]) break; + + /* End of string1 => advance to string2. */ + d2 = string2; + dend2 = regend[regno]; + } + /* At end of register contents => success */ + if (d2 == dend2) break; + + /* If necessary, advance to next segment in data. */ + PREFETCH (); + + /* How many characters left in this segment to match. */ + mcnt = dend - d; + + /* Want how many consecutive characters we can match in + one shot, so, if necessary, adjust the count. */ + if (mcnt > dend2 - d2) + mcnt = dend2 - d2; + + /* Compare that many; failure if mismatch, else move + past them. */ + if (translate + ? bcmp_translate (d, d2, mcnt, translate) + : bcmp (d, d2, mcnt)) + goto fail; + d += mcnt, d2 += mcnt; + } + } + break; + + + /* begline matches the empty string at the beginning of the string + (unless `not_bol' is set in `bufp'), and, if + `newline_anchor' is set, after newlines. */ + case begline: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING begline.\n"); + + if (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d)) + { + if (!bufp->not_bol) break; + } + else if (d[-1] == '\n' && bufp->newline_anchor) + { + break; + } + /* In all other cases, we fail. */ + goto fail; + + + /* endline is the dual of begline. */ + case endline: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING endline.\n"); + + if (AT_STRINGS_END (d)) + { + if (!bufp->not_eol) break; + } + + /* We have to ``prefetch'' the next character. */ + else if ((d == end1 ? *string2 : *d) == '\n' + && bufp->newline_anchor) + { + break; + } + goto fail; + + + /* Match at the very beginning of the data. */ + case begbuf: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING begbuf.\n"); + if (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d)) + break; + goto fail; + + + /* Match at the very end of the data. */ + case endbuf: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING endbuf.\n"); + if (AT_STRINGS_END (d)) + break; + goto fail; + + + /* on_failure_keep_string_jump is used to optimize `.*\n'. It + pushes NULL as the value for the string on the stack. Then + `pop_failure_point' will keep the current value for the + string, instead of restoring it. To see why, consider + matching `foo\nbar' against `.*\n'. The .* matches the foo; + then the . fails against the \n. But the next thing we want + to do is match the \n against the \n; if we restored the + string value, we would be back at the foo. + + Because this is used only in specific cases, we don't need to + check all the things that `on_failure_jump' does, to make + sure the right things get saved on the stack. Hence we don't + share its code. The only reason to push anything on the + stack at all is that otherwise we would have to change + `anychar's code to do something besides goto fail in this + case; that seems worse than this. */ + case on_failure_keep_string_jump: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING on_failure_keep_string_jump"); + + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p); + DEBUG_PRINT3 (" %d (to 0x%x):\n", mcnt, p + mcnt); + + PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (p + mcnt, NULL, -2); + break; + + + /* Uses of on_failure_jump: + + Each alternative starts with an on_failure_jump that points + to the beginning of the next alternative. Each alternative + except the last ends with a jump that in effect jumps past + the rest of the alternatives. (They really jump to the + ending jump of the following alternative, because tensioning + these jumps is a hassle.) + + Repeats start with an on_failure_jump that points past both + the repetition text and either the following jump or + pop_failure_jump back to this on_failure_jump. */ + case on_failure_jump: + on_failure: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING on_failure_jump"); + + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p); + DEBUG_PRINT3 (" %d (to 0x%x)", mcnt, p + mcnt); + + /* If this on_failure_jump comes right before a group (i.e., + the original * applied to a group), save the information + for that group and all inner ones, so that if we fail back + to this point, the group's information will be correct. + For example, in \(a*\)*\1, we need the preceding group, + and in \(\(a*\)b*\)\2, we need the inner group. */ + + /* We can't use `p' to check ahead because we push + a failure point to `p + mcnt' after we do this. */ + p1 = p; + + /* We need to skip no_op's before we look for the + start_memory in case this on_failure_jump is happening as + the result of a completed succeed_n, as in \(a\)\{1,3\}b\1 + against aba. */ + while (p1 < pend && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == no_op) + p1++; + + if (p1 < pend && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == start_memory) + { + /* We have a new highest active register now. This will + get reset at the start_memory we are about to get to, + but we will have saved all the registers relevant to + this repetition op, as described above. */ + highest_active_reg = *(p1 + 1) + *(p1 + 2); + if (lowest_active_reg == NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG) + lowest_active_reg = *(p1 + 1); + } + + DEBUG_PRINT1 (":\n"); + PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (p + mcnt, d, -2); + break; + + + /* A smart repeat ends with `maybe_pop_jump'. + We change it to either `pop_failure_jump' or `jump'. */ + case maybe_pop_jump: + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p); + DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING maybe_pop_jump %d.\n", mcnt); + { + register unsigned char *p2 = p; + + /* Compare the beginning of the repeat with what in the + pattern follows its end. If we can establish that there + is nothing that they would both match, i.e., that we + would have to backtrack because of (as in, e.g., `a*a') + then we can change to pop_failure_jump, because we'll + never have to backtrack. + + This is not true in the case of alternatives: in + `(a|ab)*' we do need to backtrack to the `ab' alternative + (e.g., if the string was `ab'). But instead of trying to + detect that here, the alternative has put on a dummy + failure point which is what we will end up popping. */ + + /* Skip over open/close-group commands. */ + while (p2 + 2 < pend + && ((re_opcode_t) *p2 == stop_memory + || (re_opcode_t) *p2 == start_memory)) + p2 += 3; /* Skip over args, too. */ + + /* If we're at the end of the pattern, we can change. */ + if (p2 == pend) + { + /* Consider what happens when matching ":\(.*\)" + against ":/". I don't really understand this code + yet. */ + p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump; + DEBUG_PRINT1 + (" End of pattern: change to `pop_failure_jump'.\n"); + } + + else if ((re_opcode_t) *p2 == exactn + || (bufp->newline_anchor && (re_opcode_t) *p2 == endline)) + { + register unsigned char c + = *p2 == (unsigned char) endline ? '\n' : p2[2]; + p1 = p + mcnt; + + /* p1[0] ... p1[2] are the `on_failure_jump' corresponding + to the `maybe_finalize_jump' of this case. Examine what + follows. */ + if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == exactn && p1[5] != c) + { + p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump; + DEBUG_PRINT3 (" %c != %c => pop_failure_jump.\n", + c, p1[5]); + } + + else if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset + || (re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset_not) + { + int not = (re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset_not; + + if (c < (unsigned char) (p1[4] * BYTEWIDTH) + && p1[5 + c / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (c % BYTEWIDTH))) + not = !not; + + /* `not' is equal to 1 if c would match, which means + that we can't change to pop_failure_jump. */ + if (!not) + { + p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump; + DEBUG_PRINT1 (" No match => pop_failure_jump.\n"); + } + } + } + } + p -= 2; /* Point at relative address again. */ + if ((re_opcode_t) p[-1] != pop_failure_jump) + { + p[-1] = (unsigned char) jump; + DEBUG_PRINT1 (" Match => jump.\n"); + goto unconditional_jump; + } + /* Note fall through. */ + + + /* The end of a simple repeat has a pop_failure_jump back to + its matching on_failure_jump, where the latter will push a + failure point. The pop_failure_jump takes off failure + points put on by this pop_failure_jump's matching + on_failure_jump; we got through the pattern to here from the + matching on_failure_jump, so didn't fail. */ + case pop_failure_jump: + { + /* We need to pass separate storage for the lowest and + highest registers, even though we don't care about the + actual values. Otherwise, we will restore only one + register from the stack, since lowest will == highest in + `pop_failure_point'. */ + unsigned dummy_low_reg, dummy_high_reg; + unsigned char *pdummy; + const char *sdummy; + + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING pop_failure_jump.\n"); + POP_FAILURE_POINT (sdummy, pdummy, + dummy_low_reg, dummy_high_reg, + reg_dummy, reg_dummy, reg_info_dummy); + } + /* Note fall through. */ + + + /* Unconditionally jump (without popping any failure points). */ + case jump: + unconditional_jump: + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p); /* Get the amount to jump. */ + DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING jump %d ", mcnt); + p += mcnt; /* Do the jump. */ + DEBUG_PRINT2 ("(to 0x%x).\n", p); + break; + + + /* We need this opcode so we can detect where alternatives end + in `group_match_null_string_p' et al. */ + case jump_past_alt: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING jump_past_alt.\n"); + goto unconditional_jump; + + + /* Normally, the on_failure_jump pushes a failure point, which + then gets popped at pop_failure_jump. We will end up at + pop_failure_jump, also, and with a pattern of, say, `a+', we + are skipping over the on_failure_jump, so we have to push + something meaningless for pop_failure_jump to pop. */ + case dummy_failure_jump: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING dummy_failure_jump.\n"); + /* It doesn't matter what we push for the string here. What + the code at `fail' tests is the value for the pattern. */ + PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (0, 0, -2); + goto unconditional_jump; + + + /* At the end of an alternative, we need to push a dummy failure + point in case we are followed by a `pop_failure_jump', because + we don't want the failure point for the alternative to be + popped. For example, matching `(a|ab)*' against `aab' + requires that we match the `ab' alternative. */ + case push_dummy_failure: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING push_dummy_failure.\n"); + /* See comments just above at `dummy_failure_jump' about the + two zeroes. */ + PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (0, 0, -2); + break; + + /* Have to succeed matching what follows at least n times. + After that, handle like `on_failure_jump'. */ + case succeed_n: + EXTRACT_NUMBER (mcnt, p + 2); + DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING succeed_n %d.\n", mcnt); + + assert (mcnt >= 0); + /* Originally, this is how many times we HAVE to succeed. */ + if (mcnt > 0) + { + mcnt--; + p += 2; + STORE_NUMBER_AND_INCR (p, mcnt); + DEBUG_PRINT3 (" Setting 0x%x to %d.\n", p, mcnt); + } + else if (mcnt == 0) + { + DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Setting two bytes from 0x%x to no_op.\n", p+2); + p[2] = (unsigned char) no_op; + p[3] = (unsigned char) no_op; + goto on_failure; + } + break; + + case jump_n: + EXTRACT_NUMBER (mcnt, p + 2); + DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING jump_n %d.\n", mcnt); + + /* Originally, this is how many times we CAN jump. */ + if (mcnt) + { + mcnt--; + STORE_NUMBER (p + 2, mcnt); + goto unconditional_jump; + } + /* If don't have to jump any more, skip over the rest of command. */ + else + p += 4; + break; + + case set_number_at: + { + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING set_number_at.\n"); + + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p); + p1 = p + mcnt; + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p); + DEBUG_PRINT3 (" Setting 0x%x to %d.\n", p1, mcnt); + STORE_NUMBER (p1, mcnt); + break; + } + + case wordbound: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING wordbound.\n"); + if (AT_WORD_BOUNDARY (d)) + break; + goto fail; + + case notwordbound: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING notwordbound.\n"); + if (AT_WORD_BOUNDARY (d)) + goto fail; + break; + + case wordbeg: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING wordbeg.\n"); + if (WORDCHAR_P (d) && (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) || !WORDCHAR_P (d - 1))) + break; + goto fail; + + case wordend: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING wordend.\n"); + if (!AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) && WORDCHAR_P (d - 1) + && (!WORDCHAR_P (d) || AT_STRINGS_END (d))) + break; + goto fail; + +#ifdef emacs +#ifdef emacs19 + case before_dot: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING before_dot.\n"); + if (PTR_CHAR_POS ((unsigned char *) d) >= point) + goto fail; + break; + + case at_dot: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING at_dot.\n"); + if (PTR_CHAR_POS ((unsigned char *) d) != point) + goto fail; + break; + + case after_dot: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING after_dot.\n"); + if (PTR_CHAR_POS ((unsigned char *) d) <= point) + goto fail; + break; +#else /* not emacs19 */ + case at_dot: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING at_dot.\n"); + if (PTR_CHAR_POS ((unsigned char *) d) + 1 != point) + goto fail; + break; +#endif /* not emacs19 */ + + case syntaxspec: + DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING syntaxspec %d.\n", mcnt); + mcnt = *p++; + goto matchsyntax; + + case wordchar: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING Emacs wordchar.\n"); + mcnt = (int) Sword; + matchsyntax: + PREFETCH (); + if (SYNTAX (*d++) != (enum syntaxcode) mcnt) + goto fail; + SET_REGS_MATCHED (); + break; + + case notsyntaxspec: + DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING notsyntaxspec %d.\n", mcnt); + mcnt = *p++; + goto matchnotsyntax; + + case notwordchar: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING Emacs notwordchar.\n"); + mcnt = (int) Sword; + matchnotsyntax: + PREFETCH (); + if (SYNTAX (*d++) == (enum syntaxcode) mcnt) + goto fail; + SET_REGS_MATCHED (); + break; + +#else /* not emacs */ + case wordchar: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING non-Emacs wordchar.\n"); + PREFETCH (); + if (!WORDCHAR_P (d)) + goto fail; + SET_REGS_MATCHED (); + d++; + break; + + case notwordchar: + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING non-Emacs notwordchar.\n"); + PREFETCH (); + if (WORDCHAR_P (d)) + goto fail; + SET_REGS_MATCHED (); + d++; + break; +#endif /* not emacs */ + + default: + abort (); + } + continue; /* Successfully executed one pattern command; keep going. */ + + + /* We goto here if a matching operation fails. */ + fail: + if (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ()) + { /* A restart point is known. Restore to that state. */ + DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nFAIL:\n"); + POP_FAILURE_POINT (d, p, + lowest_active_reg, highest_active_reg, + regstart, regend, reg_info); + + /* If this failure point is a dummy, try the next one. */ + if (!p) + goto fail; + + /* If we failed to the end of the pattern, don't examine *p. */ + assert (p <= pend); + if (p < pend) + { + boolean is_a_jump_n = false; + + /* If failed to a backwards jump that's part of a repetition + loop, need to pop this failure point and use the next one. */ + switch ((re_opcode_t) *p) + { + case jump_n: + is_a_jump_n = true; + case maybe_pop_jump: + case pop_failure_jump: + case jump: + p1 = p + 1; + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); + p1 += mcnt; + + if ((is_a_jump_n && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == succeed_n) + || (!is_a_jump_n + && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == on_failure_jump)) + goto fail; + break; + default: + /* do nothing */ ; + } + } + + if (d >= string1 && d <= end1) + dend = end_match_1; + } + else + break; /* Matching at this starting point really fails. */ + } /* for (;;) */ + + if (best_regs_set) + goto restore_best_regs; + + FREE_VARIABLES (); + + return -1; /* Failure to match. */ +} /* re_match_2 */ + +/* Subroutine definitions for re_match_2. */ + + +/* We are passed P pointing to a register number after a start_memory. + + Return true if the pattern up to the corresponding stop_memory can + match the empty string, and false otherwise. + + If we find the matching stop_memory, sets P to point to one past its number. + Otherwise, sets P to an undefined byte less than or equal to END. + + We don't handle duplicates properly (yet). */ + +static boolean +group_match_null_string_p (p, end, reg_info) + unsigned char **p, *end; + register_info_type *reg_info; +{ + int mcnt; + /* Point to after the args to the start_memory. */ + unsigned char *p1 = *p + 2; + + while (p1 < end) + { + /* Skip over opcodes that can match nothing, and return true or + false, as appropriate, when we get to one that can't, or to the + matching stop_memory. */ + + switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1) + { + /* Could be either a loop or a series of alternatives. */ + case on_failure_jump: + p1++; + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); + + /* If the next operation is not a jump backwards in the + pattern. */ + + if (mcnt >= 0) + { + /* Go through the on_failure_jumps of the alternatives, + seeing if any of the alternatives cannot match nothing. + The last alternative starts with only a jump, + whereas the rest start with on_failure_jump and end + with a jump, e.g., here is the pattern for `a|b|c': + + /on_failure_jump/0/6/exactn/1/a/jump_past_alt/0/6 + /on_failure_jump/0/6/exactn/1/b/jump_past_alt/0/3 + /exactn/1/c + + So, we have to first go through the first (n-1) + alternatives and then deal with the last one separately. */ + + + /* Deal with the first (n-1) alternatives, which start + with an on_failure_jump (see above) that jumps to right + past a jump_past_alt. */ + + while ((re_opcode_t) p1[mcnt-3] == jump_past_alt) + { + /* `mcnt' holds how many bytes long the alternative + is, including the ending `jump_past_alt' and + its number. */ + + if (!alt_match_null_string_p (p1, p1 + mcnt - 3, + reg_info)) + return false; + + /* Move to right after this alternative, including the + jump_past_alt. */ + p1 += mcnt; + + /* Break if it's the beginning of an n-th alternative + that doesn't begin with an on_failure_jump. */ + if ((re_opcode_t) *p1 != on_failure_jump) + break; + + /* Still have to check that it's not an n-th + alternative that starts with an on_failure_jump. */ + p1++; + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); + if ((re_opcode_t) p1[mcnt-3] != jump_past_alt) + { + /* Get to the beginning of the n-th alternative. */ + p1 -= 3; + break; + } + } + + /* Deal with the last alternative: go back and get number + of the `jump_past_alt' just before it. `mcnt' contains + the length of the alternative. */ + EXTRACT_NUMBER (mcnt, p1 - 2); + + if (!alt_match_null_string_p (p1, p1 + mcnt, reg_info)) + return false; + + p1 += mcnt; /* Get past the n-th alternative. */ + } /* if mcnt > 0 */ + break; + + + case stop_memory: + assert (p1[1] == **p); + *p = p1 + 2; + return true; + + + default: + if (!common_op_match_null_string_p (&p1, end, reg_info)) + return false; + } + } /* while p1 < end */ + + return false; +} /* group_match_null_string_p */ + + +/* Similar to group_match_null_string_p, but doesn't deal with alternatives: + It expects P to be the first byte of a single alternative and END one + byte past the last. The alternative can contain groups. */ + +static boolean +alt_match_null_string_p (p, end, reg_info) + unsigned char *p, *end; + register_info_type *reg_info; +{ + int mcnt; + unsigned char *p1 = p; + + while (p1 < end) + { + /* Skip over opcodes that can match nothing, and break when we get + to one that can't. */ + + switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1) + { + /* It's a loop. */ + case on_failure_jump: + p1++; + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); + p1 += mcnt; + break; + + default: + if (!common_op_match_null_string_p (&p1, end, reg_info)) + return false; + } + } /* while p1 < end */ + + return true; +} /* alt_match_null_string_p */ + + +/* Deals with the ops common to group_match_null_string_p and + alt_match_null_string_p. + + Sets P to one after the op and its arguments, if any. */ + +static boolean +common_op_match_null_string_p (p, end, reg_info) + unsigned char **p, *end; + register_info_type *reg_info; +{ + int mcnt; + boolean ret; + int reg_no; + unsigned char *p1 = *p; + + switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1++) + { + case no_op: + case begline: + case endline: + case begbuf: + case endbuf: + case wordbeg: + case wordend: + case wordbound: + case notwordbound: +#ifdef emacs + case before_dot: + case at_dot: + case after_dot: +#endif + break; + + case start_memory: + reg_no = *p1; + assert (reg_no > 0 && reg_no <= MAX_REGNUM); + ret = group_match_null_string_p (&p1, end, reg_info); + + /* Have to set this here in case we're checking a group which + contains a group and a back reference to it. */ + + if (REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[reg_no]) == MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE) + REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[reg_no]) = ret; + + if (!ret) + return false; + break; + + /* If this is an optimized succeed_n for zero times, make the jump. */ + case jump: + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); + if (mcnt >= 0) + p1 += mcnt; + else + return false; + break; + + case succeed_n: + /* Get to the number of times to succeed. */ + p1 += 2; + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); + + if (mcnt == 0) + { + p1 -= 4; + EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); + p1 += mcnt; + } + else + return false; + break; + + case duplicate: + if (!REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p1])) + return false; + break; + + case set_number_at: + p1 += 4; + + default: + /* All other opcodes mean we cannot match the empty string. */ + return false; + } + + *p = p1; + return true; +} /* common_op_match_null_string_p */ + + +/* Return zero if TRANSLATE[S1] and TRANSLATE[S2] are identical for LEN + bytes; nonzero otherwise. */ + +static int +bcmp_translate( + unsigned char *s1, + unsigned char *s2, + int len, + char *translate +) +{ + register unsigned char *p1 = s1, *p2 = s2; + while (len) + { + if (translate[*p1++] != translate[*p2++]) return 1; + len--; + } + return 0; +} + +/* Entry points for GNU code. */ + +/* re_compile_pattern is the GNU regular expression compiler: it + compiles PATTERN (of length SIZE) and puts the result in BUFP. + Returns 0 if the pattern was valid, otherwise an error string. + + Assumes the `allocated' (and perhaps `buffer') and `translate' fields + are set in BUFP on entry. + + We call regex_compile to do the actual compilation. */ + +const char * +re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp) + const char *pattern; + int length; + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; +{ + reg_errcode_t ret; + + /* GNU code is written to assume at least RE_NREGS registers will be set + (and at least one extra will be -1). */ + bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED; + + /* And GNU code determines whether or not to get register information + by passing null for the REGS argument to re_match, etc., not by + setting no_sub. */ + bufp->no_sub = 0; + + /* Match anchors at newline. */ + bufp->newline_anchor = 1; + + ret = regex_compile (pattern, length, re_syntax_options, bufp); + + return re_error_msg[(int) ret]; +} + +/* Entry points compatible with 4.2 BSD regex library. We don't define + them if this is an Emacs or POSIX compilation. */ + +#if !defined (emacs) && !defined (_POSIX_SOURCE) + +/* BSD has one and only one pattern buffer. */ +static struct re_pattern_buffer re_comp_buf; + +char * +re_comp (s) + const char *s; +{ + reg_errcode_t ret; + + if (!s) + { + if (!re_comp_buf.buffer) + return "No previous regular expression"; + return 0; + } + + if (!re_comp_buf.buffer) + { + re_comp_buf.buffer = (unsigned char *) malloc (200); + if (re_comp_buf.buffer == NULL) + return "Memory exhausted"; + re_comp_buf.allocated = 200; + + re_comp_buf.fastmap = (char *) malloc (1 << BYTEWIDTH); + if (re_comp_buf.fastmap == NULL) + return "Memory exhausted"; + } + + /* Since `re_exec' always passes NULL for the `regs' argument, we + don't need to initialize the pattern buffer fields which affect it. */ + + /* Match anchors at newlines. */ + re_comp_buf.newline_anchor = 1; + + ret = regex_compile (s, strlen (s), re_syntax_options, &re_comp_buf); + + /* Yes, we're discarding `const' here. */ + return (char *) re_error_msg[(int) ret]; +} + + +int +re_exec (s) + const char *s; +{ + const int len = strlen (s); + return + 0 <= re_search (&re_comp_buf, s, len, 0, len, (struct re_registers *) 0); +} +#endif /* not emacs and not _POSIX_SOURCE */ + +/* POSIX.2 functions. Don't define these for Emacs. */ + +#ifndef emacs + +/* regcomp takes a regular expression as a string and compiles it. + + PREG is a regex_t *. We do not expect any fields to be initialized, + since POSIX says we shouldn't. Thus, we set + + `buffer' to the compiled pattern; + `used' to the length of the compiled pattern; + `syntax' to RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED if the + REG_EXTENDED bit in CFLAGS is set; otherwise, to + RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC; + `newline_anchor' to REG_NEWLINE being set in CFLAGS; + `fastmap' and `fastmap_accurate' to zero; + `re_nsub' to the number of subexpressions in PATTERN. + + PATTERN is the address of the pattern string. + + CFLAGS is a series of bits which affect compilation. + + If REG_EXTENDED is set, we use POSIX extended syntax; otherwise, we + use POSIX basic syntax. + + If REG_NEWLINE is set, then . and [^...] don't match newline. + Also, regexec will try a match beginning after every newline. + + If REG_ICASE is set, then we considers upper- and lowercase + versions of letters to be equivalent when matching. + + If REG_NOSUB is set, then when PREG is passed to regexec, that + routine will report only success or failure, and nothing about the + registers. + + It returns 0 if it succeeds, nonzero if it doesn't. (See regex.h for + the return codes and their meanings.) */ + +int +regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags) + regex_t *preg; + const char *pattern; + int cflags; +{ + reg_errcode_t ret; + unsigned syntax + = (cflags & REG_EXTENDED) ? + RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED : RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC; + + /* regex_compile will allocate the space for the compiled pattern. */ + preg->buffer = 0; + preg->allocated = 0; + + /* Don't bother to use a fastmap when searching. This simplifies the + REG_NEWLINE case: if we used a fastmap, we'd have to put all the + characters after newlines into the fastmap. This way, we just try + every character. */ + preg->fastmap = 0; + + if (cflags & REG_ICASE) + { + unsigned i; + + preg->translate = (char *) malloc (CHAR_SET_SIZE); + if (preg->translate == NULL) + return (int) REG_ESPACE; + + /* Map uppercase characters to corresponding lowercase ones. */ + for (i = 0; i < CHAR_SET_SIZE; i++) + preg->translate[i] = ISUPPER (i) ? tolower (i) : i; + } + else + preg->translate = NULL; + + /* If REG_NEWLINE is set, newlines are treated differently. */ + if (cflags & REG_NEWLINE) + { /* REG_NEWLINE implies neither . nor [^...] match newline. */ + syntax &= ~RE_DOT_NEWLINE; + syntax |= RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE; + /* It also changes the matching behavior. */ + preg->newline_anchor = 1; + } + else + preg->newline_anchor = 0; + + preg->no_sub = !!(cflags & REG_NOSUB); + + /* POSIX says a null character in the pattern terminates it, so we + can use strlen here in compiling the pattern. */ + ret = regex_compile (pattern, strlen (pattern), syntax, preg); + + /* POSIX doesn't distinguish between an unmatched open-group and an + unmatched close-group: both are REG_EPAREN. */ + if (ret == REG_ERPAREN) ret = REG_EPAREN; + + return (int) ret; +} + + +/* regexec searches for a given pattern, specified by PREG, in the + string STRING. + + If NMATCH is zero or REG_NOSUB was set in the cflags argument to + `regcomp', we ignore PMATCH. Otherwise, we assume PMATCH has at + least NMATCH elements, and we set them to the offsets of the + corresponding matched substrings. + + EFLAGS specifies `execution flags' which affect matching: if + REG_NOTBOL is set, then ^ does not match at the beginning of the + string; if REG_NOTEOL is set, then $ does not match at the end. + + We return 0 if we find a match and REG_NOMATCH if not. */ + +int +regexec (preg, string, nmatch, pmatch, eflags) + const regex_t *preg; + const char *string; + size_t nmatch; + regmatch_t pmatch[]; + int eflags; +{ + int ret; + struct re_registers regs; + regex_t private_preg; + int len = strlen (string); + boolean want_reg_info = !preg->no_sub && nmatch > 0; + + private_preg = *preg; + + private_preg.not_bol = !!(eflags & REG_NOTBOL); + private_preg.not_eol = !!(eflags & REG_NOTEOL); + + /* The user has told us exactly how many registers to return + information about, via `nmatch'. We have to pass that on to the + matching routines. */ + private_preg.regs_allocated = REGS_FIXED; + + if (want_reg_info) + { + regs.num_regs = nmatch; + regs.start = TALLOC (nmatch, regoff_t); + regs.end = TALLOC (nmatch, regoff_t); + if (regs.start == NULL || regs.end == NULL) + return (int) REG_NOMATCH; + } + + /* Perform the searching operation. */ + ret = re_search (&private_preg, string, len, + /* start: */ 0, /* range: */ len, + want_reg_info ? ®s : (struct re_registers *) 0); + + /* Copy the register information to the POSIX structure. */ + if (want_reg_info) + { + if (ret >= 0) + { + unsigned r; + + for (r = 0; r < nmatch; r++) + { + pmatch[r].rm_so = regs.start[r]; + pmatch[r].rm_eo = regs.end[r]; + } + } + + /* If we needed the temporary register info, free the space now. */ + free (regs.start); + free (regs.end); + } + + /* We want zero return to mean success, unlike `re_search'. */ + return ret >= 0 ? (int) REG_NOERROR : (int) REG_NOMATCH; +} + + +/* Returns a message corresponding to an error code, ERRCODE, returned + from either regcomp or regexec. We don't use PREG here. */ + +size_t +regerror(int errcode, const regex_t *preg, + char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size) +{ + const char *msg; + size_t msg_size; + + if (errcode < 0 + || errcode >= (sizeof (re_error_msg) / sizeof (re_error_msg[0]))) + /* Only error codes returned by the rest of the code should be passed + to this routine. If we are given anything else, or if other regex + code generates an invalid error code, then the program has a bug. + Dump core so we can fix it. */ + abort (); + + msg = re_error_msg[errcode]; + + /* POSIX doesn't require that we do anything in this case, but why + not be nice. */ + if (! msg) + msg = "Success"; + + msg_size = strlen (msg) + 1; /* Includes the null. */ + + if (errbuf_size != 0) + { + if (msg_size > errbuf_size) + { + strncpy (errbuf, msg, errbuf_size - 1); + errbuf[errbuf_size - 1] = 0; + } + else + strcpy (errbuf, msg); + } + + return msg_size; +} + + +/* Free dynamically allocated space used by PREG. */ + +void +regfree (preg) + regex_t *preg; +{ + if (preg->buffer != NULL) + free (preg->buffer); + preg->buffer = NULL; + + preg->allocated = 0; + preg->used = 0; + + if (preg->fastmap != NULL) + free (preg->fastmap); + preg->fastmap = NULL; + preg->fastmap_accurate = 0; + + if (preg->translate != NULL) + free (preg->translate); + preg->translate = NULL; +} + +#endif /* not emacs */ + +/* +Local variables: +make-backup-files: t +version-control: t +trim-versions-without-asking: nil +End: +*/ diff --git a/compat/regex/regex.h b/compat/regex/regex.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6eb64f1402 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/regex/regex.h @@ -0,0 +1,490 @@ +/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular + expression library, version 0.12. + + Copyright (C) 1985, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ + +#ifndef __REGEXP_LIBRARY_H__ +#define __REGEXP_LIBRARY_H__ + +/* POSIX says that <sys/types.h> must be included (by the caller) before + <regex.h>. */ + +#ifdef VMS +/* VMS doesn't have `size_t' in <sys/types.h>, even though POSIX says it + should be there. */ +#include <stddef.h> +#endif + + +/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we + recognize. The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax + remains the value 0. The bits are given in alphabetical order, and + the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we + add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change. */ +typedef unsigned reg_syntax_t; + +/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal. + If set, then such a \ quotes the following character. */ +#define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS (1) + +/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are + literals. + If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals. */ +#define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported. They are: + [:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:], [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:], + [:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:]. + If not set, then character classes are not supported. */ +#define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket + expressions, of course). + If this bit is not set, then it depends: + ^ is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular + expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator; + $ is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or + before a close-group or an alternation operator. + + This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because + POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined. + We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs + invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back. */ +#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special + regardless of where they are in the pattern. + If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in + some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary. Specifically, + * + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning, + open-group, or alternation operator. */ +#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or + immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator. */ +#define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline. + If not set, then it doesn't. */ +#define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL. + If not set, then it does. */ +#define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline. + If not set, they do. */ +#define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an + interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES. + If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals. */ +#define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators. + If not set, they are. */ +#define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator. + If not set, newline is literal. */ +#define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then `{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \} + are literals. + If not set, then `\{...\}' defines an interval. */ +#define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals. + If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals. */ +#define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then \<digit> matches <digit>. + If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference. */ +#define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal. + If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal. */ +#define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher + than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid. + If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the + starting range point, the range is ignored. */ +#define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary. + If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid. */ +#define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1) + +/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for + some interfaces). When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is + stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect + already-compiled regexps. */ +extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options; + +/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities. + (The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so + don't delete them!) */ +/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */ +#define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0 + +#define RE_SYNTAX_AWK \ + (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL \ + | RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_REFS \ + | RE_NO_BK_VBAR | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES \ + | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD) + +#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK \ + (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS) + +#define RE_SYNTAX_GREP \ + (RE_BK_PLUS_QM | RE_CHAR_CLASSES \ + | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE | RE_INTERVALS \ + | RE_NEWLINE_ALT) + +#define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP \ + (RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \ + | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE \ + | RE_NEWLINE_ALT | RE_NO_BK_PARENS \ + | RE_NO_BK_VBAR) + +#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP \ + (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES) + +/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff. */ +#define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC + +#define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC + +/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax. */ +#define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON \ + (RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL \ + | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES) + +#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC \ + (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM) + +/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes + RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized. Actually, this + isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled. */ +#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC \ + (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS) + +#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED \ + (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \ + | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \ + | RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_VBAR \ + | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD) + +/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS + replaces RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added. */ +#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED \ + (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \ + | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \ + | RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_REFS \ + | RE_NO_BK_VBAR | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD) +/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */ + +/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow. Some systems + (erroneously) define this in other header files, but we want our + value, so remove any previous define. */ +#ifdef RE_DUP_MAX +#undef RE_DUP_MAX +#endif +#define RE_DUP_MAX ((1 << 15) - 1) + + +/* POSIX `cflags' bits (i.e., information for `regcomp'). */ + +/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax. + If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax. */ +#define REG_EXTENDED 1 + +/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching. + If not set, then case is significant. */ +#define REG_ICASE (REG_EXTENDED << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline + characters in the string. + If not set, then anchors do match at newlines. */ +#define REG_NEWLINE (REG_ICASE << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec. + If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors. */ +#define REG_NOSUB (REG_NEWLINE << 1) + + +/* POSIX `eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec). */ + +/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match + the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the + beginning of a line). + If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the + beginning of the string. */ +#define REG_NOTBOL 1 + +/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line. */ +#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1) + + +/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the + `re_error_msg' table in regex.c. */ +typedef enum +{ + REG_NOERROR = 0, /* Success. */ + REG_NOMATCH, /* Didn't find a match (for regexec). */ + + /* POSIX regcomp return error codes. (In the order listed in the + standard.) */ + REG_BADPAT, /* Invalid pattern. */ + REG_ECOLLATE, /* Not implemented. */ + REG_ECTYPE, /* Invalid character class name. */ + REG_EESCAPE, /* Trailing backslash. */ + REG_ESUBREG, /* Invalid back reference. */ + REG_EBRACK, /* Unmatched left bracket. */ + REG_EPAREN, /* Parenthesis imbalance. */ + REG_EBRACE, /* Unmatched \{. */ + REG_BADBR, /* Invalid contents of \{\}. */ + REG_ERANGE, /* Invalid range end. */ + REG_ESPACE, /* Ran out of memory. */ + REG_BADRPT, /* No preceding re for repetition op. */ + + /* Error codes we've added. */ + REG_EEND, /* Premature end. */ + REG_ESIZE, /* Compiled pattern bigger than 2^16 bytes. */ + REG_ERPAREN /* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp. */ +} reg_errcode_t; + +/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern. Before calling + the pattern compiler, the fields `buffer', `allocated', `fastmap', + `translate', and `no_sub' can be set. After the pattern has been + compiled, the `re_nsub' field is available. All other fields are + private to the regex routines. */ + +struct re_pattern_buffer +{ +/* [[[begin pattern_buffer]]] */ + /* Space that holds the compiled pattern. It is declared as + `unsigned char *' because its elements are + sometimes used as array indexes. */ + unsigned char *buffer; + + /* Number of bytes to which `buffer' points. */ + unsigned long allocated; + + /* Number of bytes actually used in `buffer'. */ + unsigned long used; + + /* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled. */ + reg_syntax_t syntax; + + /* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero. re_search uses + the fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible + starting points for matches. */ + char *fastmap; + + /* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before + comparing them, or zero for no translation. The translation + is applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string + when it is matched. */ + char *translate; + + /* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler. */ + size_t re_nsub; + + /* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else. + Well, in truth it's used only in `re_search_2', to see + whether or not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set + this absolutely perfectly; see `re_compile_fastmap' (the + `duplicate' case). */ + unsigned can_be_null : 1; + + /* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the `regs' structure + for `max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups. + If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary. + If REGS_FIXED, use what's there. */ +#define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0 +#define REGS_REALLOCATE 1 +#define REGS_FIXED 2 + unsigned regs_allocated : 2; + + /* Set to zero when `regex_compile' compiles a pattern; set to one + by `re_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap. */ + unsigned fastmap_accurate : 1; + + /* If set, `re_match_2' does not return information about + subexpressions. */ + unsigned no_sub : 1; + + /* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the + beginning of the string. */ + unsigned not_bol : 1; + + /* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor. */ + unsigned not_eol : 1; + + /* If true, an anchor at a newline matches. */ + unsigned newline_anchor : 1; + +/* [[[end pattern_buffer]]] */ +}; + +typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t; + + +/* search.c (search_buffer) in Emacs needs this one opcode value. It is + defined both in `regex.c' and here. */ +#define RE_EXACTN_VALUE 1 + +/* Type for byte offsets within the string. POSIX mandates this. */ +typedef int regoff_t; + + +/* This is the structure we store register match data in. See + regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match. */ +struct re_registers +{ + unsigned num_regs; + regoff_t *start; + regoff_t *end; +}; + + +/* If `regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer, + `re_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers + the first time a `regs' structure is passed. */ +#ifndef RE_NREGS +#define RE_NREGS 30 +#endif + + +/* POSIX specification for registers. Aside from the different names than + `re_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a + structure of arrays. */ +typedef struct +{ + regoff_t rm_so; /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start. */ + regoff_t rm_eo; /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end. */ +} regmatch_t; + +/* Declarations for routines. */ + +/* To avoid duplicating every routine declaration -- once with a + prototype (if we are ANSI), and once without (if we aren't) -- we + use the following macro to declare argument types. This + unfortunately clutters up the declarations a bit, but I think it's + worth it. */ + +#if __STDC__ + +#define _RE_ARGS(args) args + +#else /* not __STDC__ */ + +#define _RE_ARGS(args) () + +#endif /* not __STDC__ */ + +/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax. + You can also simply assign to the `re_syntax_options' variable. */ +extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax)); + +/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH + and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer + BUFFER. Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not. */ +extern const char *re_compile_pattern + _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, int length, + struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer)); + + +/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to + accelerate searches. Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an + internal error. */ +extern int re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer)); + + +/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern + compiled into BUFFER. Start searching at position START, for RANGE + characters. Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no + match, or -2 for an internal error. Also return register + information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero). */ +extern int re_search + _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string, + int length, int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs)); + + +/* Like `re_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and + STRING2. Also, stop searching at index START + STOP. */ +extern int re_search_2 + _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1, + int length1, const char *string2, int length2, + int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs, int stop)); + + +/* Like `re_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp + in BUFFER matched, starting at position START. */ +extern int re_match + _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string, + int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs)); + + +/* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'. */ +extern int re_match_2 + _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1, + int length1, const char *string2, int length2, + int start, struct re_registers *regs, int stop)); + + +/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and + ENDS. Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory + for recording register information. STARTS and ENDS must be + allocated with malloc, and must each be at least `NUM_REGS * sizeof + (regoff_t)' bytes long. + + If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own + register data. + + Unless this function is called, the first search or match using + PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without + freeing the old data. */ +extern void re_set_registers + _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, struct re_registers *regs, + unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends)); + +/* 4.2 bsd compatibility. */ +extern char *re_comp _RE_ARGS ((const char *)); +extern int re_exec _RE_ARGS ((const char *)); + +/* POSIX compatibility. */ +extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *preg, const char *pattern, int cflags)); +extern int regexec + _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *preg, const char *string, size_t nmatch, + regmatch_t pmatch[], int eflags)); +extern size_t regerror + _RE_ARGS ((int errcode, const regex_t *preg, char *errbuf, + size_t errbuf_size)); +extern void regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *preg)); + +#endif /* not __REGEXP_LIBRARY_H__ */ + +/* +Local variables: +make-backup-files: t +version-control: t +trim-versions-without-asking: nil +End: +*/ diff --git a/compat/setenv.c b/compat/setenv.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a22ea7b75 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/setenv.c @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +int gitsetenv(const char *name, const char *value, int replace) +{ + int out; + size_t namelen, valuelen; + char *envstr; + + if (!name || !value) return -1; + if (!replace) { + char *oldval = NULL; + oldval = getenv(name); + if (oldval) return 0; + } + + namelen = strlen(name); + valuelen = strlen(value); + envstr = malloc((namelen + valuelen + 2)); + if (!envstr) return -1; + + memcpy(envstr, name, namelen); + envstr[namelen] = '='; + memcpy(envstr + namelen + 1, value, valuelen); + envstr[namelen + valuelen + 1] = 0; + + out = putenv(envstr); + /* putenv(3) makes the argument string part of the environment, + * and changing that string modifies the environment --- which + * means we do not own that storage anymore. Do not free + * envstr. + */ + + return out; +} diff --git a/compat/snprintf.c b/compat/snprintf.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e1e0e7543d --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/snprintf.c @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +/* + * The size parameter specifies the available space, i.e. includes + * the trailing NUL byte; but Windows's vsnprintf uses the entire + * buffer and avoids the trailing NUL, should the buffer be exactly + * big enough for the result. Defining SNPRINTF_SIZE_CORR to 1 will + * therefore remove 1 byte from the reported buffer size, so we + * always have room for a trailing NUL byte. + */ +#ifndef SNPRINTF_SIZE_CORR +#if defined(WIN32) && (!defined(__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 4) +#define SNPRINTF_SIZE_CORR 1 +#else +#define SNPRINTF_SIZE_CORR 0 +#endif +#endif + +#undef vsnprintf +int git_vsnprintf(char *str, size_t maxsize, const char *format, va_list ap) +{ + char *s; + int ret = -1; + + if (maxsize > 0) { + ret = vsnprintf(str, maxsize-SNPRINTF_SIZE_CORR, format, ap); + if (ret == maxsize-1) + ret = -1; + /* Windows does not NUL-terminate if result fills buffer */ + str[maxsize-1] = 0; + } + if (ret != -1) + return ret; + + s = NULL; + if (maxsize < 128) + maxsize = 128; + + while (ret == -1) { + maxsize *= 4; + str = realloc(s, maxsize); + if (! str) + break; + s = str; + ret = vsnprintf(str, maxsize-SNPRINTF_SIZE_CORR, format, ap); + if (ret == maxsize-1) + ret = -1; + } + free(s); + return ret; +} + +int git_snprintf(char *str, size_t maxsize, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + int ret; + + va_start(ap, format); + ret = git_vsnprintf(str, maxsize, format, ap); + va_end(ap); + + return ret; +} + diff --git a/compat/strcasestr.c b/compat/strcasestr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..26896deca6 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/strcasestr.c @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +char *gitstrcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle) +{ + int nlen = strlen(needle); + int hlen = strlen(haystack) - nlen + 1; + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < hlen; i++) { + int j; + for (j = 0; j < nlen; j++) { + unsigned char c1 = haystack[i+j]; + unsigned char c2 = needle[j]; + if (toupper(c1) != toupper(c2)) + goto next; + } + return (char *) haystack + i; + next: + ; + } + return NULL; +} diff --git a/compat/strlcpy.c b/compat/strlcpy.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4024c36030 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/strlcpy.c @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +size_t gitstrlcpy(char *dest, const char *src, size_t size) +{ + size_t ret = strlen(src); + + if (size) { + size_t len = (ret >= size) ? size - 1 : ret; + memcpy(dest, src, len); + dest[len] = '\0'; + } + return ret; +} diff --git a/compat/strtoumax.c b/compat/strtoumax.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5541353a77 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/strtoumax.c @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +uintmax_t gitstrtoumax (const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base) +{ +#if defined(NO_STRTOULL) + return strtoul(nptr, endptr, base); +#else + return strtoull(nptr, endptr, base); +#endif +} diff --git a/compat/unsetenv.c b/compat/unsetenv.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb29f5e084 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/unsetenv.c @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +void gitunsetenv (const char *name) +{ + extern char **environ; + int src, dst; + size_t nmln; + + nmln = strlen(name); + + for (src = dst = 0; environ[src]; ++src) { + size_t enln; + enln = strlen(environ[src]); + if (enln > nmln) { + /* might match, and can test for '=' safely */ + if (0 == strncmp (environ[src], name, nmln) + && '=' == environ[src][nmln]) + /* matches, so skip */ + continue; + } + environ[dst] = environ[src]; + ++dst; + } + environ[dst] = NULL; +} diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/README b/compat/vcbuild/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..df8a6574c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/README @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +The Steps of Build Git with VS2008 + +1. You need the build environment, which contains the Git dependencies + to be able to compile, link and run Git with MSVC. + + You can either use the binary repository: + + WWW: http://repo.or.cz/w/msvcgit.git + Git: git clone git://repo.or.cz/msvcgit.git + Zip: http://repo.or.cz/w/msvcgit.git?a=snapshot;h=master;sf=zip + + and call the setup_32bit_env.cmd batch script before compiling Git, + (see repo/package README for details), or the source repository: + + WWW: http://repo.or.cz/w/gitbuild.git + Git: git clone git://repo.or.cz/gitbuild.git + Zip: (None, as it's a project with submodules) + + and build the support libs as instructed in that repo/package. + +2. Ensure you have the msysgit environment in your path, so you have + GNU Make, bash and perl available. + + WWW: http://repo.or.cz/w/msysgit.git + Git: git clone git://repo.or.cz/msysgit.git + Zip: http://repo.or.cz/w/msysgit.git?a=snapshot;h=master;sf=zip + + This environment is also needed when you use the resulting + executables, since Git might need to run scripts which are part of + the git operations. + +3. Inside Git's directory run the command: + make common-cmds.h + to generate the common-cmds.h file needed to compile git. + +4. Then either build Git with the GNU Make Makefile in the Git projects + root + make MSVC=1 + or generate Visual Studio solution/projects (.sln/.vcproj) with the + command + perl contrib/buildsystems/generate -g Vcproj + and open and build the solution with the IDE + devenv git.sln /useenv + or build with the IDE build engine directly from the command line + devenv git.sln /useenv /build "Release|Win32" + The /useenv option is required, so Visual Studio picks up the + environment variables for the support libraries required to build + Git, which you set up in step 1. + +Done! diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/alloca.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/alloca.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c0d7985b7e --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/alloca.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +#include <malloc.h> diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/arpa/inet.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/arpa/inet.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d8552a2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/arpa/inet.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* Intentionally empty file to support building git with MSVC */ diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/dirent.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/dirent.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..440618db0d --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/dirent.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* + * DIRENT.H (formerly DIRLIB.H) + * This file has no copyright assigned and is placed in the Public Domain. + * This file is a part of the mingw-runtime package. + * + * The mingw-runtime package and its code is distributed in the hope that it + * will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR + * IMPLIED ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. This includes but is not limited to + * warranties of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + * You are free to use this package and its code without limitation. + */ +#ifndef _DIRENT_H_ +#define _DIRENT_H_ +#include <io.h> + +#define PATH_MAX 512 + +#define __MINGW_NOTHROW + +#ifndef RC_INVOKED + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +struct dirent +{ + long d_ino; /* Always zero. */ + unsigned short d_reclen; /* Always zero. */ + unsigned short d_namlen; /* Length of name in d_name. */ + char d_name[FILENAME_MAX]; /* File name. */ +}; + +/* + * This is an internal data structure. Good programmers will not use it + * except as an argument to one of the functions below. + * dd_stat field is now int (was short in older versions). + */ +typedef struct +{ + /* disk transfer area for this dir */ + struct _finddata_t dd_dta; + + /* dirent struct to return from dir (NOTE: this makes this thread + * safe as long as only one thread uses a particular DIR struct at + * a time) */ + struct dirent dd_dir; + + /* _findnext handle */ + long dd_handle; + + /* + * Status of search: + * 0 = not started yet (next entry to read is first entry) + * -1 = off the end + * positive = 0 based index of next entry + */ + int dd_stat; + + /* given path for dir with search pattern (struct is extended) */ + char dd_name[PATH_MAX+3]; +} DIR; + +DIR* __cdecl __MINGW_NOTHROW opendir (const char*); +struct dirent* __cdecl __MINGW_NOTHROW readdir (DIR*); +int __cdecl __MINGW_NOTHROW closedir (DIR*); +void __cdecl __MINGW_NOTHROW rewinddir (DIR*); +long __cdecl __MINGW_NOTHROW telldir (DIR*); +void __cdecl __MINGW_NOTHROW seekdir (DIR*, long); + + +/* wide char versions */ + +struct _wdirent +{ + long d_ino; /* Always zero. */ + unsigned short d_reclen; /* Always zero. */ + unsigned short d_namlen; /* Length of name in d_name. */ + wchar_t d_name[FILENAME_MAX]; /* File name. */ +}; + +/* + * This is an internal data structure. Good programmers will not use it + * except as an argument to one of the functions below. + */ +typedef struct +{ + /* disk transfer area for this dir */ + //struct _wfinddata_t dd_dta; + + /* dirent struct to return from dir (NOTE: this makes this thread + * safe as long as only one thread uses a particular DIR struct at + * a time) */ + struct _wdirent dd_dir; + + /* _findnext handle */ + long dd_handle; + + /* + * Status of search: + * 0 = not started yet (next entry to read is first entry) + * -1 = off the end + * positive = 0 based index of next entry + */ + int dd_stat; + + /* given path for dir with search pattern (struct is extended) */ + wchar_t dd_name[1]; +} _WDIR; + + + +_WDIR* __cdecl __MINGW_NOTHROW _wopendir (const wchar_t*); +struct _wdirent* __cdecl __MINGW_NOTHROW _wreaddir (_WDIR*); +int __cdecl __MINGW_NOTHROW _wclosedir (_WDIR*); +void __cdecl __MINGW_NOTHROW _wrewinddir (_WDIR*); +long __cdecl __MINGW_NOTHROW _wtelldir (_WDIR*); +void __cdecl __MINGW_NOTHROW _wseekdir (_WDIR*, long); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* Not RC_INVOKED */ + +#endif /* Not _DIRENT_H_ */ diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/grp.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/grp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d8552a2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/grp.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* Intentionally empty file to support building git with MSVC */ diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/inttypes.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/inttypes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d8552a2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/inttypes.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* Intentionally empty file to support building git with MSVC */ diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/netdb.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/netdb.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d8552a2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/netdb.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* Intentionally empty file to support building git with MSVC */ diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/netinet/in.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/netinet/in.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d8552a2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/netinet/in.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* Intentionally empty file to support building git with MSVC */ diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/netinet/tcp.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/netinet/tcp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d8552a2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/netinet/tcp.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* Intentionally empty file to support building git with MSVC */ diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/pwd.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/pwd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d8552a2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/pwd.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* Intentionally empty file to support building git with MSVC */ diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/ioctl.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/ioctl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d8552a2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/ioctl.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* Intentionally empty file to support building git with MSVC */ diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/param.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/param.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d8552a2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/param.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* Intentionally empty file to support building git with MSVC */ diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/poll.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/poll.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d8552a2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/poll.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* Intentionally empty file to support building git with MSVC */ diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/select.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/select.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d8552a2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/select.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* Intentionally empty file to support building git with MSVC */ diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/socket.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/socket.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d8552a2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/socket.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* Intentionally empty file to support building git with MSVC */ diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/time.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/time.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d8552a2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/time.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* Intentionally empty file to support building git with MSVC */ diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/utime.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/utime.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..582589c70a --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/utime.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +#ifndef _UTIME_H_ +#define _UTIME_H_ +/* + * UTIME.H + * This file has no copyright assigned and is placed in the Public Domain. + * This file is a part of the mingw-runtime package. + * + * The mingw-runtime package and its code is distributed in the hope that it + * will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR + * IMPLIED ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. This includes but is not limited to + * warranties of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + * You are free to use this package and its code without limitation. + */ + +/* + * Structure used by _utime function. + */ +struct _utimbuf +{ + time_t actime; /* Access time */ + time_t modtime; /* Modification time */ +}; + +#ifndef _NO_OLDNAMES +/* NOTE: Must be the same as _utimbuf above. */ +struct utimbuf +{ + time_t actime; + time_t modtime; +}; +#endif /* Not _NO_OLDNAMES */ + +#endif diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/wait.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/wait.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d8552a2c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/sys/wait.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* Intentionally empty file to support building git with MSVC */ diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/unistd.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/unistd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a4f276869 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/unistd.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +#ifndef _UNISTD_ +#define _UNISTD_ + +/* Win32 define for porting git*/ + +#ifndef _MODE_T_ +#define _MODE_T_ +typedef unsigned short _mode_t; + +#ifndef _NO_OLDNAMES +typedef _mode_t mode_t; +#endif +#endif /* Not _MODE_T_ */ + +#ifndef _SSIZE_T_ +#define _SSIZE_T_ +typedef long _ssize_t; + +#ifndef _OFF_T_ +#define _OFF_T_ +typedef long _off_t; + +#ifndef _NO_OLDNAMES +typedef _off_t off_t; +#endif +#endif /* Not _OFF_T_ */ + + +#ifndef _NO_OLDNAMES +typedef _ssize_t ssize_t; +#endif +#endif /* Not _SSIZE_T_ */ + +typedef signed char int8_t; +typedef unsigned char uint8_t; +typedef short int16_t; +typedef unsigned short uint16_t; +typedef int int32_t; +typedef unsigned uint32_t; +typedef long long int64_t; +typedef unsigned long long uint64_t; + +typedef long long intmax_t; +typedef unsigned long long uintmax_t; + +typedef int64_t off64_t; + +#define STDOUT_FILENO 1 +#define STDERR_FILENO 2 + +/* Some defines for _access nAccessMode (MS doesn't define them, but + * it doesn't seem to hurt to add them). */ +#define F_OK 0 /* Check for file existence */ +/* Well maybe it does hurt. On newer versions of MSVCRT, an access mode + of 1 causes invalid parameter error. */ +#define X_OK 0 /* MS access() doesn't check for execute permission. */ +#define W_OK 2 /* Check for write permission */ +#define R_OK 4 /* Check for read permission */ + +#define _S_IFIFO 0x1000 /* FIFO */ +#define _S_IFCHR 0x2000 /* Character */ +#define _S_IFBLK 0x3000 /* Block: Is this ever set under w32? */ +#define _S_IFDIR 0x4000 /* Directory */ +#define _S_IFREG 0x8000 /* Regular */ + +#define _S_IFMT 0xF000 /* File type mask */ + +#define _S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC +#define _S_IWUSR _S_IWRITE +#define _S_IRUSR _S_IREAD +#define _S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & _S_IFMT) == _S_IFDIR) + +#define S_IFIFO _S_IFIFO +#define S_IFCHR _S_IFCHR +#define S_IFBLK _S_IFBLK +#define S_IFDIR _S_IFDIR +#define S_IFREG _S_IFREG +#define S_IFMT _S_IFMT +#define S_IEXEC _S_IEXEC +#define S_IWRITE _S_IWRITE +#define S_IREAD _S_IREAD +#define S_IRWXU _S_IRWXU +#define S_IXUSR _S_IXUSR +#define S_IWUSR _S_IWUSR +#define S_IRUSR _S_IRUSR + + +#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) +#define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG) +#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO) + +#endif diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/include/utime.h b/compat/vcbuild/include/utime.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8285f38fde --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/include/utime.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +#include <sys/utime.h> diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/scripts/clink.pl b/compat/vcbuild/scripts/clink.pl new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4374771df2 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/scripts/clink.pl @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +#!/usr/bin/perl -w +###################################################################### +# Compiles or links files +# +# This is a wrapper to facilitate the compilation of Git with MSVC +# using GNU Make as the build system. So, instead of manipulating the +# Makefile into something nasty, just to support non-space arguments +# etc, we use this wrapper to fix the command line options +# +# Copyright (C) 2009 Marius Storm-Olsen <mstormo@gmail.com> +###################################################################### +use strict; +my @args = (); +my @cflags = (); +my $is_linking = 0; +while (@ARGV) { + my $arg = shift @ARGV; + if ("$arg" =~ /^-[DIMGO]/) { + push(@cflags, $arg); + } elsif ("$arg" eq "-o") { + my $file_out = shift @ARGV; + if ("$file_out" =~ /exe$/) { + $is_linking = 1; + push(@args, "-OUT:$file_out"); + } else { + push(@args, "-Fo$file_out"); + } + } elsif ("$arg" eq "-lz") { + push(@args, "zlib.lib"); + } elsif ("$arg" eq "-liconv") { + push(@args, "iconv.lib"); + } elsif ("$arg" eq "-lcrypto") { + push(@args, "libeay32.lib"); + } elsif ("$arg" eq "-lssl") { + push(@args, "ssleay32.lib"); + } elsif ("$arg" =~ /^-L/ && "$arg" ne "-LTCG") { + $arg =~ s/^-L/-LIBPATH:/; + push(@args, $arg); + } elsif ("$arg" =~ /^-R/) { + # eat + } else { + push(@args, $arg); + } +} +if ($is_linking) { + unshift(@args, "link.exe"); +} else { + unshift(@args, "cl.exe"); + push(@args, @cflags); +} +#printf("**** @args\n"); +exit (system(@args) != 0); diff --git a/compat/vcbuild/scripts/lib.pl b/compat/vcbuild/scripts/lib.pl new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8054e469f --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/vcbuild/scripts/lib.pl @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#!/usr/bin/perl -w +###################################################################### +# Libifies files on Windows +# +# This is a wrapper to facilitate the compilation of Git with MSVC +# using GNU Make as the build system. So, instead of manipulating the +# Makefile into something nasty, just to support non-space arguments +# etc, we use this wrapper to fix the command line options +# +# Copyright (C) 2009 Marius Storm-Olsen <mstormo@gmail.com> +###################################################################### +use strict; +my @args = (); +while (@ARGV) { + my $arg = shift @ARGV; + if ("$arg" eq "rcs") { + # Consume the rcs option + } elsif ("$arg" =~ /\.a$/) { + push(@args, "-OUT:$arg"); + } else { + push(@args, $arg); + } +} +unshift(@args, "lib.exe"); +# printf("**** @args\n"); +exit (system(@args) != 0); diff --git a/compat/win32.h b/compat/win32.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8ce91048de --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/win32.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +#ifndef WIN32_H +#define WIN32_H + +/* common Win32 functions for MinGW and Cygwin */ +#ifndef WIN32 /* Not defined by Cygwin */ +#include <windows.h> +#endif + +static inline int file_attr_to_st_mode (DWORD attr) +{ + int fMode = S_IREAD; + if (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) + fMode |= S_IFDIR; + else + fMode |= S_IFREG; + if (!(attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)) + fMode |= S_IWRITE; + return fMode; +} + +static inline int get_file_attr(const char *fname, WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA *fdata) +{ + if (GetFileAttributesExA(fname, GetFileExInfoStandard, fdata)) + return 0; + + switch (GetLastError()) { + case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED: + case ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION: + case ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION: + case ERROR_SHARING_BUFFER_EXCEEDED: + return EACCES; + case ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW: + return ENAMETOOLONG; + case ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY: + return ENOMEM; + default: + return ENOENT; + } +} + +#endif diff --git a/compat/win32/pthread.c b/compat/win32/pthread.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..631c0a46ea --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/win32/pthread.c @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2009 Andrzej K. Haczewski <ahaczewski@gmail.com> + * + * DISCLAMER: The implementation is Git-specific, it is subset of original + * Pthreads API, without lots of other features that Git doesn't use. + * Git also makes sure that the passed arguments are valid, so there's + * no need for double-checking. + */ + +#include "../../git-compat-util.h" +#include "pthread.h" + +#include <errno.h> +#include <limits.h> + +static unsigned __stdcall win32_start_routine(void *arg) +{ + pthread_t *thread = arg; + thread->arg = thread->start_routine(thread->arg); + return 0; +} + +int pthread_create(pthread_t *thread, const void *unused, + void *(*start_routine)(void*), void *arg) +{ + thread->arg = arg; + thread->start_routine = start_routine; + thread->handle = (HANDLE) + _beginthreadex(NULL, 0, win32_start_routine, thread, 0, NULL); + + if (!thread->handle) + return errno; + else + return 0; +} + +int win32_pthread_join(pthread_t *thread, void **value_ptr) +{ + DWORD result = WaitForSingleObject(thread->handle, INFINITE); + switch (result) { + case WAIT_OBJECT_0: + if (value_ptr) + *value_ptr = thread->arg; + return 0; + case WAIT_ABANDONED: + return EINVAL; + default: + return err_win_to_posix(GetLastError()); + } +} + +int pthread_cond_init(pthread_cond_t *cond, const void *unused) +{ + cond->waiters = 0; + + cond->sema = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, LONG_MAX, NULL); + if (!cond->sema) + die("CreateSemaphore() failed"); + return 0; +} + +int pthread_cond_destroy(pthread_cond_t *cond) +{ + CloseHandle(cond->sema); + cond->sema = NULL; + + return 0; +} + +int pthread_cond_wait(pthread_cond_t *cond, CRITICAL_SECTION *mutex) +{ + InterlockedIncrement(&cond->waiters); + + /* + * Unlock external mutex and wait for signal. + * NOTE: we've held mutex locked long enough to increment + * waiters count above, so there's no problem with + * leaving mutex unlocked before we wait on semaphore. + */ + LeaveCriticalSection(mutex); + + /* let's wait - ignore return value */ + WaitForSingleObject(cond->sema, INFINITE); + + /* we're done waiting, so make sure we decrease waiters count */ + InterlockedDecrement(&cond->waiters); + + /* lock external mutex again */ + EnterCriticalSection(mutex); + + return 0; +} + +int pthread_cond_signal(pthread_cond_t *cond) +{ + /* + * Access to waiters count is atomic; see "Interlocked Variable Access" + * http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms684122(VS.85).aspx + */ + int have_waiters = cond->waiters > 0; + + /* + * Signal only when there are waiters + */ + if (have_waiters) + return ReleaseSemaphore(cond->sema, 1, NULL) ? + 0 : err_win_to_posix(GetLastError()); + else + return 0; +} diff --git a/compat/win32/pthread.h b/compat/win32/pthread.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8e1bcb046 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/win32/pthread.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* + * Header used to adapt pthread-based POSIX code to Windows API threads. + * + * Copyright (C) 2009 Andrzej K. Haczewski <ahaczewski@gmail.com> + */ + +#ifndef PTHREAD_H +#define PTHREAD_H + +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif + +#include <windows.h> + +/* + * Defines that adapt Windows API threads to pthreads API + */ +#define pthread_mutex_t CRITICAL_SECTION + +#define pthread_mutex_init(a,b) InitializeCriticalSection((a)) +#define pthread_mutex_destroy(a) DeleteCriticalSection((a)) +#define pthread_mutex_lock EnterCriticalSection +#define pthread_mutex_unlock LeaveCriticalSection + +/* + * Implement simple condition variable for Windows threads, based on ACE + * implementation. + * + * See original implementation: http://bit.ly/1vkDjo + * ACE homepage: http://www.cse.wustl.edu/~schmidt/ACE.html + * See also: http://www.cse.wustl.edu/~schmidt/win32-cv-1.html + */ +typedef struct { + volatile LONG waiters; + HANDLE sema; +} pthread_cond_t; + +extern int pthread_cond_init(pthread_cond_t *cond, const void *unused); + +extern int pthread_cond_destroy(pthread_cond_t *cond); + +extern int pthread_cond_wait(pthread_cond_t *cond, CRITICAL_SECTION *mutex); + +extern int pthread_cond_signal(pthread_cond_t *cond); + +/* + * Simple thread creation implementation using pthread API + */ +typedef struct { + HANDLE handle; + void *(*start_routine)(void*); + void *arg; +} pthread_t; + +extern int pthread_create(pthread_t *thread, const void *unused, + void *(*start_routine)(void*), void *arg); + +/* + * To avoid the need of copying a struct, we use small macro wrapper to pass + * pointer to win32_pthread_join instead. + */ +#define pthread_join(a, b) win32_pthread_join(&(a), (b)) + +extern int win32_pthread_join(pthread_t *thread, void **value_ptr); + +#endif /* PTHREAD_H */ diff --git a/compat/win32mmap.c b/compat/win32mmap.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c5a14922f --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/win32mmap.c @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +void *git_mmap(void *start, size_t length, int prot, int flags, int fd, off_t offset) +{ + HANDLE hmap; + void *temp; + size_t len; + struct stat st; + uint64_t o = offset; + uint32_t l = o & 0xFFFFFFFF; + uint32_t h = (o >> 32) & 0xFFFFFFFF; + + if (!fstat(fd, &st)) + len = xsize_t(st.st_size); + else + die("mmap: could not determine filesize"); + + if ((length + offset) > len) + length = len - offset; + + if (!(flags & MAP_PRIVATE)) + die("Invalid usage of mmap when built with USE_WIN32_MMAP"); + + hmap = CreateFileMapping((HANDLE)_get_osfhandle(fd), 0, PAGE_WRITECOPY, + 0, 0, 0); + + if (!hmap) + return MAP_FAILED; + + temp = MapViewOfFileEx(hmap, FILE_MAP_COPY, h, l, length, start); + + if (!CloseHandle(hmap)) + warning("unable to close file mapping handle\n"); + + return temp ? temp : MAP_FAILED; +} + +int git_munmap(void *start, size_t length) +{ + return !UnmapViewOfFile(start); +} diff --git a/compat/winansi.c b/compat/winansi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dedce2104e --- /dev/null +++ b/compat/winansi.c @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2008 Peter Harris <git@peter.is-a-geek.org> + */ + +#include "../git-compat-util.h" + +/* + Functions to be wrapped: +*/ +#undef printf +#undef fprintf +#undef fputs +/* TODO: write */ + +/* + ANSI codes used by git: m, K + + This file is git-specific. Therefore, this file does not attempt + to implement any codes that are not used by git. +*/ + +static HANDLE console; +static WORD plain_attr; +static WORD attr; +static int negative; + +static void init(void) +{ + CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO sbi; + + static int initialized = 0; + if (initialized) + return; + + console = GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE); + if (console == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + console = NULL; + + if (!console) + return; + + GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(console, &sbi); + attr = plain_attr = sbi.wAttributes; + negative = 0; + + initialized = 1; +} + + +#define FOREGROUND_ALL (FOREGROUND_RED | FOREGROUND_GREEN | FOREGROUND_BLUE) +#define BACKGROUND_ALL (BACKGROUND_RED | BACKGROUND_GREEN | BACKGROUND_BLUE) + +static void set_console_attr(void) +{ + WORD attributes = attr; + if (negative) { + attributes &= ~FOREGROUND_ALL; + attributes &= ~BACKGROUND_ALL; + + /* This could probably use a bitmask + instead of a series of ifs */ + if (attr & FOREGROUND_RED) + attributes |= BACKGROUND_RED; + if (attr & FOREGROUND_GREEN) + attributes |= BACKGROUND_GREEN; + if (attr & FOREGROUND_BLUE) + attributes |= BACKGROUND_BLUE; + + if (attr & BACKGROUND_RED) + attributes |= FOREGROUND_RED; + if (attr & BACKGROUND_GREEN) + attributes |= FOREGROUND_GREEN; + if (attr & BACKGROUND_BLUE) + attributes |= FOREGROUND_BLUE; + } + SetConsoleTextAttribute(console, attributes); +} + +static void erase_in_line(void) +{ + CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO sbi; + DWORD dummy; /* Needed for Windows 7 (or Vista) regression */ + + if (!console) + return; + + GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(console, &sbi); + FillConsoleOutputCharacterA(console, ' ', + sbi.dwSize.X - sbi.dwCursorPosition.X, sbi.dwCursorPosition, + &dummy); +} + + +static const char *set_attr(const char *str) +{ + const char *func; + size_t len = strspn(str, "0123456789;"); + func = str + len; + + switch (*func) { + case 'm': + do { + long val = strtol(str, (char **)&str, 10); + switch (val) { + case 0: /* reset */ + attr = plain_attr; + negative = 0; + break; + case 1: /* bold */ + attr |= FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; + break; + case 2: /* faint */ + case 22: /* normal */ + attr &= ~FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; + break; + case 3: /* italic */ + /* Unsupported */ + break; + case 4: /* underline */ + case 21: /* double underline */ + /* Wikipedia says this flag does nothing */ + /* Furthermore, mingw doesn't define this flag + attr |= COMMON_LVB_UNDERSCORE; */ + break; + case 24: /* no underline */ + /* attr &= ~COMMON_LVB_UNDERSCORE; */ + break; + case 5: /* slow blink */ + case 6: /* fast blink */ + /* We don't have blink, but we do have + background intensity */ + attr |= BACKGROUND_INTENSITY; + break; + case 25: /* no blink */ + attr &= ~BACKGROUND_INTENSITY; + break; + case 7: /* negative */ + negative = 1; + break; + case 27: /* positive */ + negative = 0; + break; + case 8: /* conceal */ + case 28: /* reveal */ + /* Unsupported */ + break; + case 30: /* Black */ + attr &= ~FOREGROUND_ALL; + break; + case 31: /* Red */ + attr &= ~FOREGROUND_ALL; + attr |= FOREGROUND_RED; + break; + case 32: /* Green */ + attr &= ~FOREGROUND_ALL; + attr |= FOREGROUND_GREEN; + break; + case 33: /* Yellow */ + attr &= ~FOREGROUND_ALL; + attr |= FOREGROUND_RED | FOREGROUND_GREEN; + break; + case 34: /* Blue */ + attr &= ~FOREGROUND_ALL; + attr |= FOREGROUND_BLUE; + break; + case 35: /* Magenta */ + attr &= ~FOREGROUND_ALL; + attr |= FOREGROUND_RED | FOREGROUND_BLUE; + break; + case 36: /* Cyan */ + attr &= ~FOREGROUND_ALL; + attr |= FOREGROUND_GREEN | FOREGROUND_BLUE; + break; + case 37: /* White */ + attr |= FOREGROUND_RED | + FOREGROUND_GREEN | + FOREGROUND_BLUE; + break; + case 38: /* Unknown */ + break; + case 39: /* reset */ + attr &= ~FOREGROUND_ALL; + attr |= (plain_attr & FOREGROUND_ALL); + break; + case 40: /* Black */ + attr &= ~BACKGROUND_ALL; + break; + case 41: /* Red */ + attr &= ~BACKGROUND_ALL; + attr |= BACKGROUND_RED; + break; + case 42: /* Green */ + attr &= ~BACKGROUND_ALL; + attr |= BACKGROUND_GREEN; + break; + case 43: /* Yellow */ + attr &= ~BACKGROUND_ALL; + attr |= BACKGROUND_RED | BACKGROUND_GREEN; + break; + case 44: /* Blue */ + attr &= ~BACKGROUND_ALL; + attr |= BACKGROUND_BLUE; + break; + case 45: /* Magenta */ + attr &= ~BACKGROUND_ALL; + attr |= BACKGROUND_RED | BACKGROUND_BLUE; + break; + case 46: /* Cyan */ + attr &= ~BACKGROUND_ALL; + attr |= BACKGROUND_GREEN | BACKGROUND_BLUE; + break; + case 47: /* White */ + attr |= BACKGROUND_RED | + BACKGROUND_GREEN | + BACKGROUND_BLUE; + break; + case 48: /* Unknown */ + break; + case 49: /* reset */ + attr &= ~BACKGROUND_ALL; + attr |= (plain_attr & BACKGROUND_ALL); + break; + default: + /* Unsupported code */ + break; + } + str++; + } while (*(str-1) == ';'); + + set_console_attr(); + break; + case 'K': + erase_in_line(); + break; + default: + /* Unsupported code */ + break; + } + + return func + 1; +} + +static int ansi_emulate(const char *str, FILE *stream) +{ + int rv = 0; + const char *pos = str; + + while (*pos) { + pos = strstr(str, "\033["); + if (pos) { + size_t len = pos - str; + + if (len) { + size_t out_len = fwrite(str, 1, len, stream); + rv += out_len; + if (out_len < len) + return rv; + } + + str = pos + 2; + rv += 2; + + fflush(stream); + + pos = set_attr(str); + rv += pos - str; + str = pos; + } else { + rv += strlen(str); + fputs(str, stream); + return rv; + } + } + return rv; +} + +int winansi_fputs(const char *str, FILE *stream) +{ + int rv; + + if (!isatty(fileno(stream))) + return fputs(str, stream); + + init(); + + if (!console) + return fputs(str, stream); + + rv = ansi_emulate(str, stream); + + if (rv >= 0) + return 0; + else + return EOF; +} + +static int winansi_vfprintf(FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list list) +{ + int len, rv; + char small_buf[256]; + char *buf = small_buf; + va_list cp; + + if (!isatty(fileno(stream))) + goto abort; + + init(); + + if (!console) + goto abort; + + va_copy(cp, list); + len = vsnprintf(small_buf, sizeof(small_buf), format, cp); + va_end(cp); + + if (len > sizeof(small_buf) - 1) { + buf = malloc(len + 1); + if (!buf) + goto abort; + + len = vsnprintf(buf, len + 1, format, list); + } + + rv = ansi_emulate(buf, stream); + + if (buf != small_buf) + free(buf); + return rv; + +abort: + rv = vfprintf(stream, format, list); + return rv; +} + +int winansi_fprintf(FILE *stream, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list list; + int rv; + + va_start(list, format); + rv = winansi_vfprintf(stream, format, list); + va_end(list); + + return rv; +} + +int winansi_printf(const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list list; + int rv; + + va_start(list, format); + rv = winansi_vfprintf(stdout, format, list); + va_end(list); + + return rv; +} |